UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
☒ |
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021
OR
☐ |
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from ________ to ___________
Commission File Number: 814-01424
APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
c
Delaware |
86-1950548 |
(State or other jurisdiction of |
(I.R.S. Employer |
9 West 57th Street New York, New York |
10019 |
(Address of principal executive offices) |
(Zip Code) |
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (212) 515-3450
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class |
Trading symbol(s) |
Name of each exchange on which registered |
None |
None |
None |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Class S Common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01
Class D Common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01
Class I Common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” , “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer |
☐ |
Smaller reporting company |
☐ |
Accelerated filer |
☐ |
Emerging growth company |
☒ |
Non-accelerated filer |
☒ |
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
As of December 31, 2021, there was no established public market for the Registrant’s common shares of beneficial interest (“Common Shares”).
The number of shares of the Registrant’s Common Shares, $0.01 par value per share, outstanding as of March 30, 2022 was 52,956,107 Class I common shares and 1,831,176 Class S common shares. As of March 30, 2022, there were no Class D common shares outstanding.
APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
Table of Contents
|
Page |
|
PART I |
||
Item 1. |
1 |
|
Item 1A. |
22 |
|
Item 1B. |
61 |
|
Item 2. |
61 |
|
Item 3. |
61 |
|
Item 4. |
61 |
|
PART II |
||
Item 5. |
62 |
|
Item 6. |
64 |
|
Item 7. |
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
65 |
Item 7A. |
70 |
|
Item 8. |
71 |
|
Item 9. |
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure |
83 |
Item 9A. |
83 |
|
Item 9B. |
83 |
|
PART III |
||
Item 10. |
84 |
|
Item 11. |
84 |
|
Item 12. |
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters |
85 |
Item 13. |
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence |
86 |
Item 14. |
86 |
|
PART IV |
||
Item 15. |
87 |
Risk Factor Summary
The following is only a summary of the principal risks that may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The following should be read in conjunction with the more complete discussion of the risk factors we face, which are set forth in the section titled “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this report.
Risks Related to Our Business and Structure
Risks Related to Our Investments
Risks Related to the Adviser and Its Affiliates; Conflicts of Interest
Risks Related to Business Development Companies
Risks Related to Debt Financing
Federal Income Tax Risks
Risks Related to an Investment in the Shares
PART I
Item 1. Business
Apollo Debt Solutions BDC (the “Company,” “we”, “us”, or “our”) is a Delaware statutory trust formed on December 4, 2020. The Company was formed primarily to invest primarily in private credit opportunities in directly originated assets, including loans and other debt securities, made to or issued by large private U.S. borrowers, with a strong emphasis on senior secured lending. The Company is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Company is externally managed by Apollo Credit Management, LLC. The Adviser is an affiliate of Apollo Global Management, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (“AGM”, or “Apollo”). The Company intends to elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes, and intends to qualify annually thereafter, as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) as defined under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). As of December 31, 2021, the Company had not commenced its investing activities.
Our investment objectives are to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation. The Company plans to invest primarily in private credit opportunities in directly originated assets, including loans and other debt securities, made to or issued by large private U.S. borrowers, which we generally define as companies with more than $75 million in EBITDA, as may be adjusted for market disruptions, mergers and acquisitions-related charges and synergies, and other items. While most of our investments will be in private U.S. companies (subject to compliance with BDC regulatory requirement to invest at least 70% of its assets in private U.S. companies), we also expect to invest from time to time in European and other non-U.S. companies. Our portfolio may also include equity interests such as common stock, preferred stock, warrants or options, which generally would be obtained as part of providing a broader financing solution. Under normal circumstances, we will invest directly or indirectly at least 80% of our total assets (net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes) in debt instruments of varying maturities. Subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act, we may invest in loans or other securities, the proceeds of which may refinance or otherwise repay debt or securities of companies whose debt is owned by other Apollo funds. From time to time, we may co-invest with other Apollo funds.
Most of the debt instruments we invest in are unrated or rated below investment grade, which is often an indication of size, credit worthiness and speculative nature relative to the capacity of the borrower to pay interest and principal. Generally, if our unrated investments were rated, they would be rated below investment grade. These securities, which are often referred to as “junk” or “high yield”, have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. They may also be difficult to value and are illiquid.
We may, but are not required to, enter into interest rate, foreign exchange or other derivative agreements to hedge interest rate, currency, credit or other risks, but we do not generally intend to enter into any such derivative agreements for speculative purposes. Any derivative agreements entered into for speculative purposes are not expected to be material to the Fund’s business or results of operations. These hedging activities, which will be in compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, may include the use of futures, options and forward contracts. We will bear the costs incurred in connection with entering into, administering and settling any such derivative contracts. There can be no assurance any hedging strategy we employ will be successful.
We intend to employ leverage as market conditions permit and at the discretion of the Adviser, but in no event will leverage employed exceed the limitations set forth in the 1940 Act; which currently allows us to borrow up to a 2:1 debt to equity ratio. We intend to use leverage in the form of borrowings, including loans from certain financial institutions and the issuance of debt securities. We may also use leverage in the form of the issuance of preferred shares, but do not currently intend to do so. In determining whether to borrow money, we will analyze the maturity, covenant package and rate structure of the proposed borrowings as well as the risks of such borrowings compared to our investment outlook. Any such leverage, if incurred, would be expected to increase the total capital available for investment by the Company.
Our investment strategy is expected to capitalize on Apollo’s scale and reputation in the market as an attractive financing partner to acquire our target investments at attractive pricing. We also expect to benefit from Apollo’s reputation and ability to transact in scale with speed and certainty, and its long-standing and extensive relationships with private equity firms that require financing for their transactions.
Most of our investments will be in private U.S. companies (subject to compliance with BDCs’ requirement to invest at least 70% of its assets in private U.S. companies). We also expect to invest to some extent in European and other non-U.S. companies, but we do not expect to invest in emerging markets.
As a BDC, at least 70% of our assets must be the type of “qualifying” assets listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, as described herein, which are generally privately-offered securities issued by U.S. private or thinly-traded companies. We may also invest up to 30% of our portfolio opportunistically in “non-qualifying” portfolio investments, such as investments in non-U.S. companies.
1
The loans in which we invest will generally pay floating interest rates based on a variable base rate. The senior secured loans, unitranche loans and senior secured bonds in which we will invest generally have stated terms of five to eight years, and the mezzanine, unsecured or subordinated debt investments that we may make will generally have stated terms of up to ten years, but the expected average life of such securities is generally between three and five years. However, there is no limit on the maturity or duration of any security we may hold in our portfolio. Loans and securities purchased in the secondary market will generally have shorter remaining terms to maturity than newly issued investments. We expect most of our debt investments will be unrated. Our debt investments may also be rated by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, and, in such case, generally will carry a rating below investment grade (rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or lower than “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services). We expect that our unrated debt investments will generally have credit quality consistent with below investment grade securities. In addition, we may invest in collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and will generally have the right to receive payments only from the CLOs, and will generally not have direct rights against the underlying borrowers or entities that sponsored the CLOs.
We are currently offering on a continuous basis up to $5.0 billion of common shares of beneficial interest pursuant to an offering registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company expects to offer to sell any combination of three classes of common shares, Class S shares, Class D shares and Class I shares, with a dollar value up to the maximum offering amount. The share classes have different ongoing shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees. Until the release of proceeds from escrow, the per share purchase price for common shares in the primary offering will be $25.00 per share. Thereafter, the purchase price per share for each class of common shares will equal the net asset value (“NAV”) per share, as of the effective date of the monthly share purchase date. Apollo Global Securities, LLC (the “Intermediary Manager”) will use its best efforts to sell shares, but is not obligated to purchase or sell any specific amount of shares in the offering.
The Company will accept purchase orders and hold investors’ funds in an interest-bearing escrow account until the Company receives purchase orders for at least $100.0 million, excluding shares purchased by the Adviser, its affiliates and trustees and officers, in any combination of purchases of Class S shares, Class D shares and Class I shares, and the Company’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”) has authorized the release of funds in the escrow account.
On July 22, 2021, an affiliate of the Adviser purchased 2,000 shares of the Company’s common shares of beneficial interest at $25.00 per share.
As of January 7, 2022, the Company had satisfied the minimum offering requirement, and the Company’s Board of Trustees had authorized the release of proceeds from escrow. As of such date, the Company issued and sold 26,258,912 shares (consisting entirely of Class I shares; no Class S or Class D shares were issued or sold as of such date), and the escrow agent released net proceeds of approximately $657 million to the Company as payment for such shares. Apollo and its employees, including the Company’s executive officers, owned approximately $3 million of shares as of January 7, 2022.
COVID-19 Update
Equity, debt, lending and other financial markets have experienced significant volatility related to the COVID-19 pandemic. Although many markets have experienced varying degrees of recovery since the initial outbreak of COVID-19, the future impact of the pandemic on financial markets and the Company and its investments is still uncertain. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors” for additional risks around COVID-19 and its impact on the Company.
2
The Adviser and the Administrator
The Fund’s investment activities will be managed by Apollo Credit Management, LLC, an investment adviser registered with the SEC under the Advisers Act. Our Adviser will be responsible for originating prospective investments, conducting research and due diligence investigations on potential investments, analyzing investment opportunities, negotiating and structuring our investments and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis.
Apollo Credit Management, LLC, as our Administrator, will provide, or oversee the performance of, administrative and compliance services, including, but not limited to, maintaining financial records, overseeing the calculation of NAV, compliance monitoring (including diligence and oversight of our other service providers), preparing reports to shareholders and reports filed with the SEC, preparing materials and coordinating meetings of our Board of Trustees, managing the payment of expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered by others and providing office space, equipment and office services.
The Adviser is an affiliate of Apollo and is led by substantially the same investment personnel as Apollo. As such, our Adviser has access to the broader resources of Apollo, subject to Apollo’s policies and procedures regarding the management of conflicts of interest.
Apollo is a longstanding and leading global alternative asset manager with approximately $497.6 billion of AUM as of December 31, 2021. Apollo operates its three primary business segments, private equity, credit and real assets, in a fully integrated manner, which Apollo believes is distinct from other comparable alternative investment managers. By collaborating across disciplines, with each business unit contributing to, and drawing from, Apollo’s shared information and experience, Apollo believes the Fund is well-positioned to invest across asset classes. Apollo has developed what it believes to be a differentiated approach to credit investing that allows it to adapt to changing market environments and to source what it believes to be attractive risk-adjusted investment opportunities in both expansionary and recessionary environments. Apollo’s differentiated investment strategy requires a willingness and strength of conviction to go “against the grain” of what other investors may be doing, and a desire and ability to tackle transaction complexity in a variety of forms. Apollo believes that its experience has shown that complexity, whether in the form of business, regulatory or legal complexity, can obscure a company or an investment’s inherent value. By pursuing what Apollo believes to be complex transactions that other investors either are not willing to undertake or do not possess the skill set to understand, Apollo believes it has been able to find opportunities where competition is limited, in turn, generating attractive risk-adjusted returns. The Adviser draws upon Apollo’s more than 30 year history and benefits from the broader firm’s significant capital markets, trading and research expertise developed through investments in many core sectors in over 200 companies since inception.
Our objective is to bring Apollo’s leading credit investment platform to the non-exchange traded BDC industry.
Market Opportunity
Apollo believes there is an opportunity to lend to large private U.S. borrowers who cannot or do not want to access the broadly syndicated loan market or are too big for the private middle market. Apollo believes that a confluence of secular and cyclical changes is giving rise to unmet demand for scaled direct origination solutions among large corporate borrowers. The robust growth in private credit following the GFC has given rise to the formation of hundreds of private lenders and origination platforms, primarily focused on the competitive middle market, sponsor-backed channel. We believe the influx of capital has led to the degradation of lending standards and credit quality have come to mirror that of the broadly syndicated loan market, resulting in exposure to late cycle market risks. Nonetheless, Apollo believes the conditions that sustained the rapid growth in private credit are still at play today and are migrating toward larger corporate issuers. Banks’ regulations and reduced risk appetite continue to restrict access to efficient financing solutions. The broadly syndicated loan market also continues to exhibit late cycle behavior, further threatening its viability in a distress scenario. Moreover, private equity continues to grow unabated as scaled alternative funding solutions enable companies to stay private longer, a dynamic that is beginning to take hold in credit markets.
In addition to investing in senior secured loans generally, we believe that the Company’s investment strategy represents a differentiated approach to private credit investing and seeks to provide investors with attractive, downside-protected returns. More specifically, Apollo believes that the following characteristics distinguish the Company as a compelling investment opportunity.
Significant Current Market Opportunity. Today, there is $2.6 trillion of loans outstanding to large corporate borrowers (both public and private), of which private credit lenders make up only 3%. This is compared to a 16% penetration rate in the $1.2 trillion middle market loan market and a 33% penetration rate in the $400 billion small corporate loan market. (Source: Bank of America Merrill Lynch as of September 2019.) There is currently a dearth of available alternative financing solutions for large corporate issuers outside of the broadly syndicated debt markets, yet a growing demand for streamlined financing solutions irrespective of the market environment. Further, Apollo believes that the current market conditions and uncertain economic backdrop have expanded and accelerated the large corporate direct lending opportunity. Markets face what Apollo believes will be an extended recovery that will progress in phases and be prone to periods of volatility. Broadly syndicated debt markets are highly sensitive to market conditions, and as with prior periods of volatility, the recent crisis related to COVID-19 has led financing markets to recoil,
3
restricting banks’ ability to provide funding to many large corporate issuers. Apollo believes this will enable the Company to secure favorable pricing and more rigorous structural protections and driving value for the benefit of the Company. Apollo believes that this opportunity is only accessible to scaled alternative asset managers with significant relationships and cycle-tested investing expertise, and that the Company is therefore well-positioned to capitalize on the growing opportunity set.
Proprietary Sourcing Engine Provides a Significant Barrier to Entry. Across its global platform, Apollo has found that deal flow is often driven by relationships, and that having a strong reputation and an established network can ultimately lead to exclusive investment opportunities. Apollo believes that the Company will benefit from the expansive networks that have been cultivated by both Apollo’s Private Equity and Credit businesses over the past 30 years. Apollo’s leading private equity franchise has a deep bench of investment professionals and operating executives who have established strong and long-lasting relationships with industry executives and leading management teams. Through Apollo private equity funds’ ownership of over 150 portfolio companies since inception, Apollo has established deep understanding across a variety of businesses, which we believe will enable us to uncover idiosyncratic opportunities, including in out-of-favor industries. At the same time, the scale and breadth of the Apollo Credit platform is expected to be the primary sourcing engine for the Company. Apollo Global Corporate Credit (“GCC”) oversees over 900 credit relationships and its managed funds are current lenders to approximately 750 companies worldwide. As a result, members of the GCC team are in frequent dialogue with management teams and intermediaries, enabling visibility into a given company’s financing needs as well as opportunities to organically grow existing lending relationships. Apollo believes that its ability to leverage its incumbency to source deals directly with large corporate borrowers creates a meaningful barrier to entry, especially given that we believe direct lending managers primarily rely on the sponsor-backed channel to source opportunities. We believe our deep relationships across both corporate and sponsors will allow us to create a differentiated portfolio. Today, Apollo funds own over $20 billion in loans to portfolio companies of Apollo’s top 30 sponsors as of December 31, 2020. Additionally, Apollo-managed CLOs and CLOs managed by Redding Ridge Asset Management LLC and its affiliates, a CLO manager established by Apollo, have over $18 billion in outstanding CLOs to 1,500 issuers as of December 31, 2020, further broadening Apollo’s global lending footprint. Importantly, Apollo’s credit business is one of the largest lending counterparties to Wall Street, having traded approximately $95 billion in 2020 alone . This level of trading volume often results in Apollo being provided with an early or first look from the dealer community, which Apollo believes will put the Company in a position to access challenged syndications at attractive terms during periods of volatility. Through these various touchpoints, Apollo has established a combination of robust networks and proprietary relationships that it believes will enable the Company to source highly attractive opportunities, often on a proprietary basis.
Apollo’s Status as a Preferred Lending Counterparty. Apollo has developed a reputation as a differentiated lending partner due to its scale and ability to design creative capital solutions across capital structures, particularly in complex situations. Apollo believes that the Company will be able to underwrite and commit to large transactions, streamlining the execution process for borrowers and enabling them to only interface with a single counterparty, due to the breadth and scale of Apollo’s capital base, which for this purpose includes numerous long-standing co-investment relationships and syndication capabilities with credit market investors. Apollo’s scale is augmented by Apollo Global Securities, LLC (“AGS” or the “Intermediary Manager”), Apollo’s affiliated broker-dealer and our intermediary manager, which, leveraging its targeted approach and close relationships with large institutional investors, has syndicated approximately $15 billion of debt since 2016. Being the sole or primary lender in size also facilitates alignment and a partnership mentality that is differentiated from traditional lending relationships. Additionally, our underwriting and structuring ability coupled with company and sector-specific insights across the Apollo platform is expected to enable Apollo to embrace complexity and provide bespoke capital solutions tailored to borrowers’ unique financing needs, including greater certainty of funding at specified terms or within compressed timetables. Apollo believes that the Company augments Apollo’s ability to leverage its reputation as a preferred lending partner to selectively source proprietary opportunities in large corporate direct lending. Based on our experience in the large corporate direct lending market, we believe that the Company has an advantage in its ability to provide capital in scale with greater certainty of closing as well as to deliver strategic partner-like benefits.
Focus on Downside Protection. Consistent with Apollo’s value-orientation, the Company intends to take a conservative investment approach, employing a rigorous, bottom-up, private equity-style underwriting, coupled with detailed transaction structuring to mitigate risk. Apollo has significant structuring experience and believes the Company will be able to leverage the Apollo Credit platform’s incumbency and status as a preferred lending partner to bilaterally negotiate highly structured, senior secured loans that are tailored to address the unique risks of a given corporate borrower. The Company intends to invest primarily in senior term loans that, coupled with robust covenant packages restricting incremental debt incurrence and restricted payments, are intended to provide downside protection in the form of a priority, undiluted claim on underlying collateral. Apollo believes that due to the Apollo’s experience with its managed funds investing across the capital structure, the Company will be able to consider investment structures that are different, and oftentimes more complex, than other investors.
High Degree of Credit Selectivity. Apollo believes that credit selectivity in every market environment is a critical driver of performance. By virtue of our value-driven investment approach emphasizing downside protection, Apollo’s GCC business has experienced a 0.1% annual average default rate, as compared to a 2.9% annual average default rate within the broader leveraged loan market. Even in an event of default, Apollo’s GCC business has seen substantially higher recovery rates as compared to the broader market, experiencing a 73% recovery rate as compared to 61% for the broader leveraged loan market. Given the size of the market opportunity in large corporate direct lending, Apollo believes that the Company is well-positioned to exercise quality credit selection in any market environment.
4
Strong Alignment with Apollo-affiliated Capital. Apollo has structured the Company such that the Company and Apollo-affiliated capital will generally be aligned, leveraging the same monitoring and risk management capabilities within Apollo’s credit business and, except as described below, owning the same loans at the same price. Apollo-affiliated capital includes Apollo-managed funds and accounts, Apollo employee commitments and commitments from Apollo.
Strong Apollo Sponsorship and Integrated Business Model. Apollo operates its global franchise as an integrated investment platform with each of private equity, credit and real assets contributing to and drawing from Apollo’s information and experience, thereby providing investment opportunities and intellectual capital to all of its businesses. In the process of screening, executing and monitoring investments across businesses, Apollo has developed valuable relationships with well-regarded sponsors, leading management teams, consultants and other intermediaries, which further drives high-quality deals and thoughtful insights during the investment process. Apollo believes the Company will benefit from the wealth of knowledge, experience and capabilities across asset classes, industries and geographies at Apollo, which will widen the Company’s lens and enable the Company team to more successfully source, diligence and manage opportunities across market cycles.
The Board of Trustees
Overall responsibility for the Company’s oversight rests with the Board of Trustees. We have entered into the Advisory Agreement with the Adviser, pursuant to which the Adviser will manage the Company on a day-to-day basis. The Board of Trustees is responsible for overseeing the Adviser and other service providers in our operations in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Company’s bylaws and applicable provisions of state and other laws. The Adviser will keep the Board of Trustees well informed as to the Adviser’s activities on our behalf and our investment operations and provide the Board of Trustees information with additional information as the Board of Trustees may, from time to time, request. The Board of Trustees is currently composed of five members, four of whom are Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Company or the Adviser as defined in the 1940 Act.
Investment Selection
The Company employs a sophisticated and disciplined approach with respect to sourcing, evaluating and executing prospective investments, consistent with how Apollo manages its funds’ investments across the firm. Our process is defined by an emphasis on meaningful downside protection and the preservation of capital, which we will seek to achieve through extensive private equity-style due diligence, asset-level and market environment analysis, a systematic approach to identifying risk and structuring and a hands-on approach to driving value and managing investments throughout the ownership period. In this process, the Company will leverage the collective knowledge and resources of Apollo’s GCC team as well as Apollo’s integrated platform more broadly.
Idea Generation and Sourcing. Across its global platform, Apollo has found that deal flow is often driven by relationships and that having a strong reputation and an established network can ultimately lead to exclusive investment opportunities. The Company expects to benefit from the expansive networks that have been cultivated by both Apollo’s private equity and credit businesses over the past 30 years. Apollo’s leading private equity franchise has a deep bench of investment professionals and operating executives who have established strong relationships with industry executives and leading management teams. Through Apollo private equity funds’ ownership of over 150 portfolio companies since inception, Apollo has established deep sector experience in nine core industries, which we believe will enable the Company to uncover idiosyncratic opportunities in out-of-favor industries. At the same time, the scale and breadth of the Apollo credit platform will be the primary sourcing engine for the Company. The Company will be led by a team of experienced investment professionals (i) within the Apollo Credit Platform (the “Fund Investment Team”) and (ii) who are designated as employees or registered representatives of AGS and/or Apollo Global Funding, LLC (“AGF”) (the “Fund Syndication Team,” and together with the Fund Investment Team, the “Credit Team”). The Fund Investment Team has deep industry knowledge and extensive experience in deal structuring, and the separate debt advisory, capital markets, structuring, syndication and similar services provided by the Fund Syndication Team are expected to complement and be “additive” to the customary investment management services provided by the Fund Investment Team.
5
With an extensive team of experienced investment professionals, including seasoned portfolio managers, industry teams comprised of specialists within their respective sectors, product analysts with particular experience in private lending and workouts and investment professionals solely focused on sourcing and maintaining relationships within the capital markets community, Apollo has a combination of robust networks and strategic relationships that we believe will enable the Company to source highly attractive opportunities, often on a proprietary basis.
We believe Apollo’s credit business is also one of the largest lending counterparties to Wall Street, having traded approximately $74 billion for the last twelve months ended September 30, 2021. This level of trading volume often results in Apollo being provided with an early or first look from the dealer community, which we believe puts Apollo in a position to be a price setter of risk during periods of volatility and further affords Apollo differentiated insights and valuable access during periods of forced market selling. The credit team also has a sophisticated perspective on broader market dynamics, which often leads to the identification of attractive market opportunities on which its managed funds can capitalize. The Company will also leverage its relationships and incumbency in capital structures to proactively propose differentiated origination solutions for sponsors and issuers alike. As mentioned, the Company’s intention to source opportunities directly from corporate borrowers represents what we believe is one of the strategy’s key competitive advantages and barriers to entry. Apollo’s managed funds and accounts are among the largest owners of corporate credit, currently holding $350 billion in total credit assets as of December 31, 2021 and owning over 750 issuers within the GCC business. We believe this broad-based ownership provides an advantage as incumbency creates organic growth opportunities through follow-on investments. Further, the GCC team covers approximately 900 corporate credits and 3,000 securities. In the process of screening, executing and monitoring investments within this coverage universe, Apollo has a privileged view of issuers’ strategic priorities and lending needs and has developed valuable relationships with leading management teams, consultants and other intermediaries. Apollo believes its active participation within targeted sectors allows Apollo and its managed funds to benefit from high-quality, proprietary deal flow, access to extensive executive-level contacts and a reputation as a preferred provider of capital.
Advantage Derived From In-Place Credit Infrastructure, Capabilities and Relationships
Screening and Due Diligence. The Company has established strict criteria to evaluate an investment’s suitability for the Company as well as a recurring review to screen potential opportunities in order to quickly ascertain which prospective investments we believe worthy of additional resources and due diligence. Given what we expect will be a robust pipeline for the Company opportunities, this review process is intended to allow the Fund Investment Team to have an open dialogue and to ensure appropriate prioritization of opportunities to pursue. After this initial screen, investment ideas will be presented to the Fund Investment and Execution Committees with the discussion led by the applicable investment analyst. In such circumstances, the analyst will offer a summary of the business, the perceived merits and risks associated with the prospective investment and (with input from the Fund Syndication Team) preliminary thoughts on structuring and terms. Should the investment be deemed worthwhile to pursue, the Fund Investment Team will employ a more rigorous, private equity-style analysis to assess the applicable company’s cash flow generation and enterprise value. Analysts will seek to identify investments in companies with strong market share, sufficient pricing power, commitment to de-leveraging, strong management teams and sufficient equity support from sponsors and management. Analysts gather relevant information regarding the company, its customers, suppliers and competitors, using a combination of legal,
6
regulatory, accounting and industry reports, alongside the many resources of Apollo’s platform. In addition, the analyst and applicable investment team generally identify and hold discussions with relevant professionals from Apollo’s private equity business who may provide differentiated insight into a particular company, sector or situation.
Institutionalized Monitoring and Risk Management Capabilities. Across its platform, Apollo employs a disciplined and rigorous approach to ongoing monitoring. Because the Company is expected to initially be the sole or largest lender to a borrower, the Company expects to benefit from having driven the diligence process and structuring of covenants and loan documents. Importantly, members of the Fund Investment Team who performed the initial underwrite will be responsible for providing ongoing oversight of the investment. The continuity of personnel between those who perform the detailed due diligence and those who monitor and remain involved after origination is important, as it means new developments, risks and opportunities for value creation, can be monitored by those who are most knowledgeable about the business. Further, the Company expects to benefit from increased transparency, communication and coordination with its borrowers. The Fund Investment Team will seek to maintain active dialogue with the management team and/or sponsor throughout the life of the investment, reviewing financial information and other data in depth. As part of this active monitoring, the Fund Investment Team expects to be poised to identify any material downturn versus the lending case identified during the underwrite and can be in a position to recognize any failure to achieve a milestone that may be critical to the investment case. Should such a deteriorating situation arise, the investment would be put on a watchlist and would undergo enhanced monitoring and an independent review. If the situation were to progress to a full workout, Apollo has an in-house distressed credit team that can assist in seeking to stabilize the situation. Additionally, Apollo’s experience across nine core industries in private equity generates valuable insight in terms of strategic and operational initiatives that may be implemented to create value in a way that regular-way direct lending managers may not be able to.
The Company expects to manage the risks associated with Company investments through portfolio construction, continued monitoring and evaluation. The Firm has devoted significant resources in the development of a sophisticated, integrated infrastructure designed to support the investment and risk management process. This includes proprietary systems for the monitoring, accounting and compliance aspects of the Firm’s portfolios, along with trading, clearing and settlement of assets.
Valuation Process. Each quarter, we will value investments in our portfolio, and such values will be disclosed each quarter in reports filed with the SEC. Investments for which market quotations are readily available are recorded at such market quotations. With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, a valuation committee appointed by the Board of Trustees will assist the Board of Trustees in determining the fair value of such investments in good faith, based on procedures adopted by and subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees.
We will also determine our NAV as of the last day of a month that is not also the last day of a calendar quarter and we intend to update the value of securities with reliable market quotations to the most recent market quotation. For securities without reliable market quotations, the Adviser’s valuation team will generally value such assets at the most recent quarterly valuation unless the Adviser determines that a significant observable change has occurred since the most recent quarter end with respect to the investment (which determination may be as a result of a material event at a portfolio company, material change in market spreads, secondary market transaction in the securities of an investment or otherwise). Investments for which market quotations are readily available are recorded at such market quotations.
Managerial Assistance. As a BDC, we must offer, and provide upon request, significant managerial assistance to certain of our portfolio companies except where the Company purchases securities of an issuer in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group makes available such managerial assistance. This assistance could involve, among other things, monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance, including through the Apollo Advantage program. The Administrator will provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance. To the extent fees are paid for these services, we, rather than the Adviser, will retain any fees paid for such assistance.
7
Warehousing Transactions
We have entered into a warehouse transaction whereby we have agreed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase certain assets from unaffiliated parties.
Facility Agreement
On February 22, 2021, we entered into a Facility Agreement (“Facility Agreement USD”) with Goldman Sachs Bank USA (the “Financing Provider”), as amended by the Amended & Restated Facility Agreement (USD), dated as of August 17, 2021, between us and the Financing Provider (the “A&R Facility Agreement (USD)”) and simultaneously with the A&R Facility Agreement (USD), we entered into a Facility Agreement (GBP) with the Financing Provider (the “Facility Agreement (GBP)”) and a Facility Agreement (EUR) with the Financing Provider (the “Facility Agreement (EUR)”, and together with the Facility Agreement GBP and the A&R Facility Agreement, the “Facility Agreements”). The Facility Agreements create a forward obligation of the Financing Provider to sell, and a forward obligation of us or our designee to purchase certain investments (the “Portfolio Investments”) owned and held by the Financing Provider at our request, in each case in the currency of the respective Facility Agreement. It is expected that the Portfolio Investments will generally consist of originated loans to large corporate and sponsor-backed U.S. companies consistent with our investment strategy. Pursuant to the Facility Agreements, we may request the Financing Provider acquire such Portfolio Investments as we may designate from time to time, which the Financing Provider can approve or reject in its sole and absolute discretion. Prior to any sale to us, the Portfolio Investments will be owned and held solely for the account of the Financing Provider. Until such time as we have received subscriptions for our shares of at least $600 million (the “Capital Condition”), we will have no obligation to purchase the Portfolio Investments under the Facility Agreements. After we have met the Capital Condition, we will be obligated to purchase the Portfolio Investments from the Financing Provider on or before February 22, 2022 under each of the Facility Agreements (the “Facilities End Date”). We may also elect but are not obligated to purchase Portfolio Investments prior Agreement to the Facility End Date or prior to or without meeting the Capital Condition. In consideration for the forward arrangement provided by the Financing Provider (the aggregate amount of the arrangement across the Facility Agreements collectively will not exceed $500 million between such date and the Facilities End Date (the “Financing Amount”)), we have agreed to pay certain fees and expenses to the Financing Provider, including
(i) a facility fee at an annual rate of LIBOR or the relevant benchmark rate, as applicable, plus 1.77% multiplied by the cash amount paid by the Financing Provider (subject to adjustment for, among other things, cash amounts received by the Financing Provider) for such Portfolio Investment (the “Funded Amount”) while it is being held by the Financing Provider,
(ii) an unused fee at an annual rate of 0.50% of the unused Financing Amount minus the greater of (A) the Minimum Utilization Amount and (B) the Funded Amount, and
(iii) a minimum utilization fee at an annual rate of 1.77% of (the “Minimum Utilization Amount”) on or after May 22, 2021, and prior to the Facilities End Date, 75% of the Financing Amount at such time.
As a general matter, the price we would pay to purchase any Portfolio Investment from the Financing Provider equals the cash amount paid by the Financing Provider subject to adjustment for, among other things, principal repayments and interest amounts earned by the Financing Provider. As of December 31, 2021, the Capital Condition was not met.
Each of the Portfolio Investments that the Financing Provider has purchased to date was purchased pursuant to a request that we made prior to our election to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. After our election to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act, we will: (i) not request that the Financing Provider purchase any additional Portfolio Investments pursuant to the Facility Agreement; (ii) impose on ourselves a requirement – not an option – to purchase already-existing Portfolio Investments from the Financing Provider at such time as we raise sufficient assets; and (iii) treat our forward obligation to purchase Portfolio Investments from the Financing Provider once the requirement to purchase already-existing Portfolio Investments is triggered as subject to the asset coverage requirements set forth in Sections 18 and 61 of the 1940 Act. Additionally, we note that the SEC Staff takes the view that we may not rely on the exemptive order from the SEC that permits us to co-invest with certain affiliates of the Adviser and certain funds managed and controlled by the Adviser and its affiliates with respect to the acquisition of the Portfolio Investments from the Financing Provider under the Facility Agreement. Further, in order to ensure that we are able to purchase all Portfolio Investments, the Adviser has agreed to provide us with a capital infusion to purchase any remaining Portfolio Investments prior to the expiry of the Facility Agreement, if necessary.
8
Allocation of Investment Opportunities
General
Apollo, including the Adviser, provides investment management services to other BDCs, registered investment companies, investment funds, client accounts and proprietary accounts that Apollo may establish.
The Adviser and its affiliates will share any investment and sale opportunities with its other clients and the Company in accordance with the Advisers Act and firm-wide allocation policies, which generally provide for sharing pro rata based on targeted acquisition size or targeted sale size. Subject to the Advisers Act and as further set forth in this prospectus, certain other clients may receive certain priority or other allocation rights with respect to certain investments, subject to various conditions set forth in such other clients’ respective governing agreements.
In addition, as a BDC regulated under the 1940 Act, the Company is subject to certain limitations relating to co-investments and joint transactions with affiliates, which likely in certain circumstances limit the Company’s ability to make investments or enter into other transactions alongside other clients.
Co-Investment Relief
An affiliate of the Adviser has received an exemptive order from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) that permits us, among other things, to co-invest with certain other persons, including certain affiliates of the Adviser and certain funds managed and controlled by the Adviser and its affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions. Pursuant to such order, the Company’s Board of Trustees (the “Board of Trustees” and each member of the Board of Trustees, a “Trustee”) may establish objective criteria (“Board Criteria”) clearly defining co-investment opportunities in which the Company will have the opportunity to participate with one or more listed or private Apollo-managed BDCs, including us (the “Apollo BDCs”), and other public or private Apollo funds that target similar assets. If an investment falls within the Board Criteria, Apollo must offer an opportunity for the Apollo BDCs to participate. The Apollo BDCs may determine to participate or not to participate, depending on whether Apollo determines that the investment is appropriate for the Apollo BDCs (e.g., based on investment strategy). The co-investment would generally be allocated to us, any other Apollo BDCs (including Apollo Investment Corporation) and the other Apollo funds that target similar assets pro rata based on available capital in the applicable asset class. If the Adviser determines that such investment is not appropriate for us, the investment will not be allocated to us, but the Adviser will be required to report such investment and the rationale for its determination for us to not participate in the investment to the Board of Trustees at the next quarterly board meeting.
Competition
We will compete for investments with other BDCs and investment funds (including private equity funds, mezzanine funds, performing and other credit funds, and funds that invest in CLOs, structured notes, derivatives and other types of collateralized securities and structured products), as well as traditional financial services companies such as commercial banks and other sources of funding. These other BDCs and investment funds might be reasonable investment alternatives to us and may be less costly or complex with fewer and/or different risks than we have. Moreover, alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, have begun to invest in areas in which they have not traditionally invested, including making investments in large private U.S. borrowers. As a result of these new entrants, competition for investment opportunities in large private U.S. borrowers may intensify. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of capital and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments than we have. These characteristics could allow our competitors to consider a wider variety of investments, establish more relationships and offer better pricing and more flexible structuring than we are able to do. We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms or structure. If we are forced to match our competitors’ pricing, terms or structure, we may not be able to achieve acceptable returns on our investments or may bear substantial risk of capital loss. A significant part of our competitive advantage stems from the fact that the market for investments in large private U.S. borrowers is underserved by traditional commercial banks and other financial sources. A significant increase in the number and/or the size of our competitors in this target market could force us to accept less attractive investment terms. Furthermore, many of our competitors have greater experience operating under, or are not subject to, the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC.
9
Non-Exchange Traded, Perpetual-Life BDC
The Company is a non-exchange traded BDC, meaning its shares are not listed for trading on a stock exchange or other securities market and a perpetual-life BDC, meaning it is an investment vehicle of indefinite duration, whose common shares are intended to be sold by the BDC monthly on a continuous basis at a price generally equal to the BDC’s monthly NAV per share. In our perpetual-life structure, we may offer investors an opportunity to repurchase their shares on a quarterly basis, but we are not obligated to offer to repurchase any in any particular quarter in our discretion. We believe that our perpetual nature enables us to execute a patient strategy and be able to invest across different market environments. This may reduce the risk of the Company being a forced seller of assets in market downturns compared to non-perpetual funds. While we may consider a liquidity event at any time in the future, we currently do not intend to undertake a liquidity event, and we are not obligated by our charter or otherwise to effect a liquidity event at any time.
Emerging Growth Company
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the “JOBS Act.” As an emerging growth company, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting and disclosure requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to:
In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies. This means that an emerging growth company can delay adopting certain accounting standards until such standards are otherwise applicable to private companies.
We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of: (1) the last date of the fiscal year during which we had total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more; (2) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt; or (3) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined under Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.
We do not believe that being an emerging growth company will have a significant impact on our business or this offering. As stated above, we have elected to opt in to the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards available to emerging growth companies. Also, because we are not a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer under Section 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, and will not be for so long as our Common Shares are not traded on a securities exchange, we will not be subject to auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act even once we are no longer an emerging growth company. In addition, so long as we are externally managed by the Adviser and we do not directly compensate our executive officers, or reimburse the Adviser or its affiliates for the salaries, bonuses, benefits and severance payments for persons who also serve as one of our executive officers or as an executive officer of the Adviser, we do not expect to include disclosures relating to executive compensation in our periodic reports or proxy statements and, as a result, do not expect to be required to seek shareholder approval of executive compensation and golden parachute compensation arrangements pursuant to Section 14A(a) and (b) of the Exchange Act.
Employees
We do not currently have any employees and do not expect to have any employees. Services necessary for our business are provided by individuals who are employees of the Adviser or its affiliates pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement and the Administrator or its affiliates pursuant to the Administration Agreement. Each of our executive officers is employed by the Adviser or its affiliates. Our day-to-day investment operations will be managed by the Adviser. The services necessary for the sourcing and administration of our investment portfolio will be provided by investment professionals employed by the Adviser or its affiliates. The Investment Team will focus on origination, non-originated investments and transaction development and the ongoing monitoring of our investments. In addition, we will reimburse the Administrator for its costs, expenses and allocable portion of overhead, including compensation paid by the Administrator (or its affiliates) to the Company’s chief compliance officer and chief financial officer and their respective staffs as well as other administrative personnel (based on the percentage of time such individuals devote, on an estimated basis, to the business and affairs of the Company).
10
Regulation as a BDC
The following discussion is a general summary of the material prohibitions and descriptions governing BDCs generally. It does not purport to be a complete description of all of the laws and regulations affecting BDCs.
Qualifying Assets. Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than Qualifying Assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, Qualifying Assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of Qualifying Assets relevant to our business are any of the following:
In addition, a BDC must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (1), (2) or (3) above.
Significant Managerial Assistance. A BDC must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described above. However, in order to count portfolio securities as Qualifying Assets for the purpose of the 70% test, the BDC must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities (other than small and solvent companies described above) significant managerial assistance; except that, where the BDC purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group makes available such managerial assistance. Making available significant managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company through monitoring of portfolio company operations, selective participation in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising a portfolio company’s officers or other organizational or financial guidance.
Temporary Investments. Pending investment in other types of Qualifying Assets, as described above, our investments can consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which are referred to herein, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets would be Qualifying Assets.
11
Warrants. Under the 1940 Act, a BDC is subject to restrictions on the issuance, terms and amount of warrants, options or rights to purchase shares that it may have outstanding at any time. In particular, the amount of shares that would result from the conversion or exercise of all outstanding warrants, options or rights to purchase shares cannot exceed 25% of the BDC’s total outstanding shares.
Leverage and Senior Securities; Coverage Ratio. We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of shares senior to our Common Shares if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, would at least equal 150% immediately after each such issuance. On July 22, 2021, our sole shareholder approved the adoption of this 150% threshold pursuant to Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act and such election became effective the following day. In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we will be required to make provisions to prohibit any dividend distribution to our shareholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the dividend distribution or repurchase. We will also be permitted to borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes, which borrowings would not be considered senior securities.
We intend to establish one or more credit facilities and/or subscription facilities or enter into other financing arrangements to facilitate investments and the timely payment of our expenses. It is anticipated that any such credit facilities will bear interest at floating rates at to be determined spreads over LIBOR. We cannot assure shareholders that we will be able to enter into a credit facility. Shareholders will indirectly bear the costs associated with any borrowings under a credit facility or otherwise. In connection with a credit facility or other borrowings, lenders may require us to pledge assets, commitments and/or drawdowns (and the ability to enforce the payment thereof) and may ask to comply with positive or negative covenants that could have an effect on our operations. In addition, from time to time, our losses on leveraged investments may result in the liquidation of other investments held by us and may result in additional drawdowns to repay such amounts.
We may enter into a total return swap (“TRS”) agreement. A TRS is a contract in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in the market value of the assets underlying the TRS, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during a specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate. A TRS effectively adds leverage to a portfolio by providing investment exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Because of the unique structure of a TRS, a TRS often offers lower financing costs than are offered through more traditional borrowing arrangements. The Company would typically have to post collateral to cover this potential obligation. To the extent the Company segregates liquid assets with a value equal (on a daily mark-to-market basis) to its obligations under TRS transactions, enters into offsetting transactions or otherwise covers such TRS transactions in accordance with applicable SEC guidance, the leverage incurred through TRS will not be considered a borrowing for purposes of the Company’s overall leverage limitation.
We may also create leverage by securitizing our assets (including in CLOs) and retaining the equity portion of the securitized vehicle. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Debt Financing—We may form one or more CLOs, which may subject us to certain structured financing risks.” We may also from time to time make secured loans of our marginable securities to brokers, dealers and other financial institutions.
Code of Ethics. We and the Adviser have adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, respectively, that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to the code are permitted to invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. You may read and copy this code of ethics at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. You may also obtain copies of the codes of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.
Affiliated Transactions. We may be prohibited under the 1940 Act from conducting certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our Trustees who are not interested persons and, in some cases, the prior approval of the SEC. We have received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits us, among other things, to co-invest with certain other persons, including certain affiliates of the Adviser and certain funds managed and controlled by the Adviser and its affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions.
Other. We will be periodically examined by the SEC for compliance with the 1940 Act, and be subject to the periodic reporting and related requirements of the 1934 Act.
We are also required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a BDC, we are prohibited from protecting any Trustee or officer against any liability to our shareholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.
We are also required to designate a chief compliance officer and to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws and to review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation.
12
We are not permitted to change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities. A majority of the outstanding voting securities of a company is defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (i) 67% or more of such company’s shares present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such company are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such company.
Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources
We expect to generate cash primarily from (i) the net proceeds of our public and private offerings of our shares, (ii) cash flows from our operations, (iii) any financing arrangements we may enter into in the future and (iv) any future offerings of our equity or debt securities.
Our primary uses of cash will be for (i) investments in portfolio companies and other investments, (ii) the cost of operations (including paying the Adviser and the Administrator), (iii) cost of any borrowings or other financing arrangements and (iv) cash distributions to the holders of our shares.
Investment Advisory Agreement
The Adviser will provide management services to us pursuant to the Advisory Agreement. Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is responsible for the following:
The Adviser’s services under the Advisory Agreement are not exclusive, and it is free to furnish similar services to other entities, and it intends to do so, so long as its services to us are not impaired.
Compensation of Adviser
We will pay the Adviser a fee for its services under the Advisory Agreement consisting of two components: a management fee and an incentive fee. The cost of both the management fee and the incentive fee will ultimately be borne by the shareholders.
Base Management Fee
The Base Management Fee is payable monthly in arrears at an annual rate of 1.25% of the value of our net assets as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the applicable month. For purposes of the Advisory Agreement, net assets means our total assets less liabilities determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP"). For the first calendar month in which the Company has operations, net assets will be measured as the beginning net assets as of the date on which the Company breaks escrow. Substantial additional fees and expenses may also be charged by the Administrator to the Company, which is an affiliate of the Adviser. In addition, the Adviser has agreed to waive its management fee for the first six months following the date on which we break escrow for this offering. The longer an investor holds our Common Shares during this period, the longer such investor will receive the benefit of this management fee waiver period.
13
Incentive Fee
The incentive fee will consist of two components that are independent of each other, with the result that one component may be payable even if the other is not. A portion of the incentive fee is based on a percentage of our income and a portion is based on a percentage of our capital gains, each as described below.
Incentive Fee Based on Income
The portion based on our income is based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns. “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns” means, as the context requires, either the dollar value of, or percentage rate of return on the value of our net assets at the end of the immediate preceding quarter from, interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees (other than fees for providing managerial assistance), such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses accrued for the quarter (including the management fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement entered into between us and the Administrator, and any interest expense or fees on any credit facilities or outstanding debt and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred shares, but excluding the incentive fee and any distribution and/or shareholder servicing fees).
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns include, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns do not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. The impact of expense support payments and recoupments are also excluded from Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns.
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets at the end of the immediate preceding quarter, is compared to a “hurdle rate” of return of 1.25% per quarter (5.0% annualized).
We will pay the Adviser an incentive fee quarterly in arrears with respect to our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns in each calendar quarter as follows:
These calculations are pro-rated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the relevant quarter. You should be aware that a rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates would make it easier for us to meet or exceed the incentive fee hurdle rate and may result in a substantial increase of the amount of incentive fees payable to the Adviser with respect to Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns. Because of the structure of the incentive fee, it is possible that we may pay an incentive fee in a calendar quarter in which we incur an overall loss taking into account capital account losses. For example, if we receive Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns in excess of the quarterly hurdle rate, we will pay the applicable incentive fee even if we have incurred a loss in that calendar quarter due to realized and unrealized capital losses.
14
The Adviser has agreed to waive the incentive fee based on income for the first six months following the date on which we break escrow for our offering. The longer an investor holds our Common Shares during this period, the longer such investor will receive the benefit of this income based incentive fee waiver period.
Incentive Fee Based on Capital Gains
The second component of the incentive fee, the capital gains incentive fee, is payable at the end of each calendar year in arrears. The amount payable equals:
Each year, the fee paid for the capital gains incentive fee is net of the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fee for all prior periods. We will accrue, but will not pay, a capital gains incentive fee with respect to unrealized appreciation because a capital gains incentive fee would be owed to the Adviser if we were to sell the relevant investment and realize a capital gain. In no event will the capital gains incentive fee payable pursuant to the Advisory Agreement be in excess of the amount permitted by the Advisers Act, including Section 205 thereof.
The fees that are payable under the Advisory Agreement for any partial period will be appropriately prorated.
Administration Agreement
Under the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Administrator will provide, or oversee the performance of, administrative and compliance services, including, but not limited to, maintaining financial records, overseeing the calculation of NAV, compliance monitoring (including diligence and oversight of our other service providers), preparing reports to shareholders and reports filed with the SEC and other regulators, preparing materials and coordinating meetings of our Board of Trustees, managing the payment of expenses, the payment and receipt of funds for investments and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered by others and providing office space, equipment and office services. We will reimburse the Administrator for the costs and expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement. Such reimbursement will include the Company’s allocable portion of compensation, overhead (including rent, office equipment and utilities) and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its administrative obligations under the Administration Agreement, including but not limited to: (i) the Company’s chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs; (ii) investor relations, legal, operations and other non-investment professionals at the Administrator that perform duties for the Company; and (iii) any internal audit group personnel of Apollo or any of its affiliates, subject to the limitations described in Advisory and Administration Agreements. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Administrator may delegate its obligations under the Administration Agreement to an affiliate or to a third party and we will reimburse the Administrator for any services performed for us by such affiliate or third party. The Administrator intends to hire a sub-administrator to assist in the provision of administrative services. The sub-administrator will receive compensation for its sub-administrative services under a sub-administration agreement.
The amount of the reimbursement payable to the Administrator will be the lesser of (1) the Administrator’s actual costs incurred in providing such services and (2) the amount that we estimate we would be required to pay alternative service providers for comparable services in the same geographic location. The Administrator will be required to allocate the cost of such services to us based on factors such as assets, revenues, time allocations and/or other reasonable metrics. We will not reimburse the Administrator for any services for which it receives a separate fee, or for rent, depreciation, utilities, capital equipment or other administrative items allocated to a controlling person of the Administrator.
Certain Terms of the Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement
Each of the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement has been approved by the Board of Trustees. Unless earlier terminated as described below, each of the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from the date it first becomes effective and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by a majority of the Board of Trustees or by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities and, in each case, a majority of the independent Trustees. We may terminate the Advisory Agreement or the Administration Agreement, without payment of any penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice. The decision to terminate either agreement may be made by a majority of the Board of Trustees or the shareholders holding a majority of our outstanding voting securities, which means the lesser of (1) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities. In addition, without payment of any penalty, the Adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreement upon 120 days’ written notice and the Administrator may terminate the Administration Agreement upon 60 days’ written notice. The Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate within the meaning of the 1940 Act and related SEC guidance and interpretations in the event of its assignment.
15
The Adviser and the Administrator shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any act or omission or any loss suffered by the Company in connection with the matters to which the Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement, respectively, relate, provided that the Adviser and the Administrator shall not be protected against any liability to the Company or its shareholders to which the Adviser or Administrator would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations (“disabling conduct”). Each of the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement provide that, absent disabling conduct, each of our Adviser and our Administrator, as applicable, and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) will be entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of our Adviser’s services under the Advisory Agreement and our Administrator’s services under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as adviser or administrator for us. The Adviser and the Administrator shall not be liable under their respective agreements with us or otherwise for any loss due to the mistake, action, inaction, negligence, dishonesty, fraud or bad faith of any broker or other agent; provided, that such broker or other agent shall have been selected, engaged or retained and monitored by the Adviser or the Administrator in good faith, unless such action or inaction was made by reason of disabling conduct, or in the case of a criminal action or proceeding, where the Adviser or Administrator had reasonable cause to believe its conduct was unlawful. In addition, we will not provide for indemnification of an Indemnified Party for any liability or loss suffered by such Indemnified Party, nor will we provide that an Indemnified Party be held harmless for any loss or liability suffered by us, unless:
(1) we have determined, in good faith, that the course of conduct that caused the loss or liability was in our best interest;
(2) the Indemnified Party was acting on our behalf or performing services for us;
(3) such liability or loss was not the result of negligence or misconduct, in the case that the Indemnified Party is the Adviser or Administrator, as applicable, an affiliate of the Adviser or Administrator or one of our officers; and
(4) the indemnification or agreement to hold harmless is recoverable only out of our net assets and not from our shareholders.
Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement
We have entered into an Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement (the “Expense Support Agreement”) with the Adviser. The Adviser may elect to pay certain of our expenses on our behalf (each, an “Expense Payment”), provided that no portion of the payment will be used to pay any interest expense or distribution and/or shareholder servicing fees of the Company. Any Expense Payment that the Adviser has committed to pay must be paid by the Adviser to us in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds no later than forty-five days after such commitment was made in writing, and/or offset against amounts due from us to the Adviser or its affiliates.
Following any calendar month in which Available Operating Funds (as defined below) exceed the cumulative distributions accrued to the Company’s shareholders based on distributions declared with respect to record dates occurring in such calendar month (the amount of such excess being hereinafter referred to as “Excess Operating Funds”), we shall pay such Excess Operating Funds, or a portion thereof, to the Adviser until such time as all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Company within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar month have been reimbursed. Any payments required to be made by the Company shall be referred to herein as a “Reimbursement Payment.” Available Operating Funds means the sum of (i) our net investment company taxable income (including net short-term capital gains reduced by net long-term capital losses), (ii) our net capital gains (including the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) and (iii) dividends and other distributions paid to us on account of investments in portfolio companies (to the extent such amounts listed in clause (iii) are not included under clauses (i) and (ii) above).
No Reimbursement Payment for any month will be made if: (1) the “Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share” (as defined below) declared by the Company at the time of such Reimbursement Payment is less than the Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relates, or (2) our “Operating Expense Ratio” (as defined below) at the time of such Reimbursement Payment is greater than the Operating Expense Ratio at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relates. Pursuant to the Expense Support Agreement, “Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share” means the annualized rate (based on a 365 day year) of regular cash distributions per share exclusive of returns of capital, distribution rate reductions due to distribution and shareholder fees, and declared special dividends or special distributions, if any. The “Operating Expense Ratio” is calculated by dividing Operating Expenses, less organizational and offering expenses, base management and incentive fees owed to Adviser, and interest expense, by our net assets.
The Company’s obligation to make a Reimbursement Payment shall automatically become a liability of the Company on the last business day of the applicable calendar month, except to the extent the Adviser has waived its right to receive such payment for the applicable month.
16
Distributions
We expect to pay regular monthly distributions commencing with the first full calendar quarter after the escrow period concludes. Any distributions we make will be at the discretion of our Board, considering factors such as our earnings, cash flow, capital needs and general financial condition and the requirements of Delaware law. As a result, our distribution rates and payment frequency may vary from time to time.
Our Board of Trustees’ discretion as to the payment of distributions will be directed, in substantial part, by its determination to cause us to comply with the RIC requirements. To maintain our treatment as a RIC, we generally are required to make aggregate annual distributions to our shareholders of at least 90% of our net investment income. See “Description of our Shares” and “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
The per share amount of distributions on Class S, Class D and Class I shares generally differ because of different class-specific shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees that are deducted from the gross distributions for each share class. Specifically, distributions on Class S shares will be lower than Class D shares, and Class D shares will be lower than Class I shares because we are required to pay higher ongoing shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees with respect to the Class S shares (compared to Class D shares and Class I shares) and we are required to pay higher ongoing shareholder servicing fees with respect to Class D shares (compared to Class I shares).
Distribution and Servicing Plan
The Board approved a distribution and servicing plan (the “Distribution and Servicing Plan”). The following table shows the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees the Company will pay the Intermediary Manager with respect to the Class S, Class D and Class I on an annualized basis as a percentage of the Company’s NAV for such class. The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees will be paid monthly in arrears, calculated using the NAV of the applicable class as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month.
Classes of Beneficial Interests |
|
Shareholder |
|
|
Class S |
|
|
0.85 |
% |
Class D |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
Class I |
|
N/A |
|
Subject to FINRA and other limitations on underwriting compensation, the Company will pay a shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee equal to 0.85% per annum of the aggregate NAV for the Class S shares and a shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee equal to 0.25% per annum of the aggregate NAV for the Class D shares, in each case, payable monthly.
The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees will be paid monthly in arrears. The Intermediary Manager will reallow (pay) all or a portion of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to participating brokers and servicing brokers for ongoing shareholder services performed by such brokers, and will waive shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to the extent a broker is not eligible to receive it for failure to provide such services. Because the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees with respect to Class S shares and Class D shares are calculated based on the aggregate NAV for all of the outstanding shares of each such class, it reduces the NAV with respect to all shares of each such class, including shares issued under the Company’s distribution reinvestment plan.
Eligibility to receive the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee is conditioned on a broker providing the following ongoing services with respect to the Class S or Class D shares: assistance with recordkeeping, answering investor inquiries regarding us, including regarding distribution payments and reinvestments, helping investors understand their investments upon their request, and provide these services, the Intermediary Manager will waive the shareholder servicing fee and/or distribution that broker would have otherwise been eligible to receive. The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees are ongoing fees that are not paid at the time of purchase.
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
We have adopted a distribution reinvestment plan, pursuant to which we will reinvest all cash dividends declared by the Board of Trustees on behalf of our shareholders who do not elect to receive their dividends in cash as provided below. As a result, if the Board of Trustees authorizes, and we declare, a cash dividend or other distribution, then our shareholders who have not opted out of our distribution reinvestment plan will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares as described below, rather than receiving the cash dividend or other distribution. Distributions on fractional shares will be credited to each participating shareholder’s account to three decimal places.
17
Share Repurchase Program
Beginning no later than the first full calendar quarter from the date on which we broke escrow (which was on January 7, 2022) for the initial offering of its common shares, and at the discretion of the Board, we intend to commence a share repurchase program in which the Company intends to repurchase, in each quarter, up to 5% of the NAV of our common shares outstanding (either by number of shares or aggregate NAV) as of the close of the previous calendar quarter. The Board may amend or terminate the share repurchase program at any time if in its reasonable judgment it deems such action to be in the best interest of shareholders, such as when a repurchase offer would place an undue burden on the Company’s liquidity, adversely affect the Company’s operations or risk having an adverse impact on the Company that would outweigh the benefit of the repurchase offer. As a result, share repurchases may not be available each quarter. We intend to conduct such repurchase offers in accordance with the requirements of Rule 13e-4 promulgated under the 1934 Act and the 1940 Act. All shares purchased pursuant to the terms of each tender offer will be retired and thereafter will be authorized and unissued shares.
Under the share repurchase plan, to the extent we offer to repurchase shares in any particular quarter, it is expected to repurchase shares pursuant to tender offers on or around the last business day of that quarter using a purchase price equal to the NAV per share as of the last calendar day of the applicable quarter, except that shares that have not been outstanding for at least one year will be repurchased at 98% of such NAV (an “Early Repurchase Deduction”). The one-year holding period is measured as of the subscription closing date immediately following the prospective repurchase date. The Early Repurchase Deduction may be waived in the case of repurchase requests arising from the death, divorce or qualified disability of the holder. The Early Repurchase Deduction will be retained by us for the benefit of remaining shareholders.
Valuation Procedures
In calculating the value of our total assets, we value investments for which market quotations are readily available at such market quotations if they are deemed to represent fair value. Debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or whose market price is not readily available or whose market quotations are not deemed to represent fair value are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our Board of Trustees. Market quotations may be deemed not to represent fair value in certain circumstances where the Adviser reasonably believes that facts and circumstances applicable to an issuer, a seller or purchaser or the market for a particular security causes current market quotes not to reflect the fair value of the security. Examples of these events could include cases in which material events are announced after the close of the market on which a security is primarily traded, when a security trades infrequently causing a quoted purchase or sale price to become stale or in the event of a “fire sale” by a distressed seller.
If and when market quotations are deemed not to represent fair value, we typically utilize independent third party valuation firms to assist us in determining fair value. Accordingly, such investments go through our multi-step valuation process as described below. The Board of Trustees intends to engage multiple independent valuation firms based on a review of each firm’s expertise and relevant experience in valuing certain securities. In each case, our independent valuation firms consider observable market inputs together with significant unobservable inputs in arriving at their valuation recommendations for such Level 3 categorized assets.
With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available or when such market quotations are deemed not to represent fair value, our Board of Trustees has approved a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:
18
Investments are valued utilizing a market approach, an income approach, or both approaches, as appropriate. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities (including a business). The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts (for example, cash flows or earnings) to a single present amount (discounted). The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. In following these approaches, the types of factors that we may take into account in fair value pricing our investments include, as relevant:
Investments determined by these valuation procedures to have a fair value of less than $1 million during the prior fiscal quarter may be valued based on inputs identified by the Investment Adviser without the necessity of obtaining valuation from an independent valuation firm, if once annually an independent valuation firm using the procedures described herein provides valuation analysis.
Determination of fair values involves subjective judgments and estimates not susceptible to substantiation by auditing procedures. Accordingly, under current auditing standards, the notes to our financial statements incorporated by reference in this prospectus, refer to the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations, and any change in such valuations, on our financial statements.
Our Board of Trustees reviews the accuracy of the valuations of our portfolio investments quarterly and, no less frequently than annually, the adequacy of our policies and procedures regarding valuations and the effectiveness of their implementation.
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to the Adviser. The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of the Adviser are set forth below. The guidelines will be reviewed periodically by the Adviser, and, accordingly, are subject to change.
As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, has a duty to monitor corporate events and to vote proxies, as well as a duty to cast votes in the best interest of clients and not subrogate client interests to its own interests. Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act places specific requirements on registered investment advisers with proxy voting authority.
Proxy Policies
The Adviser’s policies and procedures are reasonably designed to ensure that the Adviser votes proxies in the best interest of the Company and addresses how it will resolve any conflict of interest that may arise when voting proxies and, in so doing, to maximize the value of the investments made by the Company, taking into consideration the Company’s investment horizons and other relevant factors. It will review on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted for a shareholder vote to determine its impact on the portfolio securities held by its clients. Although the Adviser will generally vote against proposals that may have a negative impact on its clients’ portfolio securities, it may vote for such a proposal if there exists compelling long-term reasons to do so.
19
Decisions on how to vote a proxy generally are made by the Adviser. The Investment Committee and the members of the Investment Team covering the applicable security often have the most intimate knowledge of both a company’s operations and the potential impact of a proxy vote’s outcome. Decisions are based on a number of factors which may vary depending on a proxy’s subject matter, but are guided by the general policies described in the proxy policy. In addition, the Adviser may determine not to vote a proxy after consideration of the vote’s expected benefit to clients and the cost of voting the proxy. To ensure that its vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, the Adviser will require the members of the Investment Committee to disclose any personal conflicts of interest they may have with respect to overseeing a Company’s investment in a particular company.
Proxy Voting Records
You may obtain information, without charge, regarding how we voted proxies with respect to our portfolio securities by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Chief Compliance Officer, 9 West 57th Street, New York, NY.
Reporting Obligations and Available Information
Stockholders may obtain copies of our filings with the SEC, free of charge from the website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov.
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consideration
The following discussion is a general summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and the purchase, ownership and disposition of our shares. This discussion does not purport to be complete or to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to shareholders in light of their particular circumstances. Unless otherwise noted, this discussion applies only to U.S. shareholders that hold our shares as capital assets. A U.S. shareholder is an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a U.S. corporation, a trust if it (a) is subject to the primary supervision of a court in the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person, or any estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source. This discussion is based upon present provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder, and judicial and administrative ruling authorities, all of which are subject to change, or differing interpretations (possibly with retroactive effect). This discussion does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to special classes of taxpayers including, without limitation, financial institutions, insurance companies, investors in pass-through entities, U.S. shareholders whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities or commodities that elect mark to market treatment, or persons that will hold our shares as a position in a “straddle,” “hedge” or as part of a “constructive sale” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, this discussion does not address the application of the Medicare tax on net investment income or the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax, or any tax consequences attributable to persons being required to accelerate the recognition of any item of gross income with respect to our shares as a result of such income being recognized on an applicable financial statement. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors with regard to the U.S. federal tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, or disposition of our shares, as well as the tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, foreign country or other taxing jurisdiction.
20
Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company
The Company elected to be treated, and intends to qualify each taxable year thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.
To qualify for the favorable tax treatment accorded to RICs under Subchapter M of the Code, the Company must, among other things:
(1) have an election in effect to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year;
(2) have filed with its return for the taxable year an election to be a RIC or have made such election for a previous taxable year;
(3) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies; and (b) net income derived from an interest in certain publicly-traded partnerships that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in (a) above (each, a “Qualified Publicly-Traded Partnership”); and
(4) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year of the Company (a) at least 50% of the value of the Company’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities and securities of other RICs, and other securities for purposes of this calculation limited, in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of the Company’s total assets, and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Company’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers which the Company controls and which are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more Qualified Publicly-Traded Partnerships (described in 3(b) above).
As a RIC, the Company generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, but determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes in each taxable year to its shareholders, provided that it distributes at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income and its net tax-exempt income for such taxable year. Generally, the Company intends to distribute to its shareholders, at least annually, substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gains, if any.
Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax. To prevent imposition of the excise tax, the Company must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending October 31 of the calendar year and (iii) any ordinary income and capital gains for previous years that were not distributed during those years. For these purposes, the Company will be deemed to have distributed any income or gains on which it paid U.S. federal income tax.
A distribution will be treated as paid on December 31 of any calendar year if it is declared by the Company in October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid by the Company during January of the following calendar year. Such distributions will be taxable to shareholders in the calendar year in which the distributions are declared, rather than the calendar year in which the distributions are received.
If the Company failed to qualify as a RIC or failed to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement in any taxable year, the Company would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates on its taxable income (including distributions of net capital gain), even if such income were distributed to its shareholders, and all distributions out of earnings and profits would be taxed to shareholders as ordinary dividend income. Such distributions generally would be eligible (i) to be treated as “qualified dividend income” in the case of individual and other non-corporate shareholders and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. In addition, the Company could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay taxes and make distributions (which could be subject to interest charges) before requalifying for taxation as a RIC.
While the Company generally intends to qualify as a RIC for each taxable year, it is possible that as we ramp up our portfolio we may not satisfy the diversification requirements described above, and thus may not qualify as a RIC, for the short taxable year from the date on which we break escrow for our offering. In such case, however, we anticipate that the associated tax liability would not be material, and that such non-compliance would not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, although there can be no assurance in this regard. The remainder of this discussion assumes that the Company qualifies as a RIC for each taxable year.
21
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Investing in the Company involves a number of significant risks relating to the current environment, our business and structure, our investments, issuance of our preferred stock, and an investment in our common stock. As a result, there can be no assurance that we will achieve our investment objective. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all of the other information included in this report, before you decide whether to invest in the Company. The risks set forth below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and/or operating results.
Risks Related to Our Business and Structure
We are a relatively new company and have a limited operating history.
The Company is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that will elect to be regulated as a BDC with a limited operating history. As a result, prospective investors have a limited track record or history on which to base their investment decision. We are subject to the business risks and uncertainties associated with recently formed businesses, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objective and the value of a shareholder’s investment could decline substantially or become worthless. Further, the Adviser has not previously offered a non-traded business development company. While we believe that the past professional experiences of the Adviser’s investment team, including investment and financial experience of the Adviser’s senior management, will increase the likelihood that the Adviser will be able to manage the Company successfully, there can be no assurance that this will be the case.
Our Board of Trustees may change our operating policies and strategies without prior notice or shareholder approval, the effects of which may be adverse to our results of operations and financial condition.
Our Board of Trustees has the authority to modify or waive our current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies without prior notice and without shareholder approval. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies would have on our business, NAV, operating results and value of our shares. However, the effects might be adverse, which could negatively impact our ability to pay you distributions and cause you to lose all or part of your investment. Moreover, we have significant flexibility in investing the net proceeds from our continuous offering and may use the net proceeds from our continuous offering in ways with which investors may not agree or for purposes other than those contemplated in this Registration Statement.
Our Board of Trustees may amend our Declaration of Trust without prior shareholder approval.
Our Board of Trustees may, without shareholder vote, subject to certain exceptions, amend or otherwise supplement the Declaration of Trust by making an amendment, a Declaration of Trust supplemental thereto or an amended and restated Declaration of Trust, including without limitation to classify the Board of Trustees, to impose advance notice bylaw provisions for Trustee nominations or for shareholder proposals, to require super-majority approval of transactions with significant shareholders or other provisions that may be characterized as anti-takeover in nature.
Price declines in the medium- and large-sized U.S. corporate debt market may adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio, reducing our NAV through increased net unrealized depreciation.
Conditions in the medium- and large-sized U.S. corporate debt market may deteriorate, as seen during the recent financial crisis related to COVID-19, which may cause pricing levels to similarly decline or be volatile. As a result, our NAV could decline through an increase in unrealized depreciation and incurrence of realized losses in connection with the sale of our investments, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our ability to achieve our investment objective depends on the ability of the Adviser to manage and support our investment process. If the Adviser or Apollo were to lose any members of their respective senior management teams, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.
Since we have no employees, we depend on the investment expertise, skill and network of business contacts of the broader networks of the Adviser and its affiliates. The Adviser evaluates, negotiates, structures, executes, monitors and services our investments. Our future success depends to a significant extent on the continued service and coordination of Apollo and its senior management team. The departure of any members of Apollo’s senior management team could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective.
22
Our ability to achieve our investment objective depends on the Adviser’s ability to identify and analyze, and to invest in, finance and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. The Adviser’s capabilities in structuring the investment process, providing competent, attentive and efficient services to us, and facilitating access to financing on acceptable terms depend on the employment of investment professionals in an adequate number and of adequate sophistication to match the corresponding flow of transactions. To achieve our investment objective, the Adviser may need to hire, train, supervise and manage new investment professionals to participate in our investment selection and monitoring process. The Adviser may not be able to find investment professionals in a timely manner or at all. Failure to support our investment process could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Advisory Agreement has been approved pursuant to Section 15 of the 1940 Act. In addition, the Advisory Agreement has termination provisions that allow the parties to terminate the agreement. The Advisory Agreement may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by us upon 60 days’ written notice or by the Adviser upon 120 days’ written notice. If the Advisory Agreement is terminated, it may adversely affect the quality of our investment opportunities. In addition, in the event the Advisory Agreement is terminated, it may be difficult for us to replace the Adviser.
Our financial condition, business and results of operations, as well as our ability to meet our payment obligations under future indebtedness, if any, and pay distributions, are likely to be adversely affected, and the value of our Common Shares may decline.
Because our business model depends to a significant extent upon relationships with private equity sponsors, investment banks and commercial banks, the inability of the Adviser to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.
The Adviser depends on the broader Apollo relationships with private equity sponsors, investment banks and commercial banks, and we rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. If the Adviser or its organizations fail to maintain their existing relationships or develop new relationships with other sponsors or sources of investment opportunities, we may not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom the Adviser or its broader organizations have relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and, therefore, there is no assurance that such relationships will generate investment opportunities for us.
We may face increasing competition for investment opportunities, which could delay deployment of our capital, reduce returns and result in losses.
We will compete for investments with other BDCs and investment funds (including private equity funds, mezzanine funds, performing and other credit funds, and funds that invest in CLOs, structured notes, derivatives and other types of collateralized securities and structured products), as well as traditional financial services companies such as commercial banks and other sources of funding. These other BDCs and investment funds might be reasonable investment alternatives to us and may be less costly or complex with fewer and/or different risks than we have. Moreover, alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, have begun to invest in areas in which they have not traditionally invested, including making investments in large private U.S. companies. As a result of these new entrants, competition for investment opportunities in large private U.S. borrowers may intensify. Some of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of capital and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments than we have. These characteristics could allow our competitors to consider a wider variety of investments, establish more relationships and offer better pricing and more flexible structuring than we are able to do. We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match such competitors’ pricing, terms or structure. If we are forced to match such competitors’ pricing, terms or structure, we may not be able to achieve acceptable returns on our investments or may bear substantial risk of capital loss.
23
As required by the 1940 Act, a significant portion of our investment portfolio is and will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith and, as a result, there is and will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.
Under the 1940 Act, we are required to carry our portfolio investments at market value or, if there is no readily available market value, at fair value as determined pursuant to policies adopted by, and subject to the oversight of, our Board of Trustees. There is not a public market for the securities of the privately-held companies in which we invest. Most of our investments will not be publicly-traded or actively traded on a secondary market. As a result, we value these securities quarterly at fair value as determined in good faith as required by the 1940 Act. In connection with striking a NAV as of the last day of a month that is not also the last day of a calendar quarter, the Company will consider whether there has been a material change to such investments as to affect their fair value, but such analysis will be more limited than the quarter end process.
As part of our valuation process, we will take into account relevant factors in determining the fair value of the Company’s investments without market quotations, many of which are loans, including and in combination, as relevant: (i) the estimated enterprise value of a portfolio company, (ii) the nature and realizable value of any collateral, (iii) the portfolio company’s ability to make payments based on its earnings and cash flow, (iv) the markets in which the portfolio company does business, (v) a comparison of the portfolio company’s securities to any similar publicly traded securities, and (vi) overall changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets that may affect the price at which similar investments may be made in the future. Our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these non-traded securities existed. Due to this uncertainty, our fair value determinations may cause our NAV on a given date to materially differ from the value that we may ultimately realize upon the sale of one or more of our investments.
There is a risk that investors in our shares may not receive distributions or that our distributions may decrease over time.
We may not achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified or stable level of cash distributions and our distributions may decrease over time. In addition, due to the asset coverage test applicable to us as a BDC, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions.
The amount of any distributions we may make is uncertain. Our distributions may exceed our earnings, particularly during the period before we have substantially invested the net proceeds from our public offering. Therefore, portions of the distributions that we make may represent a return of capital to you that will lower your tax basis in your shares and reduce the amount of funds we have for investment in targeted assets.
We may fund our cash distributions to shareholders from any sources of funds available to us, including borrowings, net investment income from operations, capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets, non-capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets, dividends or other distributions paid to us on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies and fee and expense reimbursement waivers from the Adviser or the Administrator, if any. Our ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by, among other things, the impact of one or more of the risk factors described in this registration statement. In addition, the inability to satisfy the asset coverage test applicable to us as a BDC may limit our ability to pay distributions. All distributions are and will be paid at the discretion of our Board of Trustees and will depend on our earnings, our financial condition, maintenance of our RIC status, compliance with applicable BDC regulations and such other factors as our Board of Trustees may deem relevant from time to time. We cannot assure you that we will continue to pay distributions to our shareholders in the future. In the event that we encounter delays in locating suitable investment opportunities, we may pay all or a substantial portion of our distributions from borrowings or sources other than cash flow from operations in anticipation of future cash flow, which may constitute a return of your capital. A return of capital is a return of your investment, rather than a return of earnings or gains derived from our investment activities.
Although we do not intend to fund distributions from sources other than operating cash flow in the ordinary course, we may fund distributions from other sources, including but not limited to from proceeds of the offering, if, for example, we determine that it would not be in the best interests of shareholders to sell portfolio investments in a market downturn and we are unable to borrow due to 1940 Act asset coverage limitations to fund distributions. As discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, we are generally required to distribute 90% of our ordinary income to ensure RIC tax treatment and we may take such actions to ensure we meet the applicable RIC tax treatment requirements. Please see, “Risk Factors—Federal Income Tax Risks—We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.” To the extent we pay distributions from a source other than net investment income, we are required to notify shareholders of the sources of such distribution pursuant to Section 19 and Rule 19a-1 under the 1940 Act. Any distributions we make will be at the discretion of the Board of Trustees, which has a fiduciary duty to shareholders, taking into account factors such as our disclosure to investors, earnings, cash flow, capital needs and general financial condition and the requirements of Delaware law.
24
Our distributions to shareholders may be funded from expense reimbursements or waivers of investment advisory fees that are subject to repayment pursuant to our Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement.
Substantial portions of our distributions may be funded through the reimbursement of certain expenses by our Adviser and its affiliates, including through the waiver of certain investment advisory fees by our Adviser. Any such distributions funded through expense reimbursements or waivers of advisory fees will not be based on our investment performance, and can only be sustained if we achieve positive investment performance in future periods and/or our Adviser and its affiliates continue to make such reimbursements or waivers of such fees. Our future repayments of amounts reimbursed or waived by our Adviser or its affiliates will reduce the distributions that shareholders would otherwise receive in the future. There can be no assurance that we will achieve the performance necessary to be able to pay distributions at a specific rate or at all. Our Adviser and its affiliates have no obligation to waive advisory fees or otherwise reimburse expenses in future periods.
We have not established any limit on the amount of funds we may use from available sources, such as borrowings, if any, or proceeds from our offering, to fund distributions (which may reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in assets).
We intend to generally fund distributions from operating cash flow in the ordinary course. However, shareholders should understand that we may make distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations or relying on fee or expense reimbursement waivers, if any, from the Adviser or the Administrator and that such distributions are not based on our investment performance, and can only be sustained if we achieve positive investment performance in future period and/or the Adviser or the Administrator continues to makes such expense reimbursements, if any. The extent to which we pay distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations will depend on various factors, including the level of participation in our distribution reinvestment plan, how quickly we invest the proceeds from this and any future offering and the performance of our investments. To the extent that we borrow to fund distributions, the payment of interest on such borrowings will decrease the Company’s NAV, which would also cause the price per share in our offering to decrease. Shareholders should also understand that any amounts we use to pay distributions to shareholders from sources other than cash flow from operations may be required to be repaid in the future and that our future repayments of such amounts to the Adviser or any lender will reduce the amount of the future distributions. Further, the per share amount of distributions on Class S, Class D and Class I shares may differ because of different allocations of class-specific expenses. For example, distributions on Class S and Class D shares will be lower than on Class I shares because Class S and Class D shares are subject to different shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees. There can be no assurance that we will achieve such performance in order to sustain these distributions, or be able to pay distributions at all. The Adviser and the Administrator have no obligation to waive fees or receipt of expense reimbursements, if any.
Although we expect to adopt a share repurchase program, we have discretion to not repurchase your shares or to suspend the program.
Our Board of Trustees may amend or suspend the share repurchase program at any time in its discretion. For example, in accordance with our Board of Trustees’ fiduciary duty to the Company and shareholders, it may amend or suspend the share repurchase program during periods of market dislocation where selling assets to fund a repurchase could have a materially negative impact on remaining shareholders. You may not be able to sell your shares on a timely basis in the event our Board of Trustees amends or suspends the share repurchase program, absent a liquidity event, and we currently do not intend to undertake a liquidity event, and we are not obligated by our charter or otherwise to effect a liquidity event at any time. Following any such suspension, the Board of Trustees will reinstate the share repurchase program when appropriate and subject to its fiduciary duty to the Company and shareholders. We will notify you of such developments in our quarterly reports or other filings. If less than the full amount of Common Shares requested to be repurchased in any given repurchase offer are repurchased, funds will be allocated pro rata based on the total number of Common Shares being repurchased without regard to class. The share repurchase program has many limitations and should not be considered a guaranteed method to sell shares promptly or at a desired price.
The timing of our repurchase offers pursuant to our share repurchase program may be at a time that is disadvantageous to our shareholders.
In the event a shareholder chooses to participate in our share repurchase program, the shareholder will be required to provide us with notice of intent to participate prior to knowing what the NAV per share of the class of shares being repurchased will be on the Repurchase Date. Although a shareholder will have the ability to withdraw a repurchase request prior to the Repurchase Date, to the extent a shareholder seeks to sell shares to us as part of our periodic share repurchase program, the shareholder will be required to do so without knowledge of what the repurchase price of our shares will be on the Repurchase Date.
25
As a public company, we are subject to regulations not applicable to private companies, such as provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Efforts to comply with such regulations will involve significant expenditures, and noncompliance with such regulations may adversely affect us.
As a public company, we are subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the related rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC. Our management is required to report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We are required to review on an annual basis our internal control over financial reporting, and on a quarterly and annual basis to evaluate and disclose changes in our internal control over financial reporting. As a relatively new company, developing and maintaining an effective system of internal controls may require significant expenditures, which may negatively impact our financial performance and our ability to make distributions. This process also will result in a diversion of our management’s time and attention. We cannot be certain of when our evaluation, testing and remediation actions will be completed or the impact of the same on our operations. In addition, we may be unable to ensure that the process is effective or that our internal controls over financial reporting are or will be effective in a timely manner. In the event that we are unable to develop or maintain an effective system of internal controls and maintain or achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules, we may be adversely affected.
We are not required to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the internal control evaluation and certification requirements of Section 404, and will not be required to comply with all of those requirements until we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the 1934 Act for a specified period of time or the date we are no longer an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. Accordingly, our internal controls over financial reporting do not currently meet all of the standards contemplated by Section 404 that we will eventually be required to meet. We are in the process of addressing our internal controls over financial reporting and are establishing formal procedures, policies, processes and practices related to financial reporting and to the identification of key financial reporting risks, assessment of their potential impact and linkage of those risks to specific areas and activities within the Company.
Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until there is a public market for our shares, which is not expected to occur.
We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly results.
We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including our ability or inability to make investments in companies that meet our investment criteria, the interest rate payable on the loans or other debt securities we originate or acquire, the level of our expenses (including our borrowing costs), variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any previous period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.
General economic conditions could adversely affect the performance of our investments.
The global growth cycle is in a mature phase and signs of slowdown are evident in certain regions around the world, although most economists continue to expect moderate economic growth in the near term, with limited signals of an imminent recession in the U.S. as consumer and government spending remain healthy. Although the broader outlook remains constructive and progress was made on trade, including a phase one deal with China and the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement, geopolitical instability continues to pose risk. In particular, the outbreak of COVID-19 in many countries, which is a rapidly evolving situation, has disrupted global travel and supply chains, and has adversely impacted global commercial activity and a number of industries, such as transportation, hospitality and entertainment. The rapid development and fluidity of this situation precludes any prediction as to the ultimate adverse impact of COVID-19, or any future pandemics that may arise, which may have a continued adverse impact on economic and market conditions, and may lead to significant declines in corporate earnings or loan performance, and the ability of corporate borrowers to service their debt, any of which could trigger a period of global economic slowdown, and have an adverse impact on the performance and financial results of the Company, and the value and the liquidity of the shares.
We may be impacted by general European economic conditions.
The success of our investment activities could be affected by general economic and market conditions in Europe and in the rest of the world, as well as by changes in applicable laws and regulations (including laws relating to taxation of our investments), trade barriers, currency exchange controls, rate of inflation, currency depreciation, asset re-investment, resource self-sufficiency and national and international political and socioeconomic circumstances in respect of the European and other non-U.S. countries in which we may invest. These factors will affect the level and volatility of securities prices and the liquidity of the Company’s investments, which could impair our profitability or result in losses. General fluctuations in the market prices of securities and interest rates may affect our investment opportunities and the value of our investments. We may maintain substantial trading positions that can be adversely affected by the level of volatility in the financial markets; the larger the positions, the greater the potential for loss. Declines in the performance of national economies or the credit markets in certain jurisdictions have had a negative impact on general economic and market conditions globally, and as a result, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
26
The Adviser’s financial condition may be adversely affected by a significant general economic downturn and it may be subject to legal, regulatory, reputational and other unforeseen risks that could have a material adverse effect on the Adviser’s businesses and operations (including those of the Company). A recession, slowdown and/or sustained downturn in the global economy (or any particular segment thereof) could have a pronounced impact on the Company and could adversely affect the Company’s profitability, impede the ability of the Company’s portfolio companies to perform under or refinance their existing obligations and impair the Company’s ability to effectively deploy its capital or realize its investments on favorable terms.
In addition, economic problems in a single country are increasingly affecting other markets and economies. A continuation of this trend could adversely affect global economic conditions and world markets and, in turn, could adversely affect the Company’s performance.
Any of the foregoing events could result in substantial or total losses to the Company in respect of certain investments, which losses will likely be exacerbated by the presence of leverage in a portfolio company’s capital structure.
The Russian invasion of Ukraine may have a material adverse impact on us and our portfolio companies.
Commencing in 2021, Russian President Vladimir Putin ordered the Russian military to begin massing thousands of military personnel and equipment near its border with Ukraine and in Crimea, representing the largest mobilization since the illegal annexation of Crimea in 2014. President Putin has initiated troop movements into the eastern portion of Ukraine and continues to threaten an all-out invasion of Ukraine. On February 22, 2022, the United States and several European nations announced sanctions against Russia in response to Russia’s actions. On February 24, 2022, President Putin commenced a full-scale invasion of Russia’s pre-positioned forces into Ukraine, which could have a negative impact on the economy and business activity globally (including in the countries in which the Fund invests), and therefore could adversely affect the performance of the Fund’s investments. Furthermore, the conflict between the two nations and the varying involvement of the United States and other NATO countries could preclude prediction as to their ultimate adverse impact on global economic and market conditions, and, as a result, presents material uncertainty and risk with respect to the Fund and the performance of its investments or operations, and the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objectives. Additionally, to the extent that third parties, investors, or related customer bases have material operations or assets in Russia or Ukraine, they may have adverse consequences related to the ongoing conflict.
It may be difficult to bring suit or foreclosure in non-U.S. countries.
Because the effectiveness of the judicial systems in the countries in which the Company may invest varies, the Company (or any portfolio company) may have difficulty in foreclosing or successfully pursuing claims in the courts of such countries, as compared to the United States or other countries. Further, to the extent the Company or a portfolio company may obtain a judgment but is required to seek its enforcement in the courts of one of these countries in which the Company invests, there can be no assurance that such courts will enforce such judgment. The laws of other countries often lack the sophistication and consistency found in the United States with respect to foreclosure, bankruptcy, corporate reorganization or creditors’ rights.
The nature of bankruptcy proceedings may impact the value of the Company’s investments.
A portfolio company may become involved in a reorganization, bankruptcy or other proceeding. In any such event, the Company may lose its entire investment, may be required to accept cash or securities or assets with a value less than the Company’s original investment and/or may be required to accept payment over an extended period of time.
In the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of an obligor, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to the Company’s investments would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before the Company receives any distributions in respect of its investments. After repaying the senior creditors, such obligor may not have any remaining assets to repay its obligations to the Company. In the case of debt ranking equally with the loans or debt securities in which the Company invests, the Company would have to share on an equal basis any distributions with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant investee company. Each jurisdiction in which the Company invests has its own insolvency laws. As a result, investments in similarly situated investee companies in different jurisdictions may well confer different rights in the event of insolvency.
A portfolio company that becomes distressed or any distressed asset received by the Company in a restructuring would require active monitoring. Involvement by the Adviser in a company’s reorganization proceedings could result in the imposition of restrictions limiting the Company’s ability to liquidate its position therein. Bankruptcy proceedings involve a number of significant risks. Many of the events within a bankruptcy litigation are adversarial and often beyond the control of the creditors. While creditors generally are afforded an opportunity to object to significant actions, there can be no assurance that a bankruptcy court would not approve actions which may be contrary to the interests of the Company, particularly in those jurisdictions which give a comparatively high priority to preserving the debtor company as a going concern, or to protecting the interests of either creditors with higher ranking claims in bankruptcy or of other stakeholders, such as employees.
Generally, the duration of a bankruptcy case can only be roughly estimated. The reorganization of a company usually involves the development and negotiation of a plan of reorganization, plan approval by creditors and confirmation by the bankruptcy court. This process can involve substantial legal, professional and administrative costs to the company and the Company; it is subject to unpredictable and lengthy delays, particularly in jurisdictions which do not have specialized insolvency courts or judges and/or
27
may have a higher risk of political interference in insolvency proceedings, all of which may have adverse consequences for the Company. During such process, the company’s competitive position may erode, key management may depart and the company may not be able to invest adequately. In some cases, the company may not be able to reorganize and may be required to liquidate assets. Although the Company will invest only in debt, the debt of companies in financial reorganization will, in most cases, not pay current interest, may not accrue interest during reorganization and may be adversely affected by an erosion of the issuer’s fundamental values. Such investments can result in a total loss of principal.
One of the protections offered in certain jurisdictions in bankruptcy proceedings is a stay on required payments by the borrower on loans or other securities. When a portfolio company or other issuer seeks relief under the bankruptcy laws of a particular jurisdiction (or has a petition filed against it), an automatic stay prevents all entities, including creditors, from foreclosing or taking other actions to enforce claims, perfect liens or reach collateral securing such claims. Creditors who have claims against the issuer prior to the date of the bankruptcy filing must generally petition the court to permit them to take any action to protect or enforce their claims or their rights in any collateral. Such creditors may be prohibited from doing so if the court concludes that the value of the property in which the creditor has an interest will be “adequately protected” during the proceedings. If the bankruptcy court’s assessment of adequate protection is inaccurate, a creditor’s collateral may be wasted without the creditor being afforded the opportunity to preserve it. Thus, even if the Company holds a secured claim, it may be prevented from collecting the liquidation value of the collateral securing its debt, unless relief from the automatic stay is granted by the court. If relief from the stay is not granted, the Company may not realize a distribution on account of its secured claim until a plan of reorganization or liquidation for the debtor is confirmed. Bankruptcy proceedings are inherently litigious, time consuming, highly complex and driven extensively by facts and circumstances, which can result in challenges in predicting outcomes. The equitable power of bankruptcy judges also can result in uncertainty as to the ultimate resolution of claims. A stay on payments to be made on the assets of the Company could adversely affect the value of those assets and the Company itself. Other protections in such proceedings may include forgiveness of debt, the ability to create super-priority liens in favor of certain creditors of the debtor and certain well-defined claims procedures. Additionally, the numerous risks inherent in the insolvency process create a potential risk of loss by the Company of its entire investment in any particular issuer. Insolvency laws may, in certain jurisdictions, result in a restructuring of the debt without the Company’s consent under the “cramdown” provisions of applicable insolvency laws and may also result in a discharge of all or part of the debt without payment to the Company.
Security interests held by creditors are closely scrutinized and frequently challenged in bankruptcy proceedings and may be invalidated for a variety of reasons. For example, security interests may be set aside because, as a technical matter they have not been perfected properly under applicable law. If a security interest is invalidated, the secured creditor loses the value of the collateral and because loss of the secured status causes the claim to be treated as an unsecured claim, the holder of such claim will be more likely to experience a significant loss of its investment. There can be no assurance that the security interests securing the Company’s claims will not be challenged vigorously and found defective in some respect, or that the Company will be able to prevail against the challenge. As such, investments in issuers involved in such proceedings could subject the Company to certain additional potential liabilities that may exceed the value of the Company’s original investment therein.
Moreover, under applicable bankruptcy law, debt may be disallowed or subordinated to the claims of other creditors if the creditor is found guilty of certain inequitable conduct resulting in harm to other parties with respect to the affairs of a company or other issuer filing for protection from creditors. In addition, creditors’ claims may be treated as equity if they are deemed to be contributions to capital, or if a creditor attempts to control the outcome of the business affairs of an issuer prior to its filing under such laws. If a creditor is found to have interfered with an issuer’s affairs to the detriment of other creditors or shareholders, the creditor may be held liable for damages to injured parties. There can be no assurance that claims for equitable subordination or creditor liability will not be asserted with respect to the Company’s portfolio investments.
While the challenges to liens and debt normally occur in a bankruptcy proceeding, the conditions or conduct that would lead to an attack in a bankruptcy proceeding could in certain circumstances result in actions brought by other creditors of the debtor, shareholders of the debtor or even the debtor itself in other U.S. state or U.S. federal proceedings, including pursuant to state fraudulent transfer laws. As is the case in a bankruptcy proceeding, there can be no assurance that such claims will not be asserted or that the Company will be able successfully to defend against them. To the extent that the Company assumes an active role in any legal proceeding involving the debtor, the Company may be prevented from disposing of securities issued by the debtor due to the Company’s possession of material, non-public information concerning the debtor.
U.S. bankruptcy law permits the classification of “substantially similar” claims in determining the classification of claims in a reorganization for purpose of voting on a plan of reorganization. Because the standard for classification is vague, there exists a significant risk that the Company’s influence with respect to a class of claims can be lost by the inflation of the number and the amount of claims in, or other gerrymandering of, the class. In addition, certain administrative costs and claims that have priority by law over the claims of certain creditors (for example, claims for taxes) may be quite high.
28
The insolvency of a portfolio company and related proceedings there may be a materially adverse effect on the performance of the Company.
If a court in a lawsuit brought by a creditor or representative of creditors (such as a trustee in bankruptcy) of a portfolio company were to find that:
In addition, upon the insolvency of a portfolio company, payments that such portfolio company made to the Company may be subject to avoidance, cancellation and/or clawback as a “preference” if made within a certain period of time (which may be as long as two years) before insolvency. There can be no assurance as to what standard a court would apply in order to determine whether the company was “insolvent” or that, regardless of the method of valuation, a court would not determine that the company was “insolvent,” in each case, after giving effect to the indebtedness evidenced by the securities held by the Company and the use of the proceeds thereof.
In general, if payments are voidable, whether as fraudulent conveyances, extortionate transactions or preferences, such payments may be recaptured either from the initial recipient (such as the Company) or from subsequent transferees of such payments, including the shareholders. To the extent that any such amounts are recaptured from the Company, there may be a materially adverse effect on the performance of the Company.
The above discussion is based upon U.S. federal and state laws. Insofar as investments that are obligations of non-U.S. obligors are concerned, the laws of non-U.S. jurisdictions may provide for avoidance remedies under factual circumstances similar to those described above, with consequences that may or may not be analogous to those described above under U.S. federal and state laws.
The Company may invest in portfolio companies whose capital structures may have significant leverage, which may impair these companies’ ability to finance their future operations and capital needs.
While investments in leveraged companies offer the potential opportunity for capital appreciation, such investments also involve a higher degree of risk as a result of recessions, operating problems and other general business and economic risks that may have a more pronounced effect on the profitability or survival of such companies. Such investments are inherently more sensitive to declines in revenues, competitive pressures and increases in expenses. Moreover, rising interest rates may significantly increase portfolio companies’ interest expense, causing losses and/or the inability to service debt levels. Leverage magnifies gains and losses attributable to other investment policies and practices, such as investing in below investment grade instruments. If a portfolio company cannot generate adequate cash flow to meet debt obligations, the portfolio company may default on its loan agreements or be forced into bankruptcy resulting in a restructuring of the company’s capital structure or liquidation of the company, and the Company may suffer a partial or total loss of capital invested in the portfolio company. Furthermore, to the extent companies in which the Company has invested become insolvent, the Company may determine, in cooperation with other debt holders or on its own, to engage, at the Company’s expense in whole or in part, counsel and other advisors in connection therewith. In addition to leverage in the capital structure of portfolio companies, the Company may incur leverage.
We are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our shares less attractive to investors.
We will be and we will remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act until the earlier of:
29
For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We cannot predict if investors will find our shares less attractive because we will rely on some or all of these exemptions. If some investors find our shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our shares and our share price may be more volatile.
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the 1933 Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We will take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, which may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate us since our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates and may result in less investor confidence.
Any unrealized losses we experience on our portfolio may be an indication of future realized losses, which could reduce our income available for distribution.
As a BDC, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at the fair value as determined in good faith by our Board of Trustees. Decreases in the market value or fair value of our investments relative to amortized cost will be recorded as unrealized depreciation. Any unrealized losses in our portfolio could be an indication of a portfolio company’s inability to meet its repayment obligations to us with respect to the affected loans. This could result in realized losses in the future and ultimately in reductions of our income available for distribution in future periods. In addition, decreases in the market value or fair value of our investments will reduce our NAV.
Terrorist attacks, acts of war, global health emergencies or natural disasters may adversely affect our operations.
Terrorist acts, acts of war, global health emergencies or natural disasters may disrupt our operations, as well as the operations of the businesses in which we invest. Such acts have created, and continue to create, economic and political uncertainties and have contributed to recent global economic instability. Future terrorist activities, military or security operations, global health emergencies or natural disasters could further weaken the domestic/ global economies and create additional uncertainties, which may negatively impact the businesses in which we invest directly or indirectly and, in turn, could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. Losses from terrorist attacks, global health emergencies or natural disasters are generally uninsurable.
Force Majeure events may adversely affect our operations.
The Company may be affected by force majeure events (e.g., acts of God, fire, flood, earthquakes, outbreaks of an infectious disease, pandemic or any other serious public health concern, war, terrorism, nationalization of industry and labor strikes). Force majeure events could adversely affect the ability of the Company or a counterparty to perform its obligations. The liability and cost arising out of a failure to perform obligations as a result of a force majeure event could be considerable and could be borne by the Company. Certain force majeure events, such as war or an outbreak of an infectious disease, could have a broader negative impact on the global or local economy, thereby affecting the Company. Additionally, a major governmental intervention into industry, including the nationalization of an industry or the assertion of control, could result in a loss to the Company if an investment is affected, and any compensation provided by the relevant government may not be adequate.
The current outbreak of the novel coronavirus, or COVID-19, has caused severe disruptions in the U.S. and global economy and is expected to have a materially adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
There is an ongoing global outbreak of COVID-19, which has spread to over 200 countries and territories, including every state in the United States. The global impact of the outbreak has been rapidly evolving, and as cases of COVID-19, including new variants, have continued to be identified in additional countries, many countries have reacted, and continue to react, by instituting quarantines and restrictions on travel, closing financial markets and/or restricting trading, and limiting operations of non-essential businesses. Such actions have created disruption in global supply chains, and adversely impacted many industries. Supply chain disruptions could significantly impact the businesses of our portfolio companies and lead to increased costs, inventory shortages, shipping delays and an inability to meet customer demands. The outbreak has had a continued adverse impact on economic and market conditions and has triggered a period of global economic slowdown.
Although vaccines have been widely distributed in the U.S., certain U.S. states are planning on reopening and we believe the economy is beginning to rebound in certain respects, the uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic, including uncertainty regarding new variants of COVID-19, the efficacy of existing vaccines against new variants and acceptance of vaccines and other factors have and may continue to contribute to significant volatility in the global markets. COVID-19 and the current financial, economic and capital markets environment, and future developments in these and other areas present uncertainty and risk with respect to our performance, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay distributions.
30
The outbreak of the epidemics/pandemics could adversely affect the performance of our investments.
Certain countries have been susceptible to epidemics/pandemics, most recently COVID-19, which has been designated as a pandemic by world health authorities. The outbreak of such epidemics/pandemics, together with any resulting restrictions on travel or quarantines imposed, has had and will continue to have a negative impact on the economy and business activity globally (including in the countries in which the Company invests), and thereby is expected to adversely affect the performance of the Company’s investments. Furthermore, the rapid development of epidemics/pandemics could preclude prediction as to their ultimate adverse impact on economic and market conditions, and, as a result, presents material uncertainty and risk with respect to the Company and the performance of its investments.
The capital markets are currently in a period of disruption and economic uncertainty. Such market conditions have materially and adversely affected debt and equity capital markets may have a negative impact on our business and operations.
The U.S. capital markets have experienced extreme volatility and disruption following the global outbreak of COVID-19 that began in December 2019, as evidenced by the volatility in global stock markets as a result of, among other things, uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic and the fluctuating price of commodities such as oil. Despite actions of the U.S. federal government and foreign governments, these events have contributed to unpredictable general economic conditions that are materially and adversely impacting the broader financial and credit markets and reducing the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole. These conditions could continue for a prolonged period of time or worsen in the future.
Given the ongoing and dynamic nature of the circumstances, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business. The extent of such impact will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain, including when the coronavirus can be controlled and abated and whether there will be additional economic shutdowns. As the result of the COVID-19 pandemic and the related adverse local and national economic consequences, we could be subject to any of the following risks, any of which could have a material, adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity, and results of operations:
The current period of capital markets disruption and economic uncertainty may make it difficult to obtain indebtedness and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Current market conditions may make it difficult to obtain indebtedness and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business. The debt capital that will be available to us in the future, if at all, may be at a higher cost and on less favorable terms and conditions than what we currently expect to experience, including being at a higher cost in rising rate environments. If we are unable to raise debt, then our equity investors may not benefit from the potential for increased returns on equity resulting from leverage and we may be limited in our ability to make commitments. An inability to obtain indebtedness could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We may face a breach of our cyber security, which could result in adverse consequences to our operations and exposure of confidential information.
Cyber security incidents and cyber-attacks have been occurring globally at a more frequent and severe level and will likely continue to increase in frequency in the future. Apollo and its affiliates and portfolio companies’ and service providers’ information and technology systems may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from cyber security breaches, computer viruses or other malicious code, network failures, computer and telecommunication failures, infiltration by unauthorized persons and other security breaches, or usage errors by their respective professionals or service providers. If unauthorized parties gain access to such information and technology systems, they may be able to steal, publish, delete or modify private and sensitive information, including non-public
31
personal information related to shareholders (and their beneficial owners) and material non-public information. Although Apollo has implemented, and portfolio companies and service providers may implement, various measures to manage risks relating to these types of events, such systems could prove to be inadequate and, if compromised, could become inoperable for extended periods of time, cease to function properly or fail to adequately secure private information. Apollo does not control the cyber security plans and systems put in place by third-party service providers, and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to Apollo, its affiliates, the Company, the shareholders and/or a portfolio company, each of which could be negatively impacted as a result. Breaches such as those involving covertly introduced malware, impersonation of authorized users and industrial or other espionage may not be identified even with sophisticated prevention and detection systems, potentially resulting in further harm and preventing them from being addressed appropriately. The failure of these systems and/or of disaster recovery plans for any reason could cause significant interruptions in Apollo’s, its affiliates’, the Company’s and/or a portfolio company’s operations and result in a failure to maintain the security, confidentiality or privacy of sensitive data, including personal information relating to shareholders (and their beneficial owners), material non-public information and the intellectual property and trade secrets and other sensitive information of Apollo and/or portfolio companies. Apollo, the Company and/or a portfolio company could be required to make a significant investment to remedy the effects of any such failures, harm to their reputations, legal claims that they and their respective affiliates may be subjected to, regulatory action or enforcement arising out of applicable privacy and other laws, adverse publicity, and other events that may affect their business and financial performance.
We may not be able to obtain all required state licenses or in any other jurisdiction where they may be required in the future.
We may be required to obtain various state licenses in order to, among other things, originate commercial loans, and may be required to obtain similar licenses from other authorities, including outside of the United States, in the future in connection with one or more investments. Applying for and obtaining required licenses can be costly and take several months. There is no assurance that we will obtain all of the licenses that we need on a timely basis. Furthermore, we will be subject to various information and other requirements in order to obtain and maintain these licenses, and there is no assurance that we will satisfy those requirements. Our failure to obtain or maintain licenses might restrict investment options and have other adverse consequences.
The United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union may create significant risks and uncertainty for global markets and the Company’s investments.
On January 31, 2020, the United Kingdom (the “UK”) ended its membership in the European Union (“Brexit”). On May 1, 2021, the E.U.-U.K. Trade and Cooperation Agreement, or the TCA, became effective. The TCA provides the United Kingdom and EU members with preferential access to each other’s markets, without tariffs or quotas on imported products between the jurisdictions, provided that certain rules of origin requirements are complied with. However, economic relations between the United Kingdom and the EU will now be on more restricted terms than existed prior to Brexit. The long-term effects of Brexit are expected to depend on, among other things, any agreements the UK has made, or makes to retain access to EU markets. Brexit could adversely affect European or worldwide economic or market conditions and could contribute to instability in global financial and real estate markets. In addition, Brexit could lead to legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and regulations as the UK determines which EU laws to replace or replicate. Any of these effects of Brexit, and others we cannot anticipate, could adversely affect our business, business opportunities, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Likewise, similar actions taken by other European and other countries in which we operate could have a similar or even more profound impact.
We are subject to risks related to corporate social responsibility.
Our business faces increasing public scrutiny related to environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) activities. We risk damage to our brand and reputation if we fail to act responsibly in a number of areas, such as environmental stewardship, corporate governance and transparency and considering ESG factors in our investment processes. Adverse incidents with respect to ESG activities could impact the value of our brand, the cost of our operations and relationships with investors, all of which could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Additionally, new regulatory initiatives related to ESG could adversely affect our business.
32
Compliance with the SEC’s Regulation Best Interest may negatively impact our ability to raise capital in our offering, which would harm our ability to achieve our investment objectives.
As of June 30, 2020, broker-dealers must comply with Regulation Best Interest, which, among other requirements, enhances the existing standard of conduct for broker-dealers and natural persons who are associated persons of a broker dealer when recommending to a retail customer any securities transaction or investment strategy involving securities to a retail customer. The impact of Regulation Best Interest on broker-dealers participating in our offering cannot be determined at this time, but it may negatively impact whether broker-dealers and their associated persons recommend our offering to retail customers. Regulation Best Interest imposes a duty of care for broker-dealers to evaluate reasonable alternatives in the best interests of their clients. Reasonable alternatives to the Company, such as listed entities, exist and may have lower expenses, less complexity and/or lower investment risk than the Company. Certain investments in listed entities may involve lower or no commissions at the time of initial purchase. Under Regulation Best Interest, broker-dealers participating in the offering must consider such alternatives in the best interests of their clients. If Regulation Best Interest reduces our ability to raise capital in our offering, it would harm our ability to create a diversified portfolio of investments, particularly while the Company has only satisfied the minimum offering amount, and achieve our investment objectives and would result in our fixed operating costs representing a larger percentage of our gross income.
Inflation may adversely affect our business and operations and those of our portfolio companies.
Economic activity has continued to accelerate across sectors and regions. Nevertheless, due to global supply chain issues, a rise in energy prices and strong consumer demand as economies continue to reopen, inflation is showing signs of acceleration in the U.S. and globally. Inflation is likely to continue in the near to medium-term, particularly in the U.S., with the possibility that monetary policy may tighten in response. Certain of our portfolio companies may be impacted by inflation and persistent inflationary pressures could negatively affect our portfolio companies profit margins.
Disruptions to the global supply chain may have adverse impact on our portfolio companies and, in turn, harm us.
Recent supply chain disruptions, including the global microchip shortage, may have an adverse impact on the business of our portfolio companies. Potential adverse impacts to certain of our portfolio companies may include, among others, increased costs, inventory shortages, shipping and project completion delays, and inability to meet customer demand.
Risks Related to Our Investments
Our investments in prospective portfolio companies may be risky, and we could lose all or part of our investment.
Our investments may be risky and there is no limit on the amount of any such investments in which we may invest. In addition, investment analyses and decisions by the Company and the Adviser will often be undertaken on an expedited basis in order for the Company to take advantage of investment opportunities. In such cases, the information available to the Company and the Adviser at the time of an investment decision may be limited, and the Company and the Adviser may not have access to the detailed information necessary for a full evaluation of the investment opportunity. In addition, the financial information available to the Company and the Adviser may not be accurate or provided based upon accepted accounting methods. The Company and the Adviser will rely upon independent consultants or advisors in connection with the evaluation of proposed investments. There can be no assurance that these consultants or advisors will accurately evaluate such investments.
Risk Associated with Unspecified Transactions; No Assurance of Investment Return.
As of the date hereof, none of the Company’s investments have been identified, committed to, settled or traded. Investors will be relying on the ability of the Adviser to source, negotiate, consummate and syndicate Company originated loans (each, a “loan” and, together with other portfolio investments, the “portfolio investments”) using the investments of shareholders, and there is no assurance that the Adviser will find a sufficient number of attractive opportunities to meet the Company’s investment objectives or that the Company will be able to make and realize its investment objective. The realizable value of a highly illiquid investment, at any given time, may be less than its intrinsic value. In addition, certain types of investments held by the Company may require a substantial length of time to liquidate. Furthermore, to the extent the investment strategy of the Company relies upon a certain set of market and economic conditions and such conditions do not materialize for an extended period of time, the Company may not be able to invest a significant portion of the proceeds. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to generate returns for its investors or that the returns will be commensurate with the risks of investing in the type of portfolio investments and transactions described herein.
Any information included in any of the Company’s marketing materials regarding targeted returns for the Company is provided as an indicator as to how the Company will be managed and is not intended to be viewed as an indicator of likely performance returns to investors in the Company. Any targeted return information is based upon projections, estimates and assumptions that a potential investment will yield a return equal to or greater than the target. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company’s projections, estimates or assumptions will be realized or that the Adviser will be successful in finding investment opportunities that meet these anticipated return parameters.
33
Debt Instruments Generally. The Company will invest in debt and credit-related instruments. Such debt may be unsecured and structurally or contractually subordinated to substantial amounts of senior indebtedness, all or a significant portion of which may be secured. Moreover, such debt investments may not be protected by financial covenants or limitations upon additional indebtedness and there is no minimum credit rating for such debt investments. Other factors may materially and adversely affect the market price and yield of such debt investments, including investor demand, changes in the financial condition of the applicable issuer, government fiscal policy and domestic or worldwide economic conditions. Certain debt instruments in which the Company may invest may have speculative characteristics.
Generally, speculative investments securities offer a higher return potential than higher-rated securities, but involve greater volatility of price and greater risk of loss of income and principal. The issuers of such instruments (including sovereign issuers) may face significant ongoing uncertainties and exposure to adverse conditions that may undermine the issuer’s ability to make timely payment of interest and principal. Such instruments are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligations and involve major risk exposure to adverse conditions. In addition, an economic recession could severely disrupt the market for most of these instruments and may have an adverse impact on the value of such instruments. It also is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such instruments to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such instruments.
Loans Risk. The loans that the Company may invest in include loans that are first lien, second lien, third lien or that are unsecured. In addition, the loans the Company will invest in will usually be rated below investment grade or may also be unrated. Loans are subject to a number of risks described elsewhere in this prospectus, including credit risk, liquidity risk, below investment grade instruments risk and management risk.
Although certain loans in which the Company may invest will be secured by collateral, there can be no assurance that such collateral could be readily liquidated or that the liquidation of such collateral would satisfy the borrower’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. In the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of a borrower, the Company could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a loan. In the event of a decline in the value of the already pledged collateral, if the terms of a loan do not require the borrower to pledge additional collateral, the Company will be exposed to the risk that the value of the collateral will not at all times equal or exceed the amount of the borrower’s obligations under the loans. To the extent that a loan is collateralized by stock in the borrower or its subsidiaries, such stock may lose some or all of its value in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the borrower. Those loans that are under-collateralized involve a greater risk of loss.
Further, there is a risk that any collateral pledged by portfolio companies in which the Company has taken a security interest may decrease in value over time or lose its entire value, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of the portfolio company to raise additional capital. To the extent the Company’s debt investment is collateralized by the securities of a portfolio company’s subsidiaries, such securities may lose some or all of their value in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the portfolio company. Also, in some circumstances, the Company’s security interest may be contractually or structurally subordinated to claims of other creditors. In addition, deterioration in a portfolio company’s financial condition and prospects, including its inability to raise additional capital, may be accompanied by deterioration in the value of the collateral for the debt. Secured debt that is under-collateralized involves a greater risk of loss. In addition, second lien debt is granted a second priority security interest in collateral, which means that any realization of collateral will generally be applied to pay senior secured debt in full before second lien debt is paid. Consequently, the fact that debt is secured does not guarantee that the Company will receive principal and interest payments according to the debt’s terms, or at all, or that the Company will be able to collect on the debt should it be forced to enforce remedies.
Loans are not registered with the SEC, or any state securities commission, and are not listed on any national securities exchange. There is less readily available or reliable information about most loans than is the case for many other types of securities, including securities issued in transactions registered under the Securities Act or registered under the Exchange Act. No active trading market may exist for some loans, and some loans may be subject to restrictions on resale. A secondary market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods, which may impair the ability to realize full value and thus cause a material decline in the Company’s NAV. In addition, the Company may not be able to readily dispose of its loans at prices that approximate those at which the Company could sell such loans if they were more widely-traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Company may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. During periods of limited supply and liquidity of loans, the Company’s yield may be lower.
Some loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate the loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the borrower or take other action detrimental to lenders, including the Company. Such court action could under certain circumstances include invalidation of loans.
If legislation of state or federal regulations impose additional requirements or restrictions on the ability of financial institutions to make loans, the availability of loans for investment by the Company may be adversely affected. In addition, such requirements or restrictions could reduce or eliminate sources of financing for certain borrowers. This would increase the risk of default.
34
If legislation or federal or state regulations require financial institutions to increase their capital requirements this may cause financial institutions to dispose of loans that are considered highly levered transactions. Such sales could result in prices that, in the opinion of the Adviser, do not represent fair value. If the Company attempts to sell a loan at a time when a financial institution is engaging in such a sale, the price the Company could get for the loan may be adversely affected.
The Company may acquire loans through assignments or participations. The Company will typically acquire loans through assignment. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation; however, the purchaser’s rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning institution, and the Company may not be able to unilaterally enforce all rights and remedies under the loan and with regard to any associated collateral.
A participation typically results in a contractual relationship only with the institution selling the participation interest, not with the borrower. Sellers of participations typically include banks, broker-dealers, other financial institutions and lending institutions. Certain participation agreements also include the option to convert the participation to a full assignment under agreed upon circumstances. The Adviser has adopted best execution procedures and guidelines to mitigate credit and counterparty risk in the atypical situation when the Company must acquire a loan through a participation.
In purchasing participations, the Company generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement against the borrower, and the Company may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Company will be exposed to the credit risk of both the borrower and the institution selling the participation. Further, in purchasing participations in lending syndicates, the Company will not be able to conduct the due diligence on the borrower or the quality of the loan with respect to which it is buying a participation that the Company would otherwise conduct if it were investing directly in the loan, which may result in the Company being exposed to greater credit or fraud risk with respect to the borrower or the loan than the Company expected when initially purchasing the participation.
The Company also may originate loans or acquire loans by participating in the initial issuance of the loan as part of a syndicate of banks and financial institutions, or receive its interest in a loan directly from the borrower.
The Adviser has established a counterparty and liquidity sub-committee that regularly reviews each broker-dealer counterparty for, among other things, its quality and the quality of its execution. The established procedures and guidelines require trades to be placed for execution only with broker counterparties approved by the counterparty and liquidity sub-committee of the Adviser. The factors considered by the sub-committee when selecting and approving brokers and dealers include, but are not limited to:
Loan Origination. The Adviser will originate loans on behalf of the Company. The level of analytical sophistication, both financial and legal, necessary for successful financing to companies, particularly companies experiencing significant business and financial difficulties, is high. There can be no assurance that the Adviser and the Company will correctly evaluate the value of the assets collateralizing these loans or the prospects for successful repayment or a successful reorganization or similar action.
In accordance with Apollo’s co-investment order, the Company’s ability to acquire loans could be dependent on the existence and performance of Apollo’s origination platform, which includes other fund’s managed by Apollo and enables Apollo to commit in size to multiple deals. Therefore, a decrease in Apollo’s origination platform or its inability to acquire investments suitable for the Company could reduce or possibly eliminate the ability of the Company to participate in certain loans within the Company’s investment objective and would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s performance. Other Apollo funds could be subject to certain restrictions on the types of investments they can make, and such restrictions may in effect limit the types of investments the Company could make to the extent that the Company is dependent on Apollo’s origination platform.
Loan origination involves a number of particular risks that may not exist in the case of secondary debt purchases. Apollo may have to rely more on its own resources to conduct due diligence of the borrower, and such borrower may in some circumstances present a higher credit risk and/or could not obtain debt financing in the syndicated markets. As a result, the diligence is likely to be more limited than the diligence conducted for a broadly syndicated transaction involving an underwriter. Loan origination may also involve additional regulatory risks given licensing requirements for certain types of lending in some jurisdictions, and the scope of these regulatory requirements (and certain permitted exemptions) may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and may change from time to time. In addition, in originating loans, the Company will compete with a broad spectrum of lenders, some of which may have greater financial resources than the Company, and some of which may be willing to lend money on better terms (from a borrower’s standpoint) than the Company. Increased competition for, or a diminution in the available supply of, qualifying loans may result in lower yields on such loans, which could reduce returns to the Company. The level of analytical sophistication, both financial and legal, necessary for successful financing to companies, particularly companies experiencing significant business and
35
financial difficulties is unusually high. There is no assurance that the Adviser will correctly evaluate the value of the assets collateralizing these loans or the prospects for successful repayment or a successful reorganization or similar action.
Senior Loans. The investment objective of the Company includes investing in senior secured term loans. As such, the assets of the Company may include first lien senior secured debt and may also include selected second lien senior secured debt, the latter of which involves a higher degree of risk of a loss of capital.
The factors affecting an issuer’s first and second lien loans, and its overall capital structure, are complex. Some first lien loans may not necessarily have priority over all other unsecured debt of an issuer. For example, some first lien loans may permit other secured obligations (such as overdrafts, swaps or other derivatives made available by members of the syndicate to the company), or involve first liens only on specified assets of an issuer (e.g., excluding real estate). Issuers of first lien loans may have multiple tranches of first lien debt outstanding, each with first liens on separate collateral, or may share first liens on the same collateral. Furthermore, liens with respect to primarily U.S. financings generally only cover U.S. assets, and non-U.S. assets are not included (other than, for example, where a borrower pledges a portion of the stock of first-tier non-U.S. subsidiaries). In the event of Chapter 11 filing by an issuer, the U.S. Bankruptcy Code authorizes the issuer to use a creditor’s collateral and to obtain additional credit by grant of a prior lien on its property, senior even to liens that were first in priority prior to the filing, as long as the issuer provides what the presiding bankruptcy judge considers to be “adequate protection,” which may, but need not always, consist of the grant of replacement or additional liens or the making of cash payments to the affected secured creditor. The imposition of prior liens on the Company’s collateral would adversely affect the priority of the liens and claims held by the Company and could adversely affect the Company’s recovery on its leveraged loans.
Any secured debt is secured only to the extent of its lien and only to the extent of the value of underlying assets or incremental proceeds on already secured assets. Moreover, underlying assets are subject to credit, liquidity, and interest rate risk. Although the amount and characteristics of the underlying assets selected as collateral may allow the Company to withstand certain assumed deficiencies in payments occasioned by the borrower’s default, if any deficiencies exceed such assumed levels or if underlying assets are sold, it is possible that the proceeds of such sale or disposition will not be sufficient to satisfy the amount of principal and interest owing to the Company in respect of its investment.
Senior secured credit facilities are generally syndicated to a number of different financial market participants. The documentation governing such facilities typically requires either a majority consent or, in certain cases, unanimous approval for certain actions in respect of the credit, such as waivers, amendments, or the exercise of remedies. In addition, voting to accept or reject the terms of a restructuring of a credit pursuant to a Chapter 11 plan of reorganization is done on a class basis. As a result of these voting regimes, the Company may not have the ability to control any decision in respect of any amendment, waiver, exercise of remedies, restructuring or reorganization of debts owed to the Company.
Senior secured loans are also subject to other risks, including:
Decisions in bankruptcy cases have held that a secondary loan market assignee can be denied a recovery from the debtor in a bankruptcy if a prior holder of the loans either received and does not return a preference or fraudulent conveyance, or if such prior holder engaged in conduct that would qualify for equitable subordination.
The Company’s investments may be subject to early redemption features, refinancing options, pre-payment options or similar provisions that, in each case, could result in the portfolio company repaying the principal on an obligation held by the Company earlier than expected. As a consequence, the Company’s ability to achieve its investment objective may be adversely affected.
Equity Investments. We may make select equity investments. In addition, in connection with our debt investments, we on occasion may receive equity interests such as warrants or options as additional consideration. The equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.
36
Preferred Securities. Investments in preferred securities involve certain risks. Certain preferred securities contain provisions that allow an issuer under certain conditions to skip or defer distributions. If the Company owns a preferred security that is deferring its distribution, the Company may be required to include the amount of the deferred distribution in its taxable income for tax purposes although it does not currently receive such amount in cash. In order to receive the special treatment accorded to RICs and their shareholders under the Code and to avoid U.S. federal income and/or excise taxes at the Company level, the Company may be required to distribute this income to shareholders in the tax year in which the income is recognized (without a corresponding receipt of cash). Therefore, the Company may be required to pay out as an income distribution in any such tax year an amount greater than the total amount of cash income the Company actually received, and to sell portfolio securities, including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices, to obtain cash needed for these income distributions. Preferred securities often are subject to legal provisions that allow for redemption in the event of certain tax or legal changes or at the issuer’s call. In the event of redemption, the Company may not be able to reinvest the proceeds at comparable rates of return. Preferred securities are subordinated to bonds and other debt securities in an issuer’s capital structure in terms of priority for corporate income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than those debt securities. Preferred securities may trade less frequently and in a more limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than many other securities, such as common stocks, corporate debt securities and U.S. government securities.
Non-U.S. Securities. We may invest in non-U.S. securities, which may include securities denominated in U.S. dollars or in non-U.S. currencies, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Because evidence of ownership of such securities usually is held outside the United States, we would be subject to additional risks if we invested in non-U.S. securities, which include possible adverse political and economic developments, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits and adoption of governmental restrictions, which might adversely affect or restrict the payment of principal and interest on the non-U.S. securities to shareholders located outside the country of the issuer, whether from currency blockage or otherwise. Because non-U.S. securities may be purchased with and payable in foreign currencies, the value of these assets as measured in U.S. dollars may be affected unfavorably by changes in currency rates and exchange control regulations.
Subordinated Debt. Our subordinated debt investments will generally rank junior in priority of payment to senior debt and will generally be unsecured. This may result in a heightened level of risk and volatility or a loss of principal, which could lead to the loss of the entire investment. These investments may involve additional risks that could adversely affect our investment returns. To the extent interest payments associated with such debt are deferred, such debt may be subject to greater fluctuations in valuations, and such debt could subject us and our shareholders to non-cash income. Because we will not receive any principal repayments prior to the maturity of some of our subordinated debt investments, such investments will be of greater risk than amortizing loans.
Below Investment Grade Risk. In addition, we intend to invest in securities that are rated below investment grade by rating agencies or that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. Below investment grade securities, which are often referred to as “junk,” have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. They may also be difficult to value and illiquid. The major risks of below investment grade securities include:
The credit rating of a high-yield security does not necessarily address its market value risk. Ratings and market value may change from time to time, positively or negatively, to reflect new developments regarding the issuer.
37
LIBOR Risk. On July 27, 2017, the U.K Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) announced that it would phase out LIBOR as a benchmark by the end of 2021. As of December 31, 2021, all non-U.S. dollar LIBOR publications have been phased out. The phase out of a majority of the U.S. dollar publications is delayed until June 30, 2023. The Alternative Reference Rates Committee (“ARRC”) of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York previously confirm that this constitutes a “benchmark transition event” and established “benchmark replacement dates” in ARRC standard LIBOR transition provisions that exist in many U.S. law contracts using LIBOR.
The publication of all EUR and CHF LIBOR settings, the Spot Next/Overnight, 1 week, 2 month and 12 month JPY and GBP LIBOR settings, and the 1 week and 2 months USD LIBOR settings has ceased. The publication of the overnight, 1 month, 3 month, 6 month, and 12 months USD LIBOR settings will cease after June 30, 2023. The FCA plans to consult the market on creating “synthetic” 1 month, 3 month and 6 month rates for GBP and JPY LIBOR, to be published for a limited time.
The New York State legislation was signed into law to aid “tough legacy” LIBOR contracts. Other legislative solutions are being pursued at the Federal level, in the U.K. and in Europe. The U.S. Federal banking agencies have also issued guidance encouraging banking and global organizations to cease reference to USD LIBOR as soon as practicable and, in any event, by December 31, 2021. The E.U. Benchmarks Regulation imposed conditions under which only compliant benchmarks may be used in new contracts after 2021.
The ARRC has identified the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as its preferred alternative rate for LIBOR. SOFR is a measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight, collateralized by the U.S. Treasury securities, and is based on directly observable U.S. Treasury-backed repurchase transactions. However, the COVID-19 pandemic may adversely impact the timing of many firms’ transition planning, and we continue to assess the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our transition plans. Although SOFR appears to be the preferred replacement rate for U.S. dollar LIBOR, it is not possible at this time to predict the effect of any such changes, any establishment of alternative reference rates, whether the COVID-19 pandemic will have further effect on LIBOR transition timelines or plans, or other reforms to LIBOR that may be enacted in the United States, United Kingdom or elsewhere.
The discontinuation of LIBOR could have a significant impact on our business. We anticipate significant operational challenges for the transition away from LIBOR, including, but not limited to, amending existing loan agreements with borrowers on investments that may have not been modified with fallback language and adding effective fallback language to new agreements in the event that LIBOR is discontinued before maturity.
Beyond these challenges, we anticipate there may be additional risks to our current processes and information systems that we will need to identify and evaluate. Due to the uncertainty of the replacement for LIBOR, the potential effect of any such event on our cost of capital and net investment income cannot yet be determined. In addition, any further changes or reforms to the determination or supervision of LIBOR may result in a sudden or prolonged increase or decrease in reported LIBOR, which could have an adverse impact on the market value of any LIBOR-linked securities, loans and other financial obligations or extensions of credit held by or due to us and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Junior, Unsecured Securities. Our strategy may entail acquiring securities that are junior or unsecured instruments. While this approach can facilitate obtaining control and then adding value through active management, it also means that certain of the Company’s investments may be unsecured. If a portfolio company becomes financially distressed or insolvent and does not successfully reorganize, we will have no assurance (compared to those distressed securities investors that acquire only fully collateralized positions) that we will recover any of the principal that we have invested. Similarly, investments in “last out” pieces of unitranche loans will be similar to second lien loans in that such investments will be junior in priority to the “first out” piece of the same unitranche loan with respect to payment of principal, interest and other amounts. Consequently, the fact that debt is secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the debt’s terms, or at all, or that we will be able to collect on the debt should it be forced to enforce its remedies.
While such junior or unsecured investments may benefit from the same or similar financial and other covenants as those enjoyed by the indebtedness ranking more senior to such investments and may benefit from cross-default provisions and security over the issuer’s assets, some or all of such terms may not be part of particular Investments. Moreover, our ability to influence an issuer’s affairs, especially during periods of financial distress or following insolvency, is likely to be substantially less than that of senior creditors. For example, under typical subordination terms, senior creditors are able to block the acceleration of the junior debt or the exercise by junior debt holders of other rights they may have as creditors. Accordingly, we may not be able to take steps to protect investments in a timely manner or at all, and there can be no assurance that our rate of return objectives or any particular investment will be achieved. In addition, the debt securities in which we will invest may not be protected by financial covenants or limitations upon additional indebtedness, may have limited liquidity and are not expected to be rated by a credit rating agency.
Early repayments of our investments may have a material adverse effect on our investment objectives. In addition, depending on fluctuations of the equity markets and other factors, warrants and other equity investments may become worthless.
There can be no assurance that attempts to provide downside protection through contractual or structural terms with respect to our investments will achieve their desired effect and potential investors should regard an investment in us as being speculative and having a high degree of risk. Furthermore, we have limited flexibility to negotiate terms when purchasing newly issued investments in connection with a syndication of mezzanine or certain other junior or subordinated investments or in the secondary market.
38
CLO Risk. Our investments in CLOs may be riskier than a direct investment in the debt or other securities of the underlying companies. When investing in CLOs, we may invest in any level of a CLO’s subordination chain, including subordinated (lower-rated) tranches and residual interests (the lowest tranche). CLOs are typically highly levered and therefore, the junior debt and equity tranches that we may invest in are subject to a higher risk of total loss and deferral or nonpayment of interest than the more senior tranches to which they are subordinated. In addition, we will generally have the right to receive payments only from the CLOs, and will generally not have direct rights against the underlying borrowers or entities that sponsored the CLOs. Furthermore, the investments we make in CLOs are at times thinly traded or have only a limited trading market. As a result, investments in such CLOs may be characterized as illiquid securities.
“Covenant-lite” Obligations. We may invest in, or obtain exposure to, obligations that may be “covenant-lite,” which means such obligations lack certain financial maintenance covenants. While these loans may still contain other collateral protections, a covenant-lite loan may carry more risk than a covenant-heavy loan made by the same borrower, as it does not require the borrower to provide affirmation that certain specific financial tests have been satisfied on a routine basis as is required under a covenant-heavy loan agreement. Should a loan we hold begin to deteriorate in quality, our ability to negotiate with the borrower may be delayed under a covenant-lite loan compared to a loan with full maintenance covenants. This may in turn delay our ability to seek to recover its investment.
Bridge Financings. From time to time, we may lend to portfolio companies on a short-term, unsecured basis or otherwise invest on an interim basis in portfolio companies in anticipation of a future issuance of equity or long-term debt securities or other refinancing or syndication. Such bridge loans would typically be convertible into a more permanent, long-term security; however, for reasons not always in the Company’s control, such long-term securities issuance or other refinancing or syndication may not occur and such bridge loans and interim investments may remain outstanding. In such event, the interest rate on such loans or the terms of such interim investments may not adequately reflect the risk associated with the position taken by the Company.
Distressed Investments; Restructurings. The Company may make investments in companies that subsequently become distressed (e.g., defaulted, out-of-favor or distressed bank loans and debt securities). Certain of the Company’s investments may, therefore, include specific investments in companies that become highly leveraged with significant burdens on cash flow, and, therefore, involve a high degree of financial risk. Portfolio companies may be facing liquidity challenges due to debt maturities, covenant violations, cyclical challenges or imminent bankruptcy, or they need financing in order to exit bankruptcy. The Company’s investments may be considered speculative and subject to a high degree of risk, and the ability of the relevant portfolio companies to pay their debts on schedule could be adversely affected by interest rate movements, changes in the general economic climate or the economic factors affecting a particular industry, or specific developments within such companies. Investments in companies operating in workout or bankruptcy modes also present additional legal risks, including fraudulent conveyance, voidable preference and equitable subordination risks. The level of analytical sophistication, both financial and legal, necessary for successful investment in companies experiencing significant business and financial difficulties is unusually high. There is no assurance that the Adviser will correctly evaluate the value of the assets collateralizing the Company’s loans or the prospects for a successful reorganization or similar action.
Distressed/Defaulted Securities. The Company may invest in the securities of companies that subsequently become involved in bankruptcy proceedings, reorganizations or financial restructurings, and that may face pending covenant violations or significant debt maturities. In such a case, the Company may have a more active participation in the affairs of such portfolio companies than is generally assumed by an investor. Such investments could, in certain circumstances, subject the Company to certain additional potential liabilities, which may exceed the value of the Company’s original investment therein. For example, under certain circumstances, a lender who has inappropriately exercised control over the management and policies of a debtor may have its claims subordinated or disallowed or may be found liable for damages suffered by parties as a result of such actions. Furthermore, such investments could also subject the Company to litigation risks or prevent the Company from disposing of securities. In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to a portfolio company or an investment, the Company may lose its entire investment, may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than the Company’s original investment and/or may be required to accept payment over an extended period of time. In addition, under certain circumstances, payments to the Company and the related distributions by the Company to the shareholders may be reclaimed if any such payment or distribution is later determined to have been a fraudulent conveyance, preferential payment, or similar transaction under applicable bankruptcy and insolvency laws. As more fully discussed below, in a bankruptcy or other proceeding, the Company as a creditor may be unable to enforce its rights in any collateral or may have its security interest in any collateral challenged or disallowed, and its claims may be subordinated to the claims of other creditors.
The market for distressed securities is expected to be less liquid than the market for securities of companies that are not distressed. A substantial length of time may be required to liquidate investments in securities that become distressed. Furthermore, at times, a major portion of an issue of distressed securities may be held by relatively few investors, and the market may be limited to a narrow range of potential counterparties, such as other financial institutions. Under adverse market or economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the portfolio companies, the Company may find it more difficult to sell such securities when the Adviser believes it advisable to do so or may only be able to sell such securities at a loss. The Company may also find it more difficult to determine the fair market value of distressed securities for the purpose of computing the Company’s net asset value. In some cases, the Company may be prohibited by contract from selling investments for a period of time.
39
Non-Performing Debt. Certain debt instruments that the Company may invest in may be or become nonperforming and possibly in default. The obligor or relevant guarantor may also be in or enter bankruptcy or liquidation. There can be no assurance as to the amount and timing of payments, if any, with respect to any such debt instruments.
Loans may become non-performing for a variety of reasons and borrowers on loans constituting the Company’s assets may seek the protection afforded by bankruptcy, insolvency and other debtor relief laws. Upon a bankruptcy filing in a U.S. Bankruptcy Court by an issuer of debt, the U.S. Bankruptcy Code imposes an automatic stay on payments of such issuer’s pre-petition debt. A stay on payments to be made on the assets of the Company could adversely affect the value of those assets and the Company itself. Other protections in such proceedings may include forgiveness of debt, the ability to create super-priority liens in favor of certain creditors of the debtor and certain well-defined claims procedures. Nonperforming debt obligations may require substantial workout negotiations, restructuring or bankruptcy filings that may entail a substantial reduction in the interest rate, deferral of payments and/or a substantial write-down of the principal of a loan or conversion of some or all of the debt to equity. Insolvency laws may, in certain jurisdictions, result in a restructuring of the debt without the Company’s consent under the “cramdown” provisions of applicable insolvency laws and may also result in a discharge of all or part of the debt without payment to the Company. If a portfolio company were to file for Chapter 11 reorganization, the U.S. Bankruptcy Code authorizes the issuer to restructure the terms of repayment of a class of debt, even if the class fails to accept the restructuring, as long as the restructured terms are “fair and equitable” to the class and certain other conditions are met.
Such non-performing instruments or loans may also require a substantial amount of workout negotiations or restructuring, which may entail, among other things, a substantial reduction in the interest rate and a substantial writedown of principal. It is possible that the Company may find it necessary or desirable to foreclose on collateral securing one or more loans purchased by the Company. The foreclosure process varies jurisdiction by jurisdiction and can be lengthy and expensive. Borrowers often resist foreclosure actions, which often prolongs and complicates an already difficult and time-consuming process. In some states or other jurisdictions, foreclosure actions can take up to several years or more to conclude. During the foreclosure proceedings, a borrower may have the ability to file for bankruptcy, potentially staying the foreclosure action and further delaying the foreclosure process. Foreclosure litigation tends to create a negative public image of the collateral assets and may result in disrupting ongoing management of the company. There can be no assurance as to the amount and timing of payments, if any, with respect to any such debt instruments.
40
Nature of Mezzanine Debt and Other Junior Unsecured Securities. The Company’s strategy may include acquiring mezzanine debt, which generally will be unrated or have ratings or implied or imputed ratings below investment grade, as well as loans or securities that are junior, unsecured, equity or quasi-equity instruments. Mezzanine debt or securities are generally unsecured and/or subordinated to other obligations of the portfolio company, and tend to have greater credit and liquidity risk than that typically associated with investment grade corporate obligations. The risks associated with mezzanine debt or equity investments include a greater possibility that adverse changes in the financial condition of the obligor or in general economic conditions may adversely affect the obligor’s ability to pay principal and interest on its debt. Many obligors on mezzanine debt or equity investments are highly leveraged. As such, specific developments affecting such obligors, such as reduced cash flow from operations or the inability to refinance debt at maturity, may also adversely affect such obligors’ ability to meet debt service obligations. Mezzanine debt or equity instruments are often issued in connection with leveraged acquisitions or recapitalizations in which the portfolio companies incur a substantially higher amount of indebtedness than the level at which they had previously operated.
Default rates for mezzanine debt and other junior unsecured securities have historically been higher than such rates for investment grade securities. If the Company makes an investment that is not secured by collateral and if the portfolio company in question does not successfully reorganize, the Company will have no assurance (as compared to those distressed securities investors that acquire only fully collateralized positions) that it will recover any of the principal that it has invested. While junior, unsecured, equity or quasi-equity investments may benefit from the same or similar financial and other covenants as those enjoyed by the indebtedness ranking more senior to such investments and may benefit from cross-default provisions and security over the portfolio company’s assets, some or all of such terms may not be part of the particular investments. Moreover, the ability of the Company to influence a portfolio company’s affairs, especially during periods of financial distress or following insolvency, is likely to be substantially less than that of senior creditors. For example, under typical subordination terms, senior creditors are able to block the acceleration of the junior debt or the exercise by junior debt holders of other rights they may have as creditors. Accordingly, the Company may not be able to take steps to protect its investments in a timely manner or at all and there can be no assurance that the return objectives of the Company or any particular investment will be achieved. In addition, the debt securities in which the Company may invest may not be protected by financial covenants or limitations upon additional indebtedness, may have limited liquidity and are not expected to be rated by a credit rating agency.
Convertible Securities. Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted into or exchanged for a specified amount of common stock of the same or different portfolio company within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles its holder to receive interest that is generally paid or accrued on debt or a dividend that is paid or accrued on preferred stock, in each case, until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Convertible securities have unique investment characteristics in that they generally (i) have higher yields than common stocks, but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities, (ii) are less subject to fluctuation in value than the underlying common stock due to their fixed income characteristics and (iii) provide the potential for capital appreciation if the market price of the underlying common stock increases.
The value of a convertible security is a function of its “investment value” (determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and its “conversion value” (the security’s worth, at market value, if converted into the underlying common stock). The investment value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline. The credit standing of the portfolio company and other factors may also have an effect on the convertible security’s investment value. The conversion value of a convertible security is determined by the market price of the underlying common stock. If the conversion value is low relative to the investment value, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value. To the extent the market price of the underlying common stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible security will be increasingly influenced by its conversion value. A convertible security generally will sell at a premium over its conversion value by the extent to which investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding a fixed-income security. Generally, the amount of the premium decreases as the convertible security approaches maturity.
A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the portfolio company at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument. If a convertible security held by the Company is called for redemption, the Company will be required to permit the portfolio company to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. Any of these actions could have an adverse effect on the Company’s ability to achieve its investment objective.
Investing primarily in large private U.S. borrowers may limit the Company’s ability to achieve high growth rates during times of economic expansion.
Investing primarily in originated assets made to large private U.S. borrowers may result in the Company underperforming other segments of the market, particularly during times of economic expansion, because large private U.S. borrowers may be less responsive to competitive challenges and opportunities in the financial markets. As a result, the Company’s value may not rise at the same rate, if at all, as other funds that invest in smaller market capitalization companies that are more capable of responding to economic and industrial changes.
41
Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.
Our portfolio companies may have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may entitle the holders to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments with respect to the debt instruments in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any proceeds. After repaying such senior creditors, such portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt instruments in which we invest, we would have to share on an equal basis any distributions with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company and our portfolio company may not have sufficient assets to pay all equally ranking credit even if we hold senior, first-lien debt.
There could be circumstances in which the Company may not be able to control the modification, waiver or amendment of the terms and conditions of a loan agreement if a sufficient number of the other lenders act contrary to the Company’s preferences.
The terms and conditions of loan agreements and related assignments may be amended, modified or waived only by the agreement of the lenders. Generally, any such agreement must include a majority or a supermajority (measured by outstanding loans or commitments) or, in certain circumstances, a unanimous vote of the lenders. The Company and the Adviser would be expected to have the authority to negotiate any amendments or modifications to the portfolio investments that are loans, but even where they do not have any such authority, they may have the authority to give or withhold consent to amendments or modifications initiated and negotiated by portfolio companies or other lenders. Consequently, there could be circumstances in which the Company may not be able to control the modification, waiver or amendment of the terms and conditions of a loan agreement if a sufficient number of the other lenders act contrary to the Company’s preferences. If the Company invests or holds an investment through participation interests or derivative securities rather than directly, it is possible that the Company may not be entitled to vote on any such adjustment of terms of such agreements.
The exercise of remedies may also be subject to the vote of a specified percentage of the lenders thereunder. The Company will have the authority to cause the Company to consent to certain amendments, waivers or modifications to the investments requested by obligors or the lead agents for loan syndication agreements. The Company may, in accordance with its investment management standards, cause the Company to extend or defer the maturity, adjust the outstanding balance of any investment, reduce or forgive interest or fees, release material collateral or guarantees, or otherwise amend, modify or waive the terms of any related loan agreement, including the payment terms thereunder. The Company will make such determinations in accordance with its investment management standards. Any amendment, waiver or modification of an investment could adversely impact the Company’s investment returns.
There may be circumstances where our debt investments could be subordinated to claims of other creditors or we could be subject to lender liability claims.
If one of our portfolio companies were to file for bankruptcy, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we actually provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might recharacterize our debt investment and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors. We may also be subject to lender liability claims for actions taken by us with respect to a borrower’s business or instances where we exercise control over the borrower.
In recent years, a number of judicial decisions in the United States have upheld the right of borrowers to sue lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories (collectively termed “lender liability”). Generally, lender liability is founded upon the premise that an institutional lender has violated a duty (whether implied or contractual) of good faith and fair dealing owed to a borrower or has assumed a degree of control over the borrower resulting in a creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. Because of the nature of certain of the Company’s investments, the Company could be subject to allegations of lender liability.
In addition, under common law principles that in some cases form the basis for lender liability claims, if a lender or bondholder:
42
The Company does not intend to engage in conduct that would form the basis for a successful cause of action based upon the equitable subordination doctrine. However, because of the nature of certain of the Company’s investments, the Company may be subject to claims from creditors of an obligor that debt obligations of which are held by the Company should be equitably subordinated.
The preceding discussion regarding lender liability is based upon principles of U.S. federal and state laws. With respect to the Company’s investments outside the United States, the laws of certain non-U.S. jurisdictions may also impose liability upon lenders or bondholders under factual circumstances similar to those described above, with consequences that may or may not be analogous to those described above under U.S. federal and state laws.
We generally will not control our portfolio companies and, due to the illiquid nature of our holdings in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our interests in our portfolio companies.
We do not expect to control most of our portfolio companies, even though we may have board representation or board observation rights, and our debt agreements with such portfolio companies may contain certain restrictive covenants. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which we invest may make business decisions with which we disagree and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of the company’s common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests as debt investors. Due to the lack of liquidity for our investments in non-traded companies, we may not be able to dispose of our interests in our portfolio companies as readily as we would like or at an appropriate valuation. As a result, a portfolio company may make decisions that could decrease the value of our portfolio holdings.
We will be exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.
General interest rate fluctuations may have a substantial negative impact on our investments and investment opportunities and, accordingly, may have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective and the rate of return on invested capital. Because we may borrow money to make investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we may borrow funds and the rate at which we may invest these funds. As a result, there can be no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income.
Our debt investments may be based on floating interest rates, such as LIBOR, the Euro Interbank Offered Rate (“EURIBOR”), the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime Rate, that reset on a periodic basis, and that many of our investments will be subject to interest rate floors. A reduction in the interest rates on new investments relative to interest rates on current investments could have an adverse impact on our net investment income, which also could be negatively impacted by our borrowers making prepayments on their loans. On the other hand, an increase in interest rates could increase the interest repayment obligations of our borrowers and result in challenges to their financial performance and ability to repay their obligations. In addition, our cost of funds likely will increase because the interest rates on the majority of amounts we may borrow are likely to be floating, which could reduce our net investment income to the extent any debt investments have fixed interest rates, and the interest rate on investments with an interest rate floor will not increase until interest rates exceed the applicable floor.
Trading prices for debt that pays a fixed rate of return tend to fall as interest rates rise. Trading prices tend to fluctuate more for fixed-rate securities that have longer maturities. Moreover, an increase in interest rates available to investors could make investment in our common stock less attractive if we are not able to increase our dividend rate, which could reduce the value of our common stock. Federal Reserve policy, including with respect to certain interest rates and the decision to end its quantitative easing policy, may also adversely affect the value, volatility and liquidity of dividend- and interest-paying securities. Market volatility, rising interest rates and/or a return to unfavorable economic conditions could adversely affect our business.
We may enter into certain hedging transactions, such as interest rate swap agreements, in an effort to mitigate our exposure to adverse fluctuations in interest rates and we may increase our floating rate investments to position the portfolio for rate increases. However, we cannot assure you that such transactions will be successful in mitigating our exposure to interest rate risk or if we will enter into such interest rate hedges. Hedging transactions may also limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to our portfolio investments.
We do not have a policy governing the maturities of our investments. This means that we are subject to greater risk (other things being equal) than a fund invested solely in shorter-term securities. A decline in the prices of the debt we own could adversely affect our net asset value. Also, an increase in interest rates available to investors could make an investment in our common stock less attractive if we are not able to increase our dividend rate.
To the extent that we make floating rate debt investments, a rise in the general level of interest rates would lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates may result in an increase in the amount of the incentive fee payable to the Adviser.
43
Any inaccuracy or incompleteness by a portfolio company or breach of covenants may adversely affect the valuation of the collateral underlying the loans or the ability of the lenders to perfect or effectuate a lien on the collateral securing the loan or the Company’s ability to otherwise realize on or avoid losses in respect of the investment.
The Company will seek to make or acquire portfolio investments having structural, covenant and other contractual terms providing adequate downside protection, but there can be no assurance that such attempts to provide downside protection with respect to its investments will achieve their desired effect, and, accordingly, potential investors should regard an investment in the Company as being speculative and having a high degree of risk. Of paramount concern in making or acquiring a portfolio investment is the possibility of material misrepresentation or omission on the part of the portfolio investment seller, the portfolio company or other credit support providers, or breach of covenant by any such parties. Such inaccuracy or incompleteness or breach of covenants may adversely affect the valuation of the collateral underlying the loans or the ability of the lenders to perfect or effectuate a lien on the collateral securing the loan or the Company’s ability to otherwise realize on or avoid losses in respect of the investment. The Company will rely upon the accuracy and completeness of representations made by any such parties to the extent reasonable, but cannot guarantee such accuracy or completeness.
Additionally, of particular concern in portfolio investments in loans or other debt instruments is the possibility of material misrepresentation or omission on the part of the borrower or issuer of such debt instruments. Such inaccuracy or incompleteness may adversely affect the valuation of the collateral underlying the loans, notes or bonds or may adversely affect the ability of the Company to perfect or effectuate a lien on any collateral securing the investment. The Company will rely upon the accuracy and completeness of representations made by borrowers or issuers of securities and their respective agents when it makes its investments, but cannot guarantee such accuracy or completeness. Under certain circumstances, payments to the Company may be reclaimed if any such payment or distribution is later determined to have been a fraudulent conveyance or a preferential payment.
Second priority liens on collateral securing debt investments that we make to our portfolio companies may be subject to control by senior creditors with first priority liens. If there is a default, the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to repay in full both the first priority creditors and us.
Certain debt investments that we make to portfolio companies may be secured on a second priority basis by the same collateral securing first priority debt of such companies. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the company under the agreements governing the loans. The holders of obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of and be entitled to receive proceeds from any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from the sale or sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the debt obligations secured by the second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds are not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the debt obligations secured by the second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the company remaining assets, if any.
We may also make unsecured debt investments in portfolio companies, meaning that such investments will not benefit from any interest in collateral of such companies. Liens on such portfolio companies’ collateral, if any, will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under its outstanding secured debt and may secure certain future debt that is permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under its secured debt agreements. The holders of obligations secured by such liens will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of such collateral to repay their obligations in full before we are so entitled. In addition, the value of such collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of such collateral would be sufficient to satisfy its unsecured debt obligations after payment in full of all secured debt obligations. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay the outstanding secured debt obligations, then its unsecured claims would rank equally with the unpaid portion of such secured creditors’ claims against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.
The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the debt investments we make to our portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of senior debt. Under such an intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens: the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral; the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings; the approval of amendments to collateral documents; releases of liens on the collateral; and waivers of past defaults under collateral documents. We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.
44
The portfolio investments in which the Company invests and Apollo’s portfolio companies will be subject to various laws for the protection of creditors in the jurisdictions of the portfolio companies concerned.
Differences in law may adversely affect the rights of the Company as a lender with respect to other creditors. Additionally, the Company, as a creditor, may experience less favorable treatment under different insolvency regimes than those that apply in the United States, including in cases where the Company seeks to enforce any security it may hold as a creditor.
Limited amortization requirements may extend the expected weighted average life of the investment.
The Company may invest in loans that have limited mandatory amortization requirements. While these loans may obligate a portfolio company to repay the loan out of asset sale proceeds or with annual excess cash flow, repayment requirements may be subject to substantial limitations that would allow a portfolio company to retain such asset sale proceeds or cash flow, thereby extending the expected weighted average life of the investment. In addition, a low level of amortization of any debt over the life of the investment may increase the risk that the portfolio company will not be able to repay or refinance the loans held by the Company when it matures.
Economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and adversely affect our operating results.
The companies in which we intend to invest may be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our debt investments during these periods. The recent global outbreak of COVID-19 has disrupted economic markets and the prolonged economic impact is uncertain. Some economists and major investment banks have expressed concern that the continued spread of the virus globally could lead to a worldwide economic downturn. In the past, instability in the global capital markets resulted in disruptions in liquidity in the debt capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated credit market and the failure of major domestic and international financial institutions. In particular, in past periods of instability, the financial services sector was negatively impacted by significant write-offs as the value of the assets held by financial firms declined, impairing their capital positions and abilities to lend and invest. In addition, continued uncertainty surrounding the negotiation of trade deals between Britain and the European Union following the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union and uncertainty between the United States and other countries, including China, with respect to trade policies, treaties, and tariffs, among other factors, have caused disruption in the global markets. There can be no assurance that market conditions will not worsen in the future.
In an economic downturn, we may have non-performing assets or non-performing assets are likely to increase, and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during these periods. Adverse economic conditions may also decrease the value of any collateral securing our senior secured debt. A prolonged recession may further decrease the value of such collateral and result in losses of value in our portfolio and a decrease in our revenues, net income and NAV. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us on terms we deem acceptable. These events could prevent us from increasing investments and adversely affect our operating results.
Implementation of the Company’s strategy is dependent in part on market dislocation impacting the global credit markets.
Implementation of the Company’s investment strategy will depend, in part, on the extent to which the global credit markets continue to experience disruption, liquidity shortages and financial instability. Prolonged disruption may prevent the Company from advantageously realizing on or disposing of its investments. A further economic downturn could adversely affect the financial resources and credit quality of the underlying portfolio companies of any debt instruments in which the Company may invest and result in the inability of such borrowers to make principal and interest payments on, or refinance, outstanding debt when due. In the event of such defaults, the Company may suffer a partial or total loss of capital invested in such companies, which would, in turn, have an adverse effect on the Company’s returns. Any such defaults may have an adverse effect on the Company’s investments. Such marketplace events also may restrict the ability of the Company to sell or liquidate investments at favorable times or for favorable prices (although such marketplace events may not foreclose the Company’s ability to hold such investments until maturity). Further, the Company’s investment strategy may be impacted in part by changes in the conditions in the global financial markets generally and credit markets specifically. In the event of a further market deterioration, the value of the Company’s investments may not appreciate as projected or may suffer a loss.
45
A covenant breach or other default by our portfolio companies may adversely affect our operating results.
A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize a portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt or equity securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting portfolio company. In addition, lenders in certain cases can be subject to lender liability claims for actions taken by them when they become too involved in the borrower’s business or exercise control over a borrower. It is possible that we could become subject to a lender’s liability claim, including as a result of actions taken if we render significant managerial assistance to the borrower. Furthermore, if one of our portfolio companies were to file for bankruptcy protection, a bankruptcy court might recharacterize our debt holding and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to claims of other creditors, even though we may have structured our investment as senior secured debt. The likelihood of such a re-characterization would depend on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company.
Our portfolio companies may be highly leveraged.
Some of our portfolio companies may be highly leveraged, which may have adverse consequences to these companies and to us as an investor. These companies may be subject to restrictive financial and operating covenants and the leverage may impair these companies’ ability to finance their future operations and capital needs. As a result, these companies’ flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions and to take advantage of business opportunities may be limited. Further, a leveraged company’s income and net assets will tend to increase or decrease at a greater rate than if borrowed money were not used.
Loans to private companies involve risks that may not exist in the case of more established and/or publicly traded companies.
These risks include the risk that:
We may not realize gains from our equity investments.
Certain investments that we may make could include warrants or other equity securities. In addition, we may make direct equity investments in portfolio companies. Our goal is ultimately to realize gains upon our disposition of such equity interests. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience. We also may be unable to realize any value if a portfolio company does not have a liquidity event, such as a sale of the business, recapitalization or public offering, which would allow us to sell the underlying equity interests. We intend to seek puts or similar rights to give us the right to sell our equity securities back to the portfolio company issuer. We may be unable to exercise these put rights for the consideration provided in our investment documents if the issuer is in financial distress.
46
An investment strategy focused primarily on privately-held companies presents certain challenges, including, but not limited to, the lack of available information about these companies.
We intend to invest primarily in privately-held companies. Investments in private companies pose significantly greater risks than investments in public companies. First, private companies have reduced access to the capital markets, resulting in diminished capital resources and the ability to withstand financial distress. Second, the depth and breadth of experience of management in private companies tends to be less than that at public companies, which makes such companies more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a smaller group of persons and/or persons with less depth and breadth of experience. Therefore, the decisions made by such management teams and/or the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our investments and, in turn, on us. Third, the investments themselves tend to be less liquid. As such, we may have difficulty exiting an investment promptly or at a desired price prior to maturity or outside of a normal amortization schedule. As a result, the relative lack of liquidity and the potential diminished capital resources of our target portfolio companies may affect our investment returns.
Fourth, little public information generally exists about private companies. Further, these companies may not have third-party debt ratings or audited financial statements. We must therefore rely on the ability of the Adviser to obtain adequate information through due diligence to evaluate the creditworthiness and potential returns from investing in these companies. The Adviser would typically assess an investment in a portfolio company based on the Adviser’s estimate of the portfolio company’s earnings and enterprise value, among other things, and these estimates may be based on limited information and may otherwise be inaccurate, causing the Adviser to make different investment decisions than it may have made with more complete information. These companies and their financial information will generally not be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other rules that govern public companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments.
Our investments in securities or assets of publicly-traded companies are subject to the risks inherent in investing in public securities.
We may invest a portion of our portfolio in publicly-traded assets. For example, it is not expected that we will be able to negotiate additional financial covenants or other contractual rights, which we might otherwise be able to obtain in making privately negotiated investments. In addition, by investing in publicly-traded securities or assets, we will be subject to U.S. federal and state securities laws, as well as non-U.S. securities laws, that may, among other things, restrict or prohibit our ability to make or sell an investment. Moreover, we may not have the same access to information in connection with investments in public securities, either when investigating a potential investment or after making an investment, as compared to privately negotiated investments. Furthermore, we may be limited in its ability to make investments and to sell existing investments in public securities because the Firm may be deemed to have material, nonpublic information regarding the issuers of those securities or as a result of other internal policies. The inability to sell public securities in these circumstances could materially adversely affect our investment results. In addition, an investment may be sold by us to a public company where the consideration received is a combination of cash and stock of the public company, which may, depending on the securities laws of the relevant jurisdiction, be subject to lock-up periods.
A lack of liquidity in certain of our investments may adversely affect our business.
We intend to invest in certain companies whose securities are not publicly-traded or actively traded on the secondary market, and whose securities are subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than publicly-traded securities. The illiquidity of certain of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell these investments when desired. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we had previously recorded these investments. The reduced liquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to dispose of them at a favorable price, and, as a result, we may suffer losses. Moreover, investments purchased by us that are liquid at the time of purchase may subsequently become illiquid due to events relating to the issuer, market events, economic conditions or investor perceptions.
Our investments may include original issue discount and payment-in-kind instruments.
To the extent that we invest in original issue discount or payment-in-kind (“PIK”) instruments and the accretion of original issue discount or PIK interest income constitutes a portion of our income, we will be exposed to risks associated with the requirement to include such non-cash income in taxable and accounting income prior to receipt of cash, including the following:
47
The prices of the debt instruments and other securities in which we invest may decline substantially.
For reasons not necessarily attributable to any of the risks set forth herein (for example, supply/demand imbalances or other market forces), the prices of the debt instruments and other securities may decline substantially. In particular, purchasing debt instruments or other assets at what may appear to be “undervalued” or “discounted” levels is no guarantee that these assets will not be trading at even lower levels at a time of valuation or at the time of sale, if applicable. It may not be possible to predict, or to hedge against, such “spread widening” risk. Additionally, the perceived discount in pricing from previous environments described herein may still not reflect the true value of the assets underlying debt instruments in which the Company invests.
We may enter into a TRS agreement that exposes us to certain risks, including market risk, liquidity risk and other risks similar to those associated with the use of leverage.
A total return swap (“TRS”) is a contract in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in the market value of the assets underlying the TRS, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during a specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate. A TRS effectively adds leverage to a portfolio by providing investment exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Because of the unique structure of a TRS, a TRS often offers lower financing costs than are offered through more traditional borrowing arrangements.
A TRS is subject to market risk, liquidity risk and risk of imperfect correlation between the value of the TRS and the loans underlying the TRS. In addition, we may incur certain costs in connection with the TRS that could in the aggregate be significant. A TRS is also subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations thereunder or that we will not be able to meet our obligations to the counterparty.
We may enter into repurchase agreements.
Subject to our investment objective and policies, we may invest in repurchase agreements as a buyer for investment purposes. Repurchase agreements typically involve the acquisition by the Company of debt securities from a selling financial institution such as a bank, savings and loan association or broker-dealer. The agreement provides that the Company will sell the securities back to the institution at a fixed time in the future for the purchase price plus premium (which often reflects the interests). The Company does not bear the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security unless the seller defaults under its repurchase obligation. In the event of the bankruptcy or other default of a seller of a repurchase agreement, the Company could experience both delays in liquidating the underlying securities and losses, including (1) possible decline in the value of the underlying security during the period in which the Company seeks to enforce its rights thereto; (2) possible lack of access to income on the underlying security during this period; and (3) expenses of enforcing its rights. In addition, as described above, the value of the collateral underlying the repurchase agreement will be at least equal to the repurchase price, including any accrued interest earned on the repurchase agreement. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, the Company generally will seek to liquidate such collateral. However, the exercise of the Company’s right to liquidate such collateral could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Company could suffer a loss.
48
We may enter into securities lending agreements.
We may from time to time make secured loans of our marginable securities to brokers, dealers and other financial institutions if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, would at least equal 150% immediately after each such loan. The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of credit, consist of possible delay in recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. However, such loans will be made only to brokers and other financial institutions that are believed by the Adviser to be of high credit standing. Securities loans are made to broker-dealers pursuant to agreements requiring that loans be continuously secured by collateral consisting of U.S. government securities, cash or cash equivalents (e.g., negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit) maintained on a daily mark-to-market basis in an amount at least equal at all times to the market value of the securities lent. If the Company enters into a securities lending arrangement, the Adviser, as part of its responsibilities under the Advisory Agreement, will invest the Company’s cash collateral in accordance with the Company’s investment objectives and strategies. The Company will pay the borrower of the securities a fee based on the amount of the cash collateral posted in connection with the securities lending program. The borrower will pay to the Company, as the lender, an amount equal to any dividends or interest received on the securities lent.
The Company may invest the cash collateral received only in accordance with its investment objectives, subject to the Company’s agreement with the borrower of the securities. In the case of cash collateral, the Company expects to pay a rebate to the borrower. The reinvestment of cash collateral will result in a form of effective leverage for the Company.
Although voting rights or rights to consent with respect to the loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Company, as the lender, will retain the right to call the loans and obtain the return of the securities loaned at any time on reasonable notice, and it will do so in order that the securities may be voted by the Company if the holders of such securities are asked to vote upon or consent to matters materially affecting the investment. The Company may also call such loans in order to sell the securities involved. When engaged in securities lending, the Company’s performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned and will also reflect the receipt of interest through investment of cash collateral by the Company in permissible investments.
We may from time to time enter into credit default swaps or other derivative transactions which expose us to certain risks, including credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk and other risks similar to those associated with the use of leverage.
We may from time to time enter into credit default swaps or other derivative transactions that seek to modify or replace the investment performance of a particular reference security or other asset. These transactions are typically individually negotiated, non-standardized agreements between two parties to exchange payments, with payments generally calculated by reference to a notional amount or quantity. Swap contracts and similar derivative contracts are not traded on exchanges; rather, banks and dealers act as principals in these markets. These investments may present risks in excess of those resulting from the referenced security or other asset. Because these transactions are not an acquisition of the referenced security or other asset itself, the investor has no right directly to enforce compliance with the terms of the referenced security or other asset and has no voting or other consensual rights of ownership with respect to the referenced security or other asset. In the event of insolvency of a counterparty, we will be treated as a general creditor of the counterparty and will have no claim of title with respect to the referenced security or other asset.
A credit default swap is a contract in which one party buys or sells protection against a credit event with respect to an issuer, such as an issuer’s failure to make timely payments of interest or principal on its debt obligations, bankruptcy or restructuring during a specified period. Generally, if we sell credit protection using a credit default swap, we will receive fixed payments from the swap counterparty and if a credit event occurs with respect to the applicable issuer, we will pay the swap counterparty par for the issuer’s defaulted debt securities and the swap counterparty will deliver the defaulted debt securities to us. Generally, if we buy credit protection using a credit default swap, we will make fixed payments to the counterparty and if a credit event occurs with respect to the applicable issuer, we will deliver the issuer’s defaulted securities underlying the swap to the swap counterparty and the counterparty will pay us par for the defaulted securities. Alternatively, a credit default swap may be cash settled and the buyer of protection would receive the difference between the par value and the market value of the issuer’s defaulted debt securities from the seller of protection.
Credit default swaps are subject to the credit risk of the underlying issuer. If we are selling credit protection, there is a risk that we will not properly assess the risk of the underlying issuer, a credit event will occur and we will have to pay the counterparty. If we are buying credit protection, there is a risk that we will not properly assess the risk of the underlying issuer, no credit event will occur and we will receive no benefit for the premium paid.
A derivative transaction is also subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations thereunder or that we will not be able to meet our obligations to the counterparty. In some cases, we may post collateral to secure our obligations to the counterparty, and we may be required to post additional collateral upon the occurrence of certain events such as a decrease in the value of the reference security or other asset. In some cases, the counterparty may not collateralize any of its obligations to us. Derivative investments effectively add leverage to a portfolio by providing investment exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. In addition to the risks described above, such arrangements are subject to risks similar to those associated with the use of leverage. See “Risk Factors— Risks Related to Debt Financing.”
49
We may acquire various financial instruments for purposes of “hedging” or reducing our risks, which may be costly and ineffective and could reduce our cash available for distribution to our shareholders.
We may seek to hedge against interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations and credit risk by using financial instruments such as futures, options, swaps and forward contracts, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. These financial instruments may be purchased on exchanges or may be individually negotiated and traded in over-the-counter markets. Use of such financial instruments for hedging purposes may present significant risks, including the risk of loss of the amounts invested. Defaults by the other party to a hedging transaction can result in losses in the hedging transaction. Hedging activities also involve the risk of an imperfect correlation between the hedging instrument and the asset being hedged, which could result in losses both on the hedging transaction and on the instrument being hedged. Use of hedging activities may not prevent significant losses and could increase our losses. Further, hedging transactions may reduce cash available to pay distributions to our shareholders.
Prepayments of our debt investments by our portfolio companies could adversely impact our results of operations and reduce our return on equity.
We are subject to the risk that the investments we make in our portfolio companies may be repaid prior to maturity. When this occurs, we will generally reinvest these proceeds in temporary investments, pending their future investment in new portfolio companies. These temporary investments will typically have substantially lower yields than the debt being prepaid and we could experience significant delays in reinvesting these amounts. Any future investment in a new portfolio company may also be at lower yields than the debt that was repaid. As a result, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our portfolio companies elect to prepay amounts owed to us. Additionally, prepayments, net of prepayment fees, could negatively impact our return on equity. This risk will be more acute when interest rates decrease, as we may be unable to reinvest at rates as favorable as when we made our initial investment.
Technological innovations and industry disruptions.
Current trends in the market generally have been toward disrupting a traditional approach to an industry with technological innovation, and multiple young companies have been successful where this trend toward disruption in markets and market practices has been critical to their success. In this period of rapid technological and commercial innovation, new businesses and approaches may be created that will compete with the Company and/ or its investments or alter the market practices the Company’s strategy has been designed to function within and depend on for investment returns. Any of these new approaches could damage the Company’s investments, significantly disrupt the market in which it operates and subject it to increased competition, which could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of investments.
Syndication of Co-Investments.
From time to time, the Company may make an investment with the expectation of offering a portion of its interests therein as a co-investment opportunity to third-party investors. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in syndicating any such co-investment, in whole or in part, that the closing of such co-investment will be consummated in a timely manner, that any syndication will take place on terms and conditions that will be preferable for the Company or that expenses incurred by the Company with respect to any such syndication will not be substantial. In the event that the Company is not successful in syndicating any such co-investment, in whole or in part, the Company may consequently hold a greater concentration and have more exposure in the related investment than initially was intended, which could make the Company more susceptible to fluctuations in value resulting from adverse economic and/or business conditions with respect thereto. Moreover, an investment by the Company that is not syndicated to coinvestors as originally anticipated could significantly reduce the Company’s overall investment returns.
To the extent we invest in middle market companies, investments in middle market companies involves a number of significant risks, any one of which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.
Investments in middle market companies involve the same risks that apply generally to investments in larger, more established companies. However, such investments have more pronounced risks in that middle market companies:
50
Risks Related to the Adviser and Its Affiliates; Conflicts of Interest
The Adviser and its affiliates, including our officers and some of our Trustees, face conflicts of interest caused by compensation arrangements with us and our affiliates, which could result in actions that are not in the best interests of our shareholders.
The Adviser and its affiliates receive substantial fees from us in return for their services, and these fees could influence the advice provided to us. We pay to the Adviser an incentive fee that is based on the performance of our portfolio and an annual base management fee that is based on the value of our net assets as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the applicable month. Because the incentive fee is based on the performance of our portfolio, the Adviser may be incentivized to make investments on our behalf that are riskier or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangement. The way in which the incentive fee is determined may also encourage the Adviser to use leverage to increase the return on our investments. Our compensation arrangements could therefore result in our making riskier or more speculative investments than would otherwise be the case. This could result in higher investment losses, particularly during cyclical economic downturns. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
We may be obligated to pay the Adviser incentive compensation even if we incur a net loss due to a decline in the value of our portfolio.
Our Advisory Agreement entitles the Adviser to receive Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns regardless of any capital losses. In such case, we may be required to pay the Adviser incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or if we incur a net loss for that quarter.
In addition, any Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns may be computed and paid on income that may include interest that has been accrued but not yet received. If a portfolio company defaults on a loan that is structured to provide accrued interest, it is possible that accrued interest previously included in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible. The Adviser is not under any obligation to reimburse us for any part of the incentive fee it received that was based on accrued income that we never received as a result of a default by an entity on the obligation that resulted in the accrual of such income, and such circumstances would result in our paying an incentive fee on income we never received.
There may be conflicts of interest related to obligations that the Adviser’s senior management and Investment Team have to Other Clients.
The members of the senior management and Investment Team of the Adviser serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do, or of investment funds managed by the same personnel. In serving in these multiple capacities, they may have obligations to Other Clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which may not be in our best interests or in the best interest of our shareholders. Our investment objective may overlap with the investment objectives of such investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles. In particular, we will rely on the Adviser to manage our day-to-day activities and to implement our investment strategy. The Adviser and certain of its affiliates are presently, and plan in the future to continue to be, involved with activities that are unrelated to us. As a result of these activities, the Adviser, its officers and employees and certain of its affiliates will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time between us and other activities in which they are or may become involved, including the management of its affiliated equipment funds. The Adviser and its officers and employees will devote only as much of its or their time to our business as the Adviser and its officers and employees, in their judgment, determine is reasonably required, which may be substantially less than their full time.
We rely, in part, on the Adviser to assist with identifying investment opportunities and making investment recommendations to the Adviser. The Adviser and its affiliates are not restricted from forming additional investment funds, entering into other investment advisory relationships or engaging in other business activities. These activities could be viewed as creating a conflict of interest in that the time and effort of the members of the Adviser, its affiliates and their officers and employees will not be devoted exclusively to our business, but will be allocated between us and such other business activities of the Adviser and its affiliates in a manner that the Adviser deems necessary and appropriate. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
51
The time and resources that individuals employed by the Adviser devote to us may be diverted and we may face additional competition due to the fact that individuals employed by the Adviser are not prohibited from raising money for or managing other entities that make the same types of investments that we target.
The Adviser and individuals employed by the Adviser are generally not prohibited from raising capital for and managing other investment entities that make the same types of investments as those we target. As a result, the time and resources that these individuals may devote to us may be diverted. In addition, we may compete with any such investment entity for the same investors and investment opportunities. We may participate in certain transactions originated by the Adviser or its affiliates under our exemptive relief from the SEC that allows us to engage in coinvestment transactions with the Adviser and its affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions. However, while the terms of the exemptive relief require that the Adviser will be given the opportunity to cause us to participate in certain transactions originated by affiliates of the Adviser, the Adviser may determine that we not participate in those transactions and for certain other transactions (as set forth in guidelines approved by the Board of Trustees) the Adviser may not have the opportunity to cause us to participate. Affiliates of the Adviser, whose primary business includes the origination of investments or investing in non-originated assets, engage in investment advisory business with accounts that compete with us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
Our shares may be purchased by the Adviser or its affiliates.
The Adviser and its affiliates expect to purchase our shares. The Adviser and its affiliates will not acquire any shares with the intention to resell or re-distribute such shares. The purchase of shares by the Adviser and its affiliates could create certain risks, including, but not limited to, the following:
The Adviser relies on key personnel, the loss of any of whom could impair its ability to successfully manage us.
Our future success depends, to a significant extent, on the continued services of the officers and employees of the Adviser or its affiliates. The loss of services of one or more members of the Adviser’s management team, including members of Apollo’s investment committee (the “Investment Committee”), could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations. The Adviser does not have an employment agreement with any of these key personnel and we cannot guarantee that all, or any particular one, will remain affiliated with us and/or the Adviser. Further, we do not intend to separately maintain key person life insurance on any of these individuals.
The compensation we pay to the Adviser will be determined without independent assessment on our behalf, and these terms may be less advantageous to us than if such terms had been the subject of arm’s-length negotiations.
The Advisory Agreement will not be entered into on an arm’s-length basis with an unaffiliated third party. As a result, the form and amount of compensation we pay the Adviser may be less favorable to us than they might have been had an investment advisory agreement been entered into through arm’s-length transactions with an unaffiliated third party.
The Intermediary Manager’s influence on this offer gives it the ability to increase the fees payable to the Adviser.
The Adviser is paid a base management fee calculated as a percentage of our net assets and unrelated to net income or any other performance base or measure. The Intermediary Manager, an affiliate of the Adviser will be incentivized to raise more proceeds in our offering to increase our net assets, even if it would be difficult for us to efficiently deploy additional capital, which in turn would increase the base management fee payable to the Adviser.
Because the Intermediary Manager is an affiliate of Apollo, you will not have the benefit of an independent review of this prospectus customarily performed in underwritten offerings.
The Intermediary Manager is an affiliate of Apollo and will not make an independent review of us or the offering. Accordingly, you will have to rely on your own broker to make an independent review of the terms of our offering. If your broker does not conduct such a review, you will not have the benefit of an independent review of the terms of our offering. Further, the due diligence investigation of us by the Intermediary Manager cannot be considered to be an independent review and, therefore, may not be as meaningful as a review conducted by an unaffiliated broker-dealer or investment banker. You will not have the benefit of an independent review and investigation of our offering of the type normally performed by an unaffiliated, independent underwriter in an underwritten public securities offering. In addition, we do not, and do not expect to, have research analysts reviewing our performance or our securities on an ongoing basis. Therefore, you will not have an independent review of our performance and the value of our common stock relative to publicly traded companies.
52
Risks Related to Business Development Companies
The requirement that we invest a sufficient portion of our assets in Qualifying Assets could preclude us from investing in accordance with our current business strategy; conversely, the failure to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in Qualifying Assets could result in our failure to maintain our status as a BDC.
Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in section 55(a) of the 1940 Act described as “qualifying” assets, (“Qualifying Assets”) unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are Qualifying Assets. Therefore, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such investments are not Qualifying Assets. Conversely, if we fail to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in Qualifying Assets, we could lose our status as a BDC, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Similarly, these rules could prevent us from making additional investments in existing portfolio companies, which could result in the dilution of our position, or could require us to dispose of investments at an inopportune time to comply with the 1940 Act. If we were forced to sell non-qualifying investments in the portfolio for compliance purposes, the proceeds from such sale could be significantly less than the current value of such investments.
Failure to maintain our status as a BDC would reduce our operating flexibility.
If we do not remain a BDC, we might be regulated as a registered closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act, which would subject us to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act and correspondingly decrease our operating flexibility.
Regulations governing our operation as a BDC and RIC will affect our ability to raise, and the way in which we raise, additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth.
As a result of the annual distribution requirement to qualify as a RIC, we may need to periodically access the capital markets to raise cash to fund new investments. We may issue “senior securities,” as defined under the 1940 Act, including borrowing money from banks or other financial institutions only in amounts such that our asset coverage meets the threshold set forth in the 1940 Act immediately after each such issuance. The 1940 Act currently requires an asset coverage of at least 150% (i.e., the amount of debt may not exceed two-thirds of the value of our assets). Our ability to issue different types of securities is also limited. Compliance with these requirements may unfavorably limit our investment opportunities and reduce our ability in comparison to other companies to profit from favorable spreads between the rates at which we can borrow and the rates at which we can lend. As a BDC, therefore, we intend to continuously issue equity at a rate more frequent than our privately-owned competitors, which may lead to greater shareholder dilution.
We expect to borrow for investment purposes. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy the asset coverage test, which would prohibit us from paying distributions and could prevent us from qualifying as a RIC. If we cannot satisfy the asset coverage test, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our debt financing, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous.
Under the 1940 Act, we generally are prohibited from issuing or selling our shares at a price per share, after deducting selling commissions, that is below our NAV per share, which may be a disadvantage as compared with other public companies. We may, however, sell our shares, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our shares, at a price below the current NAV of our shares if our Board of Trustees, including our independent Trustees, determine that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our shareholders, and our shareholders, as well as those shareholders that are not affiliated with us, approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price that, in the determination of our Board of Trustees, closely approximates the fair value of such securities.
53
Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates is restricted.
We are prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with certain of our affiliates (including portfolio companies of Other Clients) without the prior approval of a majority of the independent members of our Board of Trustees and, in some cases, the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our outstanding voting securities will be our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act and generally we will be prohibited from buying or selling any securities from or to such affiliate, absent the prior approval of our Board of Trustees. However, we may under certain circumstances purchase any such affiliate’s loans or securities in the secondary market, which could create a conflict for the Adviser between our interests and the interests of such affiliate, in that the ability of the Adviser to recommend actions in our best interest may be limited. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or closely related times), without prior approval of our Board of Trustees and, in some cases, the SEC. If a person acquires more than 25% of our voting securities, we will be prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such person or certain of that person’s affiliates, or entering into prohibited joint transactions (including certain co-investments) with such persons, absent the prior approval of the SEC. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers, Trustees, investment advisers, sub-advisers or their affiliates. As a result of these restrictions, we may be prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to any fund or any portfolio company of a fund managed by the Adviser, or entering into joint arrangements such as certain co-investments with these companies or funds without the prior approval of the SEC, which may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.
We have obtained exemptive relief from the SEC that allows us to engage in co-investment transactions with the Adviser and its affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions. However, while the terms of the exemptive relief require that the Adviser will be given the opportunity to cause us to participate in certain transactions originated by affiliates of the Adviser, the Adviser may determine that we not participate in those transactions and for certain other transactions (as set forth in guidelines approved by the Board of Trustees) the Adviser may not have the opportunity to cause us to participate.
We are uncertain of our sources for funding our future capital needs; if we cannot obtain debt or equity financing on acceptable terms, our ability to acquire investments and to expand our operations will be adversely affected.
The net proceeds from the sale of shares will be used for our investment opportunities, operating expenses and for payment of various fees and expenses such as base management fees, incentive fees and other expenses. Any working capital reserves we maintain may not be sufficient for investment purposes, and we may require debt or equity financing to operate. Accordingly, in the event that we develop a need for additional capital in the future for investments or for any other reason, these sources of funding may not be available to us. Consequently, if we cannot obtain debt or equity financing on acceptable terms, our ability to acquire investments and to expand our operations will be adversely affected. As a result, we would be less able to create and maintain a broad portfolio of investments and achieve our investment objective, which may negatively impact our results of operations and reduce our ability to make distributions to our shareholders.
We are a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, and therefore we are not limited with respect to the proportion of our assets that may be invested in securities of a single issuer.
We are classified as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, which means that we are not limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that we may invest in securities of a single issuer. Under the 1940 Act, a “diversified” investment company is required to invest at least 75% of the value of its total assets in cash and cash items, government securities, securities of other investment companies and other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the total assets of such company and no more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer. As a non-diversified investment company, we are not subject to this requirement. To the extent that we assume large positions in the securities of a small number of issuers, or within a particular industry, our NAV may fluctuate to a greater extent than that of a diversified investment company as a result of changes in the financial condition or the market’s assessment of the issuer. We may also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence than a diversified investment company or to a general downturn in the economy. However, we will be subject to the diversification requirements applicable to RICs under Subchapter M of the Code.
54
Risks Related to Debt Financing
When we borrow money, the potential for loss on amounts invested in us will be magnified and may increase the risk of investing in us. Borrowed money may also adversely affect the return on our assets, reduce cash available for distribution to our shareholders and result in losses.
The use of borrowings, also known as leverage, increases the volatility of investments by magnifying the potential for loss on invested equity capital. If we use leverage to partially finance our investments, through borrowing from banks and other lenders, you will experience increased risks of investing in our shares. If the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause NAV to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged. Similarly, any decrease in our income would cause net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to make distributions to our shareholders. In addition, our shareholders will bear the burden of any increase in our expenses as a result of our use of leverage, including interest expenses and any increase in the management or incentive fees payable to the Adviser.
We expect to use leverage to finance our investments. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on the Adviser’s and our Board of Trustees’ assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. There can be no assurance that leveraged financing will be available to us on favorable terms or at all. However, to the extent that we use leverage to finance our assets, our financing costs will reduce cash available for distributions to shareholders. Moreover, we may not be able to meet our financing obligations and, to the extent that we cannot, we risk the loss of some or all of our assets to liquidation or sale to satisfy the obligations. In such an event, we may be forced to sell assets at significantly depressed prices due to market conditions or otherwise, which may result in losses.
As a BDC, we generally are required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total borrowings and other senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and any preferred shares that we may issue in the future, of at least 150%. If this ratio were to fall below 150%, we could not incur additional debt and could be required to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is disadvantageous to do so. This could have a material adverse effect on our operations and investment activities. Moreover, our ability to make distributions to you may be significantly restricted or we may not be able to make any such distributions whatsoever. The amount of leverage that we will employ will be subject to oversight by our Board of Trustees, a majority of whom are independent Trustees with no material interests in such transactions.
Although borrowings by the Company have the potential to enhance overall returns that exceed the Company’s cost of funds, they will further diminish returns (or increase losses on capital) to the extent overall returns are less than the Company’s cost of funds. In addition, borrowings by the Company may be secured by the shareholders’ investments as well as by the Company’s assets and the documentation relating to such borrowing may provide that during the continuance of a default under such borrowing, the interests of the investors may be subordinated to such borrowing.
We may default under our credit facilities.
In the event we default under a credit facility or other borrowings, our business could be adversely affected as we may be forced to sell a portion of our investments quickly and prematurely at what may be disadvantageous prices to us in order to meet our outstanding payment obligations and/or support working capital requirements under such borrowing facility, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, following any such default, the agent for the lenders under such borrowing facility could assume control of the disposition of any or all of our assets which constitute collateral, including the selection of such assets to be disposed and the timing of such disposition, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Provisions in a credit facility may limit our investment discretion.
A credit facility may be backed by all or a portion of our loans and securities on which the lenders will have a security interest. We may pledge up to 100% of our assets and may grant a security interest in all of our assets under the terms of any debt instrument we enter into with lenders. We expect that any security interests we grant will be set forth in a pledge and security agreement and evidenced by the filing of financing statements by the agent for the lenders. In addition, we expect that the custodian for our securities serving as collateral for such loan would include in its electronic systems notices indicating the existence of such security interests and, following notice of occurrence of an event of default, if any, and during its continuance, will only accept transfer instructions with respect to any such securities from the lender or its designee. If we were to default under the terms of any debt instrument, the agent for the applicable lenders would be able to assume control of the timing of disposition of any or all of our assets securing such debt, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
55
In addition, any security interests and/or negative covenants required by a credit facility may limit our ability to create liens on assets to secure additional debt and may make it difficult for us to restructure or refinance indebtedness at or prior to maturity or obtain additional debt or equity financing. In addition, if our borrowing base under a credit facility were to decrease, we may be required to secure additional assets in an amount sufficient to cure any borrowing base deficiency. In the event that all of our assets are secured at the time of such a borrowing base deficiency, we could be required to repay advances under a credit facility or make deposits to a collection account, either of which could have a material adverse impact on our ability to fund future investments and to make distributions.
In addition, we may be subject to limitations as to how borrowed funds may be used, which may include restrictions on geographic and industry concentrations, loan size, payment frequency and status, average life, collateral interests an investment ratings, as well as regulatory restrictions on leverage which may affect the amount of funding that may be obtained. There may also be certain requirements relating to portfolio performance, including required minimum portfolio yield and limitations on delinquencies and charge-offs, a violation of which could limit further advances and, in some cases, result in an event of default. An event of default under a credit facility could result in an accelerated maturity date for all amounts outstanding thereunder, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. This could reduce our liquidity and cash flow and impair our ability to grow our business.
Changes in interest rates may affect our cost of capital and net investment income.
Since we intend to use debt to finance a portion of our investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income. In periods of rising interest rates when we have debt outstanding, our cost of funds will increase, which could reduce our net investment income. We expect that our long-term fixed-rate investments will be financed primarily with equity and long-term debt. We may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. These techniques may include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. These activities may limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to the hedged portfolio. Adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates or hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, we have limited experience in entering into hedging transactions, and we will initially have to purchase or develop such expertise.
A rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates would make it easier for us to meet or exceed the incentive fee hurdle rate and may result in a substantial increase in the amount of incentive fees payable to the Adviser with respect to pre-incentive fee net investment income.
We may form one or more CLOs, which may subject us to certain structured financing risks.
To finance investments, we may securitize certain of our secured loans or other investments, including through the formation of one or more CLOs, while retaining all or most of the exposure to the performance of these investments. This would involve contributing a pool of assets to a special purpose entity, and selling debt interests in such entity on a non-recourse or limited-recourse basis to purchasers. It is possible that an interest in any such CLO held by us may be considered a “non-qualifying” portfolio investment for purposes of the 1940 Act.
If we create a CLO, we will depend in part on distributions from the CLO’s assets out of its earnings and cash flows to enable us to make distributions to shareholders. The ability of a CLO to make distributions will be subject to various limitations, including the terms and covenants of the debt it issues. Also, a CLO may take actions that delay distributions in order to preserve ratings and to keep the cost of present and future financings lower or the CLO may be obligated to retain cash or other assets to satisfy over-collateralization requirements commonly provided for holders of the CLO’s debt, which could impact our ability to receive distributions from the CLO. If we do not receive cash flow from any such CLO that is necessary to satisfy the annual distribution requirement for maintaining RIC status, and we are unable to obtain cash from other sources necessary to satisfy this requirement, we may not maintain our qualification as a RIC, which would have a material adverse effect on an investment in the shares.
In addition, a decline in the credit quality of loans in a CLO due to poor operating results of the relevant borrower, declines in the value of loan collateral or increases in defaults, among other things, may force a CLO to sell certain assets at a loss, reducing their earnings and, in turn, cash potentially available for distribution to us for distribution to shareholders. To the extent that any losses are incurred by the CLO in respect of any collateral, such losses will be borne first by us as owner of equity interests in the CLO.
The manager for a CLO that we create may be the Company, the Adviser or an affiliate, and such manager may be entitled to receive compensation for structuring and/or management services. To the extent the Adviser or an affiliate other than the Company serves as manager and the Company is obligated to compensate the Adviser or the affiliate for such services, we, the Adviser or
56
the affiliate will implement offsetting arrangements to assure that we, and indirectly, our shareholders, pay no additional management fees to the Adviser or the affiliate in connection therewith. To the extent we serve as manager, we will waive any right to receive fees for such services from the Company (and indirectly its shareholders) or any affiliate.
Federal Income Tax Risks
We will be subject to corporate-level income tax if we are unable to qualify as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code or to satisfy RIC distribution requirements.
To obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment under Subchapter M of the Code, we must, among other things, meet annual distribution, income source and asset diversification requirements. If we do not qualify for or maintain RIC tax treatment for any reason and are subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions.
We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.
For federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as zero coupon securities, debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or debt instruments that were issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. We anticipate that a portion of our income may constitute original issue discount or other income required to be included in taxable income prior to receipt of cash. Further, we may elect to amortize market discount and include such amounts in our taxable income in the current year, instead of upon disposition, as an election not to do so would limit our ability to deduct interest expenses for tax purposes.
Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our shareholders in order to satisfy the annual distribution requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the annual distribution requirement necessary to qualify for and maintain RIC tax treatment under Subchapter M of the Code. We may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may not qualify for or maintain RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.
We may be impacted by loan origination regulation.
The Company intends to engage in originating, lending and/or servicing loans, and may therefore be subject to state and federal regulation, borrower disclosure requirements, limits on fees and interest rates on some loans, state lender licensing requirements and other regulatory requirements in the conduct of its business as they pertain to such transactions. The Company may also be subject to consumer disclosures and substantive requirements on consumer loan terms and other federal regulatory requirements applicable to consumer lending that are administered by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and other applicable regulatory authorities. These state and federal regulatory programs are designed to protect borrowers.
Some of our investments may be subject to corporate-level income tax.
We may invest in certain debt and equity investments through taxable subsidiaries and the taxable income of these taxable subsidiaries will be subject to federal and state corporate income taxes. We may invest in certain foreign debt and equity investments which could be subject to foreign taxes (such as income tax, withholding and value added taxes).
Our portfolio investments may present special tax issues.
The Company expects to invest in debt securities that are rated below investment grade by rating agencies or that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. Investments in these types of instruments may present special tax issues for the Company. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Company may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless instruments, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by the Company, to the extent necessary, to preserve its status as a RIC and to distribute sufficient income to not become subject to U.S. federal income tax.
57
Legislative or regulatory tax changes could adversely affect investors.
At any time, the federal income tax laws governing RICs or the administrative interpretations of those laws or regulations may be amended. Any of those new laws, regulations or interpretations may take effect retroactively and could adversely affect the taxation of us or our shareholders. Therefore, changes in tax laws, regulations or administrative interpretations or any amendments thereto could diminish the value of an investment in our shares or the value or the resale potential of our investments.
Risks Related to an Investment in the Shares
If we are unable to raise substantial funds, then we will be more limited in the number and type of investments we may make, our expenses may be higher relative to our total assets, and the value of your investment in us may be reduced in the event our assets under-perform.
Amounts that we raise may not be sufficient for us to purchase a broad portfolio of investments. To the extent that less than the maximum number of Common Shares is subscribed for, the opportunity for us to purchase a broad portfolio of investments may be decreased and the returns achieved on those investments may be reduced as a result of allocating all of our expenses among a smaller capital base. If we are unable to raise substantial funds, we may not achieve certain economies of scale and our expenses may represent a larger proportion of our total assets.
We may have difficulty sourcing investment opportunities.
We have not identified the potential investments for our portfolio that we will acquire after breaking escrow. We cannot assure investors that we will be able to locate a sufficient number of suitable investment opportunities to allow us to deploy all investments successfully. In addition, privately-negotiated investments in loans and illiquid securities of large private U.S. borrowers require substantial due diligence and structuring, and we cannot assure investors that we will achieve our anticipated investment pace. As a result, investors will be unable to evaluate any future portfolio company investments prior to purchasing our shares. Additionally, our Adviser will select our investments subsequent to our offering, and our shareholders will have no input with respect to such investment decisions. These factors increase the uncertainty, and thus the risk, of investing in our shares. To the extent we are unable to deploy all investments, our investment income and, in turn, our results of operations, will likely be materially adversely affected.
We may have difficulty paying distributions and the tax character of any distributions is uncertain.
We generally intend to distribute substantially all of our available earnings annually by paying distributions on a monthly basis, as determined by the Board of Trustees in its discretion. We cannot assure investors that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions (particularly during the early stages of our operations) or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. Our ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by the impact of one or more of the risk factors described in this Registration Statement. Due to the asset coverage test applicable to us under the 1940 Act as a BDC, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions. In addition, if we enter into a credit facility or any other borrowing facility, for so long as such facility is outstanding, we anticipate that we may be required by its terms to use all payments of interest and principal that we receive from our current investments as well as any proceeds received from the sale of our current investments to repay amounts outstanding thereunder, which could adversely affect our ability to make distributions.
Furthermore, the tax treatment and characterization of our distributions may vary significantly from time to time due to the nature of our investments. The ultimate tax characterization of our distributions made during a taxable year may not finally be determined until after the end of that taxable year. We may make distributions during a taxable year that exceed our investment company taxable income and net capital gains for that taxable year. In such a situation, the amount by which our total distributions exceed investment company taxable income and net capital gains generally would be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in the shares, with any amounts exceeding such tax basis treated as a gain from the sale or exchange of such shares. A return of capital generally is a return of a shareholder’s investment rather than a return of earnings or gains derived from our investment activities. Moreover, we may pay all or a substantial portion of our distributions from borrowings or sources other than cash flow from operations in anticipation of future cash flow, which could constitute a return of shareholders’ capital and will lower such shareholders’ tax basis in our shares, which may result in increased tax liability to shareholders when they sell such shares.
58
An investment in our shares will have limited liquidity.
Our shares constitute illiquid investments for which there is not, and will likely not be, a secondary market at any time prior to a public offering and listing of our shares on a national securities exchange. There can be no guarantee that we will conduct a public offering and list our shares on a national securities exchange. Investment in the Company is suitable only for sophisticated investors and requires the financial ability and willingness to accept the high risks and lack of liquidity inherent in an investment in the Company. Except in limited circumstances for legal or regulatory purposes, shareholders are not entitled to redeem their shares. Shareholders must be prepared to bear the economic risk of an investment in our shares for an extended period of time.
Certain investors will be subject to 1934 Act filing requirements.
Because our Common Shares will be registered under the 1934 Act, ownership information for any person who beneficially owns 5% or more of our Common Shares will have to be disclosed in a Schedule 13G or other filings with the SEC. Beneficial ownership for these purposes is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and includes having voting or investment power over the securities. In some circumstances, our shareholders who choose to reinvest their dividends may see their percentage stake in the Company increased to more than 5%, thus triggering this filing requirement. Each shareholder is responsible for determining their filing obligations and preparing the filings. In addition, our shareholders who hold more than 10% of a class of our shares may be subject to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, which recaptures for the benefit of the Company profits from the purchase and sale of registered stock (and securities convertible or exchangeable into such registered stock) within a six-month period.
59
Special considerations for certain benefit plan investors.
We intend to conduct our affairs so that our assets should not be deemed to constitute “plan assets” under ERISA and the Plan Asset Regulations. In this regard, until such time as all classes of our Common Shares are considered “publicly-offered securities” within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations, we intend to limit investment in each class of our Common Shares by “benefit plan investors” to less than 25% of the total value of each class of our Common Shares (within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations). If, notwithstanding our intent, the assets of the Company were deemed to be “plan assets” of any shareholder that is a “benefit plan investor” under the Plan Asset Regulations, this would result, among other things, in (i) the application of the prudence and other fiduciary responsibility standards of ERISA to investments made by the Company, and (ii) the possibility that certain transactions in which the Company might seek to engage could constitute “prohibited transactions” under ERISA and the Code. If a prohibited transaction occurs for which no exemption is available, the Adviser and/or any other fiduciary that has engaged in the prohibited transaction could be required to (i) restore to the “benefit plan investor” any profit realized on the transaction and (ii) reimburse the Covered Plan for any losses suffered by the “benefit plan investor” as a result of the investment. In addition, each disqualified person (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) involved could be subject to an excise tax equal to 15% of the amount involved in the prohibited transaction for each year the transaction continues and, unless the transaction is corrected within statutorily required periods, to an additional tax of 100%. The Fiduciary of a “benefit plan investor” who decides to invest in the Company could, under certain circumstances, be liable for prohibited transactions or other violations as a result of their investment in the Company or as co-fiduciaries for actions taken by or on behalf of the Company or the Adviser. With respect to a “benefit plan investor” that is an individual retirement account (an “IRA”) that invests in the Company, the occurrence of a prohibited transaction involving the individual who established the IRA, or his or her beneficiaries, would cause the IRA to lose its tax-exempt status.
Until such time as all the classes of our Common Shares constitute “publicly traded securities” within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations, we have the power to (a) exclude any shareholder or potential shareholder from purchasing our Common Shares; (b) prohibit any redemption of our Common Shares; and (c) redeem some or all Common Shares held by any holder if, and to the extent that, our Board of Trustees determines that there is a substantial likelihood that such holder’s purchase, ownership or redemption of Common Shares would result in our assets to be characterized as “plan assets,” for purposes of the fiduciary responsibility or prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, and all Common Shares of the Company shall be subject to such terms and conditions.
Prospective investors should carefully review the matters discussed under “Restrictions on Share Ownership” and should consult with their own advisors as to the consequences of making an investment in the Company.
No shareholder approval is required for certain mergers.
The Independent Trustees may undertake to approve mergers between us and certain other funds or vehicles. Subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, such mergers will not require shareholder approval so you will not be given an opportunity to vote on these matters unless such mergers are reasonably anticipated to result in a material dilution of the NAV per share of the Company. These mergers may involve funds managed by affiliates of Apollo. The Independent Trustees may also convert the form and/or jurisdiction of organization, including to take advantage of laws that are more favorable to maintaining board control in the face of dissident shareholders.
Shareholders may experience dilution.
All distributions declared in cash payable to shareholders that are participants in our distribution reinvestment plan will generally be automatically reinvested in our Common Shares. As a result, shareholders that do not participate in our distribution reinvestment plan may experience dilution over time.
Holders of our Common Shares will not have preemptive rights to any shares we issue in the future. Our charter allows us to issue an unlimited number of Common Shares. After you purchase Common Shares in our offering, our Board of Trustees may elect, without shareholder approval, to:
60
To the extent we issue additional Common Shares after your purchase in our offering, your percentage ownership interest in us will be diluted. Because of these and other reasons, our shareholders may experience substantial dilution in their percentage ownership of our shares or their interests in the underlying assets held by our subsidiaries.
Investing in our shares involves a high degree of risk.
The investments we make in accordance with our investment objective may result in a higher amount of risk than alternative investment options and volatility or loss of principal. Our investments in portfolio companies may be highly speculative and aggressive and, therefore, an investment in our shares may not be suitable for someone with lower risk tolerance.
The NAV of our shares may fluctuate significantly.
The NAV and liquidity, if any, of the market for our shares may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include:
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 2. Properties
As of December 31, 2021, we did not own any real estate or other physical properties materially important to our operations. Our administrative and principal executive offices are located at 9 West 57th Street, New York, NY 10019, respectively. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as it is currently conducted.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, are any material legal proceeding threatened against us. From time to time, we may be a party to certain legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings relating to the enforcement of our rights under contracts with our portfolio companies. Our business is also subject to extensive regulation, which may result in regulatory proceedings against us. While the outcome of any such future legal or regulatory proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not expect that any such future proceedings will have a material effect upon our financial condition or results of operations.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
61
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information
There is not currently and, until an exchange listing, we do not expect there to be, a public market for our shares, nor can we give any assurance that one will develop.
Holders
As of March 30, 2022, there were 44 holders of record of our Class I common shares, 243 holders of record of our Class S common shares and 0 holders of record of our Class D common shares.
Distributions
We expect to pay regular monthly distributions commencing with the first full calendar quarter after the escrow period concludes. Any distributions we make will be at the discretion of our Board, considering factors such as our earnings, cash flow, capital needs and general financial condition and the requirements of Delaware law. As a result, our distribution rates and payment frequency may vary from time to time.
Our Board of Trustees’ discretion as to the payment of distributions will be directed, in substantial part, by its determination to cause us to comply with the RIC requirements. To maintain our treatment as a RIC, we generally are required to make aggregate annual distributions to our shareholders of at least 90% of our net investment income. See “Description of our Shares” and “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
The per share amount of distributions on Class S, Class D and Class I shares generally differ because of different class-specific shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees that are deducted from the gross distributions for each share class. Specifically, distributions on Class S shares will be lower than Class D shares, and Class D shares will be lower than Class I shares because we are required to pay higher ongoing shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees with respect to the Class S shares (compared to Class D shares and Class I shares) and we are required to pay higher ongoing shareholder servicing fees with respect to Class D shares (compared to Class I shares).
Distribution and Servicing Plan
The Board approved a distribution and servicing plan (the “Distribution and Servicing Plan”). The following table shows the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees the Company will pay the Intermediary Manager with respect to the Class S, Class D and Class I on an annualized basis as a percentage of the Company’s NAV for such class. The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees will be paid monthly in arrears, calculated using the NAV of the applicable class as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month.
|
|
Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution |
|
|
Class S shares |
|
|
0.85 |
% |
Class D shares |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
Class I shares |
|
|
— |
|
Subject to FINRA and other limitations on underwriting compensation, the Company will pay a shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee equal to 0.85% per annum of the aggregate NAV for the Class S shares and a shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee equal to 0.25% per annum of the aggregate NAV for the Class D shares, in each case, payable monthly.
The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees will be paid monthly in arrears. The Intermediary Manager will reallow (pay) all or a portion of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to participating brokers and servicing brokers for ongoing shareholder services performed by such brokers, and will waive shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to the extent a broker is not eligible to receive it for failure to provide such services. Because the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees with respect to Class S shares and Class D shares are calculated based on the aggregate NAV for all of the outstanding shares of each such class, it reduces the NAV with respect to all shares of each such class, including shares issued under the Company’s distribution reinvestment plan.
62
Eligibility to receive the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee is conditioned on a broker providing the following ongoing services with respect to the Class S or Class D shares: assistance with recordkeeping, answering investor inquiries regarding us, including regarding distribution payments and reinvestments, helping investors understand their investments upon their request, and assistance with share repurchase requests. If the applicable broker is not eligible to receive the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee due to failure to provide these services, the Intermediary Manager will waive the shareholder servicing fee and/or distribution that broker would have otherwise been eligible to receive. The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees are ongoing fees that are not paid at the time of purchase.
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
We have adopted a distribution reinvestment plan, pursuant to which we will reinvest all cash dividends declared by the Board of Trustees on behalf of our shareholders who do not elect to receive their dividends in cash as provided below. As a result, if the Board authorizes, and we declare, a cash dividend or other distribution, then our shareholders who have not opted out of our distribution reinvestment plan will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares as described below, rather than receiving the cash dividend or other distribution. Distributions on fractional shares will be credited to each participating shareholder’s account to three decimal places.
Share Repurchase Program
Beginning no later than the first full calendar quarter from the date on which we break escrow (which was on January 7, 2022) for the initial offering of its common shares, and at the discretion of the Board, we intend to commence a share repurchase program in which the Company intends to repurchase, in each quarter, up to 5% of the NAV of our common shares outstanding (either by number of shares or aggregate NAV) as of the close of the previous calendar quarter. The Board may amend or terminate the share repurchase program at any time if in its reasonable judgment it deems such action to be in the best interest of shareholders, such as when a repurchase offer would place an undue burden on the Company’s liquidity, adversely affect the Company’s operations or risk having an adverse impact on the Company that would outweigh the benefit of the repurchase offer. As a result, share repurchases may not be available each quarter. We intend to conduct such repurchase offers in accordance with the requirements of Rule 13e-4 promulgated under the 1934 Act and the 1940 Act. All shares purchased pursuant to the terms of each tender offer will be retired and thereafter will be authorized and unissued shares.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities and Use of Proceeds
On July 22, 2021, an affiliate of the Adviser purchased 2,000 shares of the Company’s common shares of beneficial interest at $25.00 per share.
As of January 7, 2022, the Company had satisfied the minimum offering requirement, and the Company’s Board of Trustees had authorized the release of proceeds from escrow. As of such date, the Company issued and sold 26,258,912 shares (consisting entirely of Class I shares; no Class S or Class D shares were issued or sold as of such date), and the escrow agent released net proceeds of approximately $657 million to the Company as payment for such shares. Apollo and its employees, including the Company’s executive officers, owned approximately $3 million of shares as of January 7, 2022. A portion of the proceeds was utilized to purchase the warehoused loans held by Goldman Sachs Bank USA on January 10, 2022.
January Financial Update and Dividend Declarations
On January 31, 2022, the Company’s Board declared distributions of $0.1045 per Class I share, which is payable on February 24, 2022 to shareholders of record as of January 31, 2022.
As of January 31, 2022, the Company’s net asset value for Class I shares was $25.04 per share.
February Subscriptions and Dividend Declarations
On February 1, 2022, the Company issued and sold 17,166,894 shares (consisting of 16,992,153 Class I shares, and 174,741 Class S shares at an offering price of $25.04 per share for both Class I and Class S shares; no Class D shares were issued or sold as of such date), and the Company received approximately $430 million as payment for such shares.
On February 28, 2022, the Company’s Board declared distributions of $0.1408 per Class I share and $0.1245 per Class S share, which is payable on April 7, 2022 to shareholders of record as of February 28, 2022.
As of February 28, 2022, the Company’s net asset value for Class S shares and Class I shares was $24.74 per share.
March Subscriptions
On March 1, 2022, the Company issued and sold 11,316,212 shares (consisting of 9,659,776 Class I shares, and 1,656,436 Class S shares at an offering price of $24.74 per share for both Class I and Class S shares; no Class D shares were issued or sold as of such date), and the Company received approximately $280 million as payment for such shares.
63
Item 6. Reserved
The selected financial data previously required by Item 301 of Regulation S-K has been omitted in reliance on SEC Release No. 33-10890, Management's Discussion and Analysis, Selected Financial Data, and Supplementary Financial Information.
64
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The information contained in this section should be read in conjunction with the financial statement and notes thereto in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” This discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to those described in Part I, Item 1A of this Form 10-K “Risk Factors.” Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated by such forward-looking information due to factors discussed under “Risk Factors” appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
This report contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Such statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors and undue reliance should not be placed thereon. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but rather are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about Apollo Debt Solutions BDC (the “Company,” “we”, “us”, or “our”), our current and prospective portfolio investments, our industry, our beliefs and opinions, and our assumptions. Words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “will,” “may,” “continue,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “targets,” “projects,” “outlook,” “potential,” “predicts” and variations of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control and difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements, including without limitation:
Although we believe that the assumptions on which these forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of those assumptions could prove to be inaccurate, and as a result, the forward-looking statements based on those assumptions also could be inaccurate. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a projection or forward-looking statement in this report should not be regarded as a representation by us that our plans and objectives will be achieved. These risks and uncertainties include those described or identified in the section entitled “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report. These forward-looking statements apply only as of the date of this report. Moreover, we assume no duty and do not undertake to update the forward-looking statements, except as required by applicable law. Because we are an investment company, the forward-looking statements and projections contained in this report are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 21E of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Act, as amended (the “1934 Act”).
65
Overview
We are a newly organized, externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. Formed as a Delaware statutory trust on December 4, 2020, we are externally managed by the Adviser, which is responsible for sourcing potential investments, conducting due diligence on prospective investments, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring investments and monitoring our portfolio on an ongoing basis. Our Adviser is registered as investment adviser with the SEC. We also intend to elect to be treated, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under the Code.
Under our Investment Advisory Agreement, we have agreed to pay the Adviser a management fee as well as an incentive fee based on our investment performance. Also, under the Administration Agreement, we have agreed to reimburse the Administrator for the allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including, but not limited to, our allocable portion of the costs of compensation and related expenses of our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs. As of December 31, 2021, we have not commenced our investing activities.
Our investment objectives are to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation. We invest primarily in private credit opportunities in directly originated assets, including loans and other debt securities, made to or issued by large private U.S. borrowers, with a strong emphasis on senior secured lending. While most of our investments will be in private U.S. companies (subject to compliance with BDC regulatory requirement to invest at least 70% of its assets in private U.S. companies), we also expect to invest from time to time in European and other non-U.S. companies. Our portfolio may also include equity interests such as common stock, preferred stock, warrants or options, which generally would be obtained as part of providing a broader financing solution. Under normal circumstances, we will invest directly or indirectly at least 80% of our total assets (net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes) in debt instruments of varying maturities.
Most of the debt instruments we invest in are unrated or rated below investment grade, which is often an indication of size, credit worthiness and speculative nature relative to the capacity of the borrower to pay interest and principal. Generally, if our unrated investments were rated, they would be rated below investment grade. These securities, which are often referred to as “junk” or “high yield”, have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. They may also be difficult to value and are illiquid.
Key Components of Our Results of Operations
Revenues
We plan to generate revenue in the form of interest income on debt investments, capital gains, and dividend income from our equity investments in our portfolio companies. Our senior and subordinated debt investments are expected to bear interest at a fixed or floating rate. Interest on debt securities is generally payable quarterly or semiannually. In some cases, some of our investments may provide for deferred interest payments or PIK interest. The principal amount of the debt securities and any accrued but unpaid PIK interest generally will become due at the maturity date. In addition, we may generate revenue in the form of commitment and other fees in connection with transactions. Original issue discounts and market discounts or premiums will be capitalized, and we will accrete or amortize such amounts as interest income. We will record prepayment premiums on loans and debt securities as interest income. Dividend income, if any, will be recognized on an accrual basis to the extent that we expect to collect such amounts.
66
Expenses
Except as specifically provided below, all investment professionals and staff of the Adviser, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory services to us, and the base compensation, bonus and benefits, and the routine overhead expenses, of such personnel allocable to such services, will be provided and paid for by the Adviser. We will bear all other costs and expenses of our operations, administration and transactions, including, but not limited to (a) investment advisory fees, including management fees and incentive fees, to the Adviser, pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement; (b) our allocable portion of compensation, overhead (including rent, office equipment and utilities) and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its administrative obligations under the Administration Agreement, including but not limited to: (i) our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs; (ii) investor relations, legal, operations and other non-investment professionals at the Administrator that performs duties for us; and (iii) any internal audit group personnel of AGM or any of its affiliates; and (c) all other expenses of our operations, administrations and transactions.
With respect to costs incurred in connection with our organization and offering and all other costs incurred prior to the time we break escrow for the offering, the Adviser has agreed to advance all such costs on our behalf. Unless the Adviser elects to cover such expenses pursuant to the Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement we entered into with the Adviser, we will be obligated to reimburse the Adviser for such advanced expenses upon breaking escrow for our offering of common shares. See “—Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement.” Any reimbursements that may be made by us in the future will not exceed actual expenses incurred by the Adviser and its affiliates.
From time to time, the Adviser, the Administrator or their affiliates may pay third-party providers of goods or services. We will reimburse the Adviser, the Administrator or such affiliates thereof for any such amounts paid on our behalf. From time to time, the Adviser or the Administrator may defer or waive fees and/or rights to be reimbursed for expenses. All of the foregoing expenses will ultimately be borne by our shareholders.
Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement
We have entered into an Expense Support Agreement with the Adviser. For additional information see “Item 8. Financial Statement—Notes to Financial Statement—Note 3. Agreements and Related Party Transactions”.
Results of Operations
As of December 31, 2021, we had not commenced operations and have not made any investments. On January 7, 2022, we commenced operations and accepted $657 million of subscriptions.
Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources
We expect to generate cash primarily from (i) the net proceeds of the this offering, (ii) cash flows from our operations, (iii) any financing arrangements we may enter into in the future and (iv) any future offerings of our equity or debt securities. Immediately after we meet our minimum offering requirement pursuant to this offering or any private placement, gross subscription funds will total at least $100 million, which will be available to us immediately upon commencing operations. Once our minimum offering requirement has been met, we intend to sell our shares on a continuous basis at a per share price equal to the then-current NAV per share.
Our primary uses of cash will be for (i) investments in portfolio companies and other investments, (ii) the cost of operations (including paying the Adviser and the Administrator), (iii) cost of any borrowings or other financing arrangements and (iv) cash distributions to the holders of our shares.
With respect to (i) above, the Adviser has agreed to advance all of our organization and offering expenses on our behalf through the date on which we break escrow for this offering. Unless the Adviser elects to cover such expenses pursuant to the Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement we have entered into with the Adviser, we will be obligated to reimburse the Adviser for such advanced expenses upon breaking escrow for this offering.
67
Income Taxes
The Fund has elected to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. The Fund also intends to elect to be treated as a RIC under the Code. So long as the Fund maintains its status as a RIC, it generally will not pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that it distributes at least annually to its shareholders as dividends. Rather, any tax liability related to income earned and distributed by the Fund would represent obligations of the Fund’s investors and would not be reflected in the financial statements of the Fund.
The Fund evaluates tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing its financial statements to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax positions not deemed to meet the “more-likely-than-not” threshold are reserved and recorded as a tax benefit or expense in the current year. All penalties and interest associated with income taxes are included in income tax expense. Conclusions regarding tax positions are subject to review and may be adjusted at a later date based on factors including, but not limited to, on-going analyses of tax laws, regulations and interpretations thereof.
To qualify for and maintain qualification as a RIC, the Fund must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements. In addition, to qualify for RIC tax treatment, the Fund must distribute to its shareholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of the sum of (i) its “investment company taxable income” for that year (without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), which is generally its ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of its realized net short-term capital gains over its realized net long-term capital losses and (ii) its net tax-exempt income.
In addition, based on the excise tax distribution requirements, the Fund is subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on undistributed income unless the Fund distributes in a timely manner in each taxable year an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (3) any income realized, but not distributed, in prior years. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by the Fund that is subject to corporate income tax is considered to have been distributed.
Equity
On July 22, 2021, an affiliate of the Adviser purchased 2,000 shares of the Company’s common shares of beneficial interest at $25.00 per share.
As of January 7, 2022, the Company had satisfied the minimum offering requirement, and the Company’s Board of Trustees had authorized the release of proceeds from escrow. As of such date, the Company issued and sold 26,258,912 shares (consisting entirely of Class I shares; no Class S or Class D shares were issued or sold as of such date), and the escrow agent released net proceeds of approximately $657 million to the Company as payment for such shares. Apollo and its employees, including the Company’s executive officers, owned approximately $3 million of shares as of January 7, 2022.
Contractual Obligations
We entered into the Advisory Agreement with the Adviser to provide us with investment advisory services and the Administration Agreement with the Administrator to provide us with administrative services. We entered into an Expense Support Agreement with the Adviser to provide us with support with respect to certain expenses and subject to reimbursement. Payments for investment advisory services under the Advisory Agreements, reimbursements under the Administration Agreement and support and reimbursements under the Expense Support Agreement are described in “Item 8.Financial Statement—Notes to Financial Statement—Note 3. Fees, Expenses, Agreements and Related Party Transactions.”
We intend to establish one or more credit facilities or enter into other financing arrangements to facilitate investments and the timely payment of our expenses. It is anticipated that any such credit facilities will bear interest at floating rates at to-be-determined spreads over LIBOR or an alternative reference rate. We cannot assure shareholders that we will be able to enter into a credit facility on favorable terms or at all. In connection with a credit facility or other borrowings, lenders may require us to pledge assets, commitments and/or drawdowns (and the ability to enforce the payment thereof) and may ask to comply with positive or negative covenants that could have an effect on our operations.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Adviser has agreed to bear all expenses incurred prior to us breaking escrow for the offering, including our organization and offering expenses, through the date on which we break escrow for the initial offering of its common shares. We will be obligated to reimburse the Adviser for such advanced expenses upon breaking escrow for the offering. The total organization and offering costs incurred through December 31, 2021 were $2.9 million.
We entered into a warehousing transaction (the “Warehousing Transaction”) whereby we agreed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase certain assets from parties unaffiliated with the Adviser. The warehousing transaction, i.e. the Facility Agreement, was designed to assist us in deploying capital upon receipt of subscriptions, and related primarily to originated or anchor investments
68
in middle market loans. For additional information see “Item 8. Financial Statement—Notes to Financial Statement—Note 5. Commitment and Contingencies.”
From time to time, we may become a party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of our business. At December 31, 2021, management is not aware of any pending or threatened litigation.
Related-Party Transactions
We entered into a number of business relationships with affiliated or related parties, including the following:
In addition to the aforementioned agreements, we, our Adviser and certain of our Adviser’s affiliates have been granted exemptive relief by the SEC to co-invest with other funds managed by our Adviser or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. See “Item 8. Financial Statement—Notes to Financial Statement—Note 3. Fees, Expenses, Agreements and Related Party Transactions.”
Recent Developments
See “Item 8. Financial Statement—Notes to Financial Statement—Note 7. Subsequent Events” for a summary of recent developments.
COVID-19 Update
There is an ongoing global outbreak of COVID-19, which has spread to over 200 countries and territories, including every state in the United States. The global impact of the outbreak has been rapidly evolving, and as cases of COVID-19, including new variants, have continued to be identified in additional countries, many countries have reacted, and continue to react, by instituting quarantines and restrictions on travel, closing financial markets and/or restricting trading, and limiting operations of non-essential businesses. Such actions have created disruption in global supply chains, and adversely impacted many industries. Supply chain disruptions could significantly impact the businesses of our portfolio companies and lead to increased costs, inventory shortages, shipping delays and an inability to meet customer demands. The outbreak has had a continued adverse impact on economic and market conditions and has triggered a period of global economic slowdown.
Although vaccines have been widely distributed in the U.S., certain U.S. states are planning on reopening and we believe the economy is beginning to rebound in certain respects, the uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic, including uncertainty regarding new variants of COVID-19, the efficacy of existing vaccines against new variants and acceptance of vaccines and other factors have and may continue to contribute to significant volatility in the global markets. COVID-19 and the current financial, economic and capital markets environment, and future developments in these and other areas present uncertainty and risk with respect to our performance, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay distributions.
Critical Accounting Policies
The preparation of the financial statement requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets, and any other parameters used in determining such estimates could cause actual results to differ. Our critical accounting policies should be read in connection with our risk factors described in “Item 1A. Risk Factors”. See “Item 8. Financial Statement—Notes to Financial Statement—Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies.”
69
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
Uncertainty with respect to the economic effects of the COVID-19 outbreak has introduced significant volatility in the financial markets, and the effect of the volatility could materially impact our market risks. We will be subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. A rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to the variable rate investments we may hold and to declines in the value of any fixed rate investments we may hold. A rise in interest rates would also be expected to lead to higher cost on our floating rate borrowings. If deemed prudent, we may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to minimize our exposure to interest rate fluctuations.
We plan to invest primarily in illiquid debt securities of private companies. Most of our investments will not have a readily available market price, and we will value these investments at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to procedures adopted by, and under the oversight of, the Board in accordance with our valuation policy. There is no single standard for determining fair value in good faith. As a result, determining fair value requires that judgment be applied to the specific facts and circumstances of each portfolio investment while employing a consistently applied valuation process for the types of investments we make. See “Determination of Net Asset Value.”
We may hedge against interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations by using standard hedging instruments such as futures, options and forward contracts subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. While hedging activities may insulate us against adverse changes in interest rates, they may also limit our ability to participate in benefits of lower interest rates with respect to our portfolio of investments with fixed interest rates. We may also borrow funds in local currency as a way to hedge our non-U.S. denominated investments.
70
Item 8. Financial Statement and Supplementary Data
Index to Financial Statement
72 |
|
73 |
|
74 |
71
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the shareholder and the Board of Trustees of Apollo Debt Solutions BDC:
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities of Apollo Debt Solutions BDC (the "Company") as of December 31, 2021, and the related notes (referred to as the "financial statement"). In our opinion, the financial statement presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statement based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statement, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
New York, New York
March 30, 2022
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2021.
___________________________________________
72
APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
50,000 |
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
50,000 |
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 5) |
|
|
|
|
Net Assets |
|
|
|
|
Common shares, $0.01 par value; unlimited shares authorized; 2,000 shares issued and outstanding |
|
$ |
20 |
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
|
49,980 |
|
Total net assets |
|
$ |
50,000 |
|
Net asset value per share |
|
$ |
25.00 |
|
See notes to financial statement.
73
APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
Note 1. Organization
Apollo Debt Solutions BDC (the “Company,” “ADS,” “we,” “us,” or “our”), a Delaware statutory trust formed on December 4, 2020, is a closed-end, externally managed, non-diversified management investment company that intends to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”). The Company intends to elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes, and intends to qualify annually thereafter, as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) as defined under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). As of December 31, 2021, the Company had not commenced its investing activities.
Apollo Credit Management, LLC (the “Adviser”) intends to be our investment adviser and is an affiliate of Apollo Global Management, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (“AGM”). The Adviser, subject to the overall supervision of our Board of Trustees, will manage the day-to-day operations of the Company and will provide investment advisory services to the Company.
Apollo Credit Management, LLC, as our administrator (the “Administrator”), will provide, among other things, administrative services and facilities to the Company. Furthermore, the Administrator will offer to provide, on our behalf, managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which we are required to provide such assistance.
Our investment objective is to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation. The Company seeks to invest primarily in private credit opportunities in directly originated assets, including loans and other debt securities, made to or issued by large private U.S. borrowers, which ADS generally defines as companies with more than $75 million in EBITDA, as may be adjusted for market disruptions, mergers and acquisitions-related charges and synergies, and other items. While most of the Company’s investments will be in private U.S. companies (subject to compliance with BDC regulatory requirement to invest at least 70% of its assets in private U.S. companies), we also expect to invest from time to time in European and other non-U.S. companies. The investment portfolio may also include equity interests such as common stock, preferred stock, warrants or options, which generally would be obtained as part of providing a broader financing solution. Under normal circumstances, the Company plans to invest directly or indirectly at least 80% of our total assets (net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes) in debt instruments of varying maturities.
Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies
The following is a summary of the significant accounting and reporting policies used in preparing the financial statement.
Basis of Presentation
The financial statement has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The Company is considered an investment company under U.S. GAAP and follows the accounting and reporting guidance applicable to investment companies in the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 946. The Company’s first fiscal period ended on December 31, 2021.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the financial statement in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statement. Actual amounts may ultimately differ from those estimates and such differences could be material.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company defines cash equivalents as securities that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash and near maturity, that they present insignificant risk of changes in value because of changes in interest rates. Generally, only securities with a maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase would qualify, with limited exceptions. The Company deems that certain money market funds, U.S. Treasury bills, repurchase agreements, and other high-quality, short-term debt securities would qualify as cash equivalents.
Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. Cash held as of December 31, 2021 was $50.
74
Organization and Offering Expenses
Organization and offering costs will only be borne by the Company if the Company breaks escrow for its initial offering, at which time, costs associated with the organization of the Company will be expensed as incurred. Costs associated with the offering of common shares of the Company will be capitalized as deferred offering expenses and included as prepaid and other assets on the Statement of Assets and Liabilities and amortized over a twelve-month period from incurrence (See Note 5 to the financial statement).
Federal and State Income Taxes
The Company intends to elect to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. The Company also intends to elect to be treated as a RIC under the Code as soon as reasonably practicable. So long as the Company maintains its status as a RIC, it generally will not pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that it distributes at least annually to its shareholders as dividends. Rather, any tax liability related to income earned and distributed by ADS would represent obligations of the Company’s investors and would not be reflected in the financial statements of the Company.
The Company evaluates tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing its financial statements to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax positions not deemed to meet the “more-likely-than-not” threshold are reserved and recorded as a tax benefit or expense in the current year. All penalties and interest associated with income taxes are included in income tax expense. Conclusions regarding tax positions are subject to review and may be adjusted at a later date based on factors including, but not limited to, on-going analyses of tax laws, regulations and interpretations thereof.
To qualify for and maintain qualification as a RIC, the Company must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements. In addition, to qualify for RIC tax treatment, the Company must distribute to its shareholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of its investment company taxable income as defined by the Code, for each year.
In addition, based on the excise tax distribution requirements, the Company is subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on undistributed income unless the Company distributes in a timely manner in each taxable year an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (3) any income realized, but not distributed, in prior years. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by the Company that is subject to corporate income tax is considered to have been distributed.
Note 3. Related Party Agreements and Transactions
Investment Advisory Agreement
On July 22, 2021, the Company entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”) with the Adviser, pursuant to which the Adviser will manage the Company on a day-to-day basis. The Adviser is responsible for originating prospective investments, conducting research and due diligence investigations on potential investments, analyzing investment opportunities, negotiating and structuring the Company’s investments and monitoring its investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis.
The Advisory Agreement is effective for an initial two-year term and thereafter will continue for successive annual periods provided that such continuance is specifically approved annually by a majority of the Board or by the holders of a majority of the Company’s outstanding voting securities and, in each case, a majority of the independent trustees. The Company may terminate the Advisory Agreement, without payment of any penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice. The Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment within the meaning of the 1940 Act and related SEC guidance and interpretations.
The Company will pay the Adviser a fee for its services under the Advisory Agreement consisting of two components, a base management fee and an incentive fee. The cost of both the base management fee and the incentive fee will ultimately be borne by the shareholders. No base management or incentive fees will be paid to the Adviser until the commencement of investment activities.
75
Base Management Fee
The base management fee will be payable monthly in arrears at an annual rate of 1.25% of the value of the Company’s net assets as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the applicable month. For purposes of the Advisory Agreement, net assets means our total assets less liabilities determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. For the first calendar month in which the Company has operations, net assets will be measured as the beginning net assets as of the date on which the Company breaks escrow for the initial offering. The Adviser has agreed to waive the base management fee for the first six months following the date on which we break escrow for our offering.
Incentive Fee
The incentive fee will consist of two components that are independent of each other, with the result that one component may be payable even if the other is not. A portion of the incentive fee is based on a percentage of our income and a portion is based on a percentage of our capital gains, each as described below.
A. Incentive Fee based on Income
The portion based on our income is based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns. “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns” means, as the context requires, either the dollar value of, or percentage rate of return on the value of net assets at the end of the immediate preceding quarter from, interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees (other than fees for providing managerial assistance), such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that are received from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus operating expenses accrued for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement entered into between the Company and the Administrator, and any interest expense or fees on any credit facilities or outstanding debt and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred shares, but excluding the incentive fee and any distribution and/or shareholder servicing fees).
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns include, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that has not yet been received in cash. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns do not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. The impact of expense support payments and recoupments are also excluded from Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns.
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns, expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Company’s net assets at the end of the immediate preceding quarter, is compared to a “hurdle rate” of return of 1.25% per quarter (5.0% annualized).
The Company will pay its Adviser an income based incentive fee with respect to the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns in each calendar quarter as follows:
These calculations are pro-rated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the relevant quarter. The Adviser has agreed to waive the incentive fee based on income for the first six months following the date on which we break escrow for our offering.
B. Incentive Fee based on Cumulative Net Realized Gains
The second part of the incentive fee will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year in an amount equal to 12.5% of realized capital gains, if any, on a cumulative basis from inception through the end of each calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gain incentive fees.
76
Administration Agreement
On July 22, 2021, the Company entered into an Administration Agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) with the Administrator. Under the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Administrator will provide, or oversee the performance of, administrative and compliance services, including, but not limited to, maintaining financial records, overseeing the calculation of net asset value (“NAV”), compliance monitoring (including diligence and oversight of other service providers), preparing reports to shareholders and reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), preparing materials and coordinating meetings of the Company’s Board of Trustees, managing the payment of expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered by others and providing office space, equipment and office services. The Company will reimburse the Administrator for the costs and expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement. Such reimbursement will include the Company’s allocable portion of compensation, overhead (including rent, office equipment and utilities) and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its administrative obligations under the Administration Agreement, including but not limited to: (i) the Company’s chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs; (ii) investor relations, legal, operations and other non-investment professionals at the Administrator that perform duties for the Company; and (iii) any internal audit group personnel of AGM or any of its affiliates, subject to the limitations described in Advisory and Administration Agreements. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Administrator may delegate its obligations under the Administration Agreement to an affiliate or to a third party and the Company will reimburse the Administrator for any services performed by such affiliate or third party. The Administrator hired a sub-administrator to assist in the provision of administrative services. The sub-administrator will receive compensation for its sub-administrative services under a sub-administration agreement.
Sub-Administration Agreement
On January 6, 2022, the Administrator entered into a sub-administration agreement (the “Sub-Administration Agreement”) with State Street Bank and Trust Company. The sub-administrator will receive compensation for its sub-administrative services under the Sub-Administration Agreement.
Intermediary Manager Agreement
On November 10, 2021, the Company entered into an Intermediary Manager Agreement (the “Intermediary Manager Agreement”) with Apollo Global Securities, LLC. (the “Intermediary Manager”), an affiliate of the Adviser, which is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and a member of Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). Under the terms of the Intermediary Manager Agreement, the Intermediary Manager will serve as the intermediary manager for the Company’s public offering of its common shares. The Intermediary Manager will be entitled to receive distribution and/or shareholder servicing fees monthly in arrears at an annual rate of 0.85% of the value of the Company’s net assets attributable to Class S shares as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month. The Intermediary Manager will be entitled to receive distribution and/or shareholder servicing fees monthly in arrears at an annual rate of 0.25% of the value of the Company’s net assets attributable to Class D shares as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month. No distribution and/or shareholding servicing fees will be paid with respect to Class I. The distribution and/or shareholder servicing fees will be payable to the Intermediary Manager, but the Intermediary Manager anticipates that all or a portion of the shareholder servicing fees will be retained by, or reallowed (paid) to, participating broker-dealers.
The Company will cease paying the distribution and/or shareholder servicing fees on the Class S shares and Class D shares on the earlier to occur of the following: (i) a listing of Class I shares, (ii) a merger or consolidation with or into another entity, or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or (iii) the date following the completion of the primary portion of our offering on which, in the aggregate, underwriting compensation from all sources in connection with the offering, including the distribution and/or shareholder servicing fees and other underwriting compensation, is equal to 10% of the gross proceeds from the primary offering. In addition, the Company will cease paying the distribution and/or shareholder servicing fees on any Class S share and Class D share in a shareholder’s account at the end of the month in which the Intermediary Manager in conjunction with the transfer agent determines that total brokerage commissions and distribution and/or shareholder servicing fees paid with respect to any such share held by such shareholder within such account would exceed, in the aggregate, 10% of the gross proceeds from the sale of such share. At the end of such month, each such Class S share or Class D share will convert into a number of Class I shares (including any fractional shares), with an equivalent aggregate NAV as such share.
The Intermediary Manager is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).
The Intermediary Manager Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the Company’s trustees who are not “interested persons”, as defined in the 1940 Act, of the Company and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Company’s distribution plan or the Intermediary Manager Agreement or by vote a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company, on not more than 60 days’ written notice to the Intermediary Manager or the Adviser. The Intermediary Manager Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act.
77
Distribution and Servicing Plan
On July 22, 2021, the Board approved a distribution and servicing plan (the “Distribution and Servicing Plan”). The following table shows the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees the Company will pay the Intermediary Manager with respect to the Class S, Class D and Class I on an annualized basis as a percentage of the Company’s NAV for such class. The shareholder servicing and/or distribution monthly in arrears, calculated using the NAV of the applicable class as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month.
Subject to FINRA and other limitations on underwriting compensation, the Company will pay a shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee equal to 0.85% per annum of the Company’s net assets attributable to Class S shares as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month and a shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee equal to 0.25% per annum of the Company’s net assets attributable to Class D shares as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month.
Classes of Beneficial Interests |
|
Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee |
|
|
Class I |
|
N/A |
|
|
Class S |
|
|
0.85 |
% |
Class D |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees will be paid monthly in arrears. The Intermediary Manager will reallow (pay) all or a portion of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to participating brokers and servicing brokers for ongoing shareholder services performed by such brokers, and will waive shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to the extent a broker is not eligible to receive it for failure to provide such services. Because the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees with respect to Class S shares and Class D shares are calculated based on the aggregate NAV for all of the outstanding shares of each such class, it reduces the NAV with respect to all shares of each such class, including shares issued under the Company’s distribution reinvestment plan.
Eligibility to receive the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee is conditioned on a broker providing the following ongoing services with respect to the Class S or Class D shares: assistance with recordkeeping, answering investor inquiries regarding us, including regarding distribution payments and reinvestments, helping investors understand their investments upon their request, and assistance with share repurchase requests. If the applicable broker is not eligible to receive the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee due to failure to provide these services, the Intermediary Manager will waive the shareholder servicing fee and/or distribution that broker would have otherwise been eligible to receive. The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees are ongoing fees that are not paid at the time of purchase.
Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement
The Company entered into an expense support and conditional reimbursement agreement (the “Expense Support Agreement”) with the Adviser. The Adviser may elect to pay certain expenses (each, an “Expense Payment”), provided that no portion of the payment will be used to pay any interest or distributions and/or shareholder servicing fees of the Company. Any Expense Payment that the Adviser has committed to pay must be paid by the Adviser to the Company in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds no later than forty-five days after such commitment was made in writing, and/or offset against amounts due from the Company to the Adviser or its affiliates.
Following any calendar month in which Available Operating Funds (as defined below) exceed the cumulative distributions accrued to the Company’s shareholders based on distributions declared with respect to record dates occurring in such calendar month (the amount of such excess being hereinafter referred to as “Excess Operating Funds”), the Company shall pay such Excess Operating Funds, or a portion thereof, to the Adviser until such time as all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Company within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar month have been reimbursed. Any payments required to be made by the Company shall be referred to herein as a “Reimbursement Payment.” “Available Operating Funds” means the sum of (i) net investment company taxable income (including net short-term capital gains reduced by net long-term capital losses), (ii) net capital gains (including the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) and (iii) dividends and other distributions paid on account of investments in portfolio companies (to the extent such amounts listed in clause (iii) are not included under clauses (i) and (ii) above).
78
No Reimbursement Payment for any month will be made if: (1) the “Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share” (as defined below) declared by the Company at the time of such Reimbursement Payment is less than the Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relates, or (2) our “Operating Expense Ratio” (as defined below) at the time of such Reimbursement Payment is greater than the Operating Expense Ratio at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relates. Pursuant to the Expense Support Agreement, “Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share” means the annualized rate (based on a 365 day year) of regular cash distributions per share exclusive of returns of capital, distribution rate reductions due to distribution and shareholder fees, and declared special dividends or special distributions, if any. The “Operating Expense Ratio” is calculated by dividing Operating Expenses, less organizational and offering expenses, base management and incentive fees owed to Adviser, and interest expense, by our net assets.
The Company’s obligation to make a Reimbursement Payment shall automatically become a liability of the Company on the last business day of the applicable calendar month, except to the extent the Adviser has waived its right to receive such payment for the applicable month
Escrow Agreement
On October 14, 2021, the Company entered into an escrow agreement (the “Escrow Agreement”) with UMB Bank, N.A. The Company will take purchase orders and hold investors’ funds in an interest-bearing escrow account until it receives purchase orders for at least $100 million (excluding any shares purchased by the Adviser, its affiliates and the Company’s trustees and officers but including any shares purchased in any private offerings), and the Board has authorized the release of the escrowed purchase order proceeds to us so that the Company can commence operations. Even if the Company receives purchase orders for $100 million, the Board may elect to wait a substantial amount of time before authorizing, or may elect not to authorize, the release of the escrowed proceeds. If the Company does not raise the minimum amount and commence operations by October 29, 2022 (one year following the effective date of the Company’s registration statement), the Company’s offering will be terminated and the escrow agent will promptly send investors a full refund of their investment with interest and without deduction for escrow expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an investor may elect to withdraw its purchase order and request a full refund of its investment with interest and without deduction for escrow expenses at any time before the escrowed funds are released to the Company. If the Company breaks escrow for its offering and commence operations, interest earned on funds in escrow will be released to the Company’s account and constitute part of the Company’s net assets.
Note 4. Share Repurchase Program
Beginning no later than the first full calendar quarter from the date on which the Company breaks escrow for the initial offering, and at the discretion of our Board of Trustees, the Company intends to commence a share repurchase program in which it intends to repurchase the Company’s common shares outstanding as of the close of the previous calendar quarter. The Board of Trustees may amend or suspend the share repurchase program if in its reasonable judgment it deems such action to be in the Company’s best interest and the best interest of our shareholders. As a result, share repurchases may not be available each quarter. Should the Board of Trustees suspend the share repurchase program, the Board of Trustees will consider whether the continued suspension of the program is in the best interests of the Company and shareholders on a quarterly basis. The Company intends to conduct such repurchase offers in accordance with the requirements of Rule 13e-4 promulgated under the Exchange Act and the 1940 Act. All shares purchased by the Company pursuant to the terms of each tender offer will be retired and thereafter will be authorized and unissued shares.
Under the share repurchase plan, to the extent the Company offers to repurchase shares in any particular quarter, it is expected to repurchase shares pursuant to tender offers on or around the last business day of that quarter using a purchase price equal to the NAV per share as of the last calendar day of the applicable quarter, except that shares that have not been outstanding for at least one year will be repurchased at 98% of such NAV (an “Early Repurchase Deduction”). The one-year holding period is measured as of the subscription closing date immediately following the prospective repurchase date. The Early Repurchase Deduction may be waived in the case of repurchase requests arising from the death, divorce or qualified disability of the holder. The Early Repurchase Deduction will be retained by the Company for the benefit of remaining shareholders.
79
Note 5. Commitments and Contingencies
The Adviser has agreed to bear all of the Company’s organization and offering expenses through the date on which the Company breaks escrow for the initial offering of its common shares. The Company will be obligated to reimburse the Adviser for such advanced expenses upon breaking escrow for our offering. The total organization and offering costs incurred through December 31, 2021 were $2,940, which will be recognized by the Company when it is probable that the Company will break escrow for the initial offering of its common shares.
On February 22, 2021, the Company entered into a Facility Agreement (“Facility Agreement”), which was subsequently amended on August 17, 2021, with Goldman Sachs Bank USA (the “Financing Provider”). The Facility Agreement creates a forward obligation of the Financing Provider to sell, and a forward obligation of the Company, or its designee, to purchase certain investments (the “Portfolio Investments”) owned and held by the Financing Provider at the Company’s request. Pursuant to the Facility Agreement, the Company may request the Financing Provider to acquire Portfolio Investments as it designates from time to time, which the Financing Provider can approve or reject in its sole and absolute discretion. Prior to any sale to the Company, the Portfolio Investments will be owned and held solely for the account of the Financing Provider. ADS will have no obligation to purchase the Portfolio Investments under the Facility Agreement until such time the Company has received subscriptions for its shares of at least $600 million (the “Capital Condition”). After the Company has met the Capital Condition, it will be obligated to purchase the Portfolio Investments from the Financing Provider on or before February 22, 2022 (the “Facility End Date”). ADS may elect, but is not obligated to, purchase Portfolio Investments prior to the Facility End Date or prior to or without meeting the Capital Condition. In consideration for the forward arrangement provided by the Financing Provider (the amount of the arrangement will not exceed $250 million before May 22, 2021 and $500 million between such date and the Facility End Date (the “Financing Amount”)), the Company has agreed to pay certain fees and expenses to the Financing Provider, including (i) a facility fee at an annual rate of LIBOR plus 1.77% multiplied by the cash amount paid by the Financing Provider (subject to adjustment for, among other things, cash amounts received by the Financing Provider) for such Portfolio Investment (the “Funded Amount”) while it is being held by the Financing Provider, (ii) an unused fee at an annual rate of 0.50% of the unused Financing Amount minus the greater of (A) the Minimum Utilization Amount and (B) the Funded Amount, and (iii) a minimum utilization fee at an annual rate of 1.77% of (the “Minimum Utilization Amount”) (A) prior to May 22, 2021, 50% of the Financing Amount at such time and (B) on or after May 22, 2021, and prior to the Facility End Date, 75% of the Financing Amount at such time. As a general matter, the price the Company would pay to purchase any Portfolio Investment from the Financing Provider equals the cash amount paid by the Financing Provider subject to adjustment for, among other things, principal repayments and interest amounts earned by the Financing Provider. Accordingly, shareholders will benefit from any interest paid or accrued on any Portfolio Investment purchased by the Company.
As of December 31, 2021, there were 38 loans (consisting of 26 portfolio companies) that the Financing Provider previously acquired with an aggregate cost basis and fair market value of $412 million and $415 million, respectively.
Note 6. Net Assets
The Company has the authority to issue an unlimited number of common shares of beneficial interest at $0.01 per share par value. On July 22, 2021, an affiliate of the Adviser purchased 2,000 shares of the Company’s common shares of beneficial interest at $25.00 per share.
The Company intends to offer on a continuous basis up to $5,000,000,000 of common shares of beneficial interest at $0.01 per share par value. The Company expects to offer to sell a combination of three separate classes of common shares: Class S shares, Class D shares and Class I shares, with a dollar value up to the maximum offering amount. The share classes have different ongoing shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees. Until the release of proceeds from escrow, the per share purchase price for Common Shares in our primary offering will be $25.00 per share. Thereafter, the purchase price per share for each class of Common Shares will equal our NAV per share, as of the effective date of the monthly share purchase date.
The Company will accept purchase orders and hold investors' funds in an interest-bearing escrow account until it receives purchase orders pursuant to the initial offering or any private placement for at least $100.0 million, in any combination of purchases of Class S shares, Class D shares, and Class I shares, and our Board of Trustees has authorized the release to us of funds in the escrow account.
80
Note 7. Subsequent Events
The Company’s management evaluated subsequent events through the date of issuance of the financial statement. There have been no subsequent events that occurred during such period that would require disclosure in, or would be required to be recognized in, the financial statement as of December 31, 2021 except as discussed below.
Initial Escrow Break
As of January 7, 2022, the Company had satisfied the minimum offering requirement, and the Company’s Board had authorized the release of proceeds from escrow. As of such date, the Company issued and sold 26,258,912 shares (consisting all of Class I shares at an offering price of $25.00 per share; no Class S or Class D shares were issued or sold as of such date), and the escrow agent released net proceeds of approximately $656,473 to the Company as payment for such shares.
Facility Agreement
On January 7, 2022, the Company met the Capital Condition and was obligated to acquire the assets held by the Financing Provider through a forward purchase agreement prior to June 30, 2022. Accordingly, at each reporting period after the escrow break, the Company will recognize the mark-to-market gain/loss of all investments held by the Financing Provider in its consolidated financial statements. After the Company broke escrow, it purchased debt investments from the Financing Provider with an aggregate principal amount of 436 million (excluding unfunded revolvers and delayed draw positions of $0.2 million), at a purchase price of $412 million, resulting in an unrealized gain of approximately $3 million.
Credit Facilities
On January 7, 2022, Cardinal Funding LLC (“Cardinal Funding”), a Delaware limited liability company and newly formed subsidiary of the Fund, entered into a Credit and Security Agreement (the “Cardinal Funding Secured Credit Facility”), with Cardinal Funding, as borrower, the Company, in its capacity as collateral manager and in its capacity as equity holder, the lenders from time to time parties thereto, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association, as collateral agent, custodian and collateral administrator.
The maximum principal amount of the Secured Credit Facility as of the Closing Date is $500 million, which can be drawn in multiple currencies subject to certain conditions; the availability of this amount is subject to the borrowing base, which is determined on the basis of the value and types of Cardinal Funding’s assets from time to time, and satisfaction of certain conditions, including certain concentration limits. Amounts drawn under the Secured Credit Facility, will bear interest at the Term SOFR Reference Rate, the CDOR Rate, SONIA or the EURIBOR Rate (the “Applicable Reference Rate”), in each case, plus a margin. Advances used to finance the purchase or origination of broadly syndicated loans under the Secured Credit Facility initially bear interest at the Applicable Reference Rate plus a spread of 1.70%. Advances used to finance the purchase or origination of private credit loans under the Secured Credit Facility initially bear interest at the Applicable Reference Rate plus a spread of 2.20%. Advances used to finance the purchase or origination of any other eligible loans under the Secured Credit Facility initially bear interest at the Applicable Reference Rate plus a spread of 2.45%. After the expiration of a three-year reinvestment period, the applicable margin on outstanding advances will be increased by 0.50% per annum. All amounts outstanding under the Cardinal Funding Secured Credit Facility must be repaid by the date that is five years after the closing date of the Cardinal Funding Secured Credit Facility.
On January 7, 2022, Mallard Funding LLC (“Mallard Funding”, together with Cardinal Funding, the "SPVs"), a Delaware limited liability company and newly formed subsidiary of the Fund, entered into a Loan and Servicing Agreement (the “Mallard Funding Loan and Servicing Agreement”), with Mallard Funding, as borrower, the Company, in its capacity as servicer and in its capacity as transferor, the lenders from time to time parties thereto, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association, as collateral agent, account bank and collateral custodian.
The maximum principal amount of the Mallard Funding Loan and Servicing Agreement as of the Closing Date is $500 million, which can be drawn in multiple currencies subject to certain conditions; the availability of this amount is subject to the borrowing base, which is determined on the basis of the value and types of Mallard Funding’s assets from time to time, and satisfaction of certain conditions, including certain concentration limits. Under the Mallard Funding Loan and Servicing Agreement, Mallard Funding is permitted to borrow amounts in U.S. dollars or certain other permitted currencies. Amounts drawn under the Mallard Funding Loan and Servicing Agreement, will bear interest at Adjusted Term SOFR, the CDOR Rate, Daily Simple SONIA or the EURIBOR Rate (the “Mallard Funding Applicable Reference Rate”), in each case, plus a margin. Advances used to finance the purchase or origination of broadly syndicated loans under the Mallard Funding Loan and Servicing Agreement bear interest at the Mallard Funding Applicable Reference Rate plus a spread of (x) during the Ramp-Up Period, 1.60%, (y) after the end of the Ramp-Up Period and prior to the Mallard Funding Commitment Termination Date, 2.00% and (z) after the Mallard Funding Commitment Termination Date, 2.25%. Advances used to finance the purchase or origination of middle market loans under the Mallard Funding Loan and Servicing Agreement initially bear interest at the Mallard Funding Applicable Reference Rate plus a spread of (x) prior
81
to the Mallard Funding Commitment Termination Date, 2.00% and (y) after the Mallard Funding Commitment Termination Date, 2.25%. All amounts outstanding under the Mallard Funding Loan and Servicing Agreement must be repaid by the date that is five years after the closing date of the Mallard Funding Loan and Servicing Agreement.
From time to time, the Company expects to sell and contribute certain investments to Cardinal Funding and Mallard Funding pursuant to a Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and between the Fund and each of the SPVs. No gain or loss will be recognized as a result of the contribution. Proceeds from the Cardinal Funding Secured Credit Facility and Mallard Funding Loan and Servicing Agreement will be used to finance the origination and acquisition of eligible assets by Cardinal Funding and Mallard Funding, respectively, including the purchase of such assets from the Company. The Company retains a residual interest in assets contributed to or acquired by the SPVs through our ownership of the SPVs.
January Financial Update and Dividend Declarations
On January 31, 2022, the Company’s Board declared distributions of $0.1045 per Class I share, which is payable on February 24, 2022 to shareholders of record as of January 31, 2022.
As of January 31, 2022, the Company’s net asset value for Class I shares was $25.04 per share.
February Subscriptions and Dividend Declarations
On February 1, 2022, the Company issued and sold 17,166,894 shares (consisting of 16,992,153 Class I shares, and 174,741 Class S shares at an offering price of $25.04 per share for both Class I and Class S shares; no Class D shares were issued or sold as of such date), and the Company received approximately $430 million as payment for such shares.
On February 28, 2022, the Company’s Board declared distributions of $0.1408 per Class I share and $0.1245 per Class S share, which is payable on April 7, 2022 to shareholders of record as of February 28, 2022.
As of February 28, 2022, the Company’s net asset value for Class S shares and Class I shares was $24.74 per share.
March Subscriptions
On March 1, 2022, the Company issued and sold 11,316,212 shares (consisting of 9,659,776 Class I shares, and 1,656,436 Class S shares at an offering price of $24.74 per share for both Class I and Class S shares; no Class D shares were issued or sold as of such date), and the Company received approximately $280 million as payment for such shares.
JP Morgan Revolving Credit Facility
On March 11, 2022, Apollo Debt Solutions BDC (the “Company”) entered into a senior secured, multi-currency, revolving credit facility (the “Facility”). The aggregate lender commitments under the Facility are $1.835 billion and the Company may seek additional commitments from new and existing lenders in the future, up to an aggregate facility size not to exceed approximately $2.753 billion. The scheduled maturity date of the Facility is March 11, 2027.
Loans under the Facility denominated in US dollars will bear interest, at the Company’s option, at the base rate plus a spread of 0.75% to 0.875% or the term SOFR rate plus a credit spread adjustment of 0.10% and spread of 1.75% to 1.875%, in each case, with such spread being determined based on the total amount of the Gross Borrowing Base relative to the total Covered Debt Amount, as of the date of determination. Loans under the Facility denominated in currencies other than US dollars will bear interest at certain local rates consistent with market standards. Interest is due and payable in arrears quarterly for loans bearing interest at the base rate and at the end of the applicable interest period in the case of loans bearing interest at the term SOFR rate (or at each three month interval in the case of loans with interest periods greater than three months). The Company is also obligated to pay other customary closing fees, arrangement fees, administration fees, commitment fees and letter of credit fees for a credit facility of this size and type.
82
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Not applicable.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of December 31, 2021 (the end of the period covered by this report), we, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the 1934 Act). Based on that evaluation, our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective and provided reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our periodic SEC filings is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. However, in evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of such possible controls and procedures.
This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC.
Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting
Management has not identified any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our most recently completed fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B. Other Information
None.
83
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Information required by this item will be contained in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2021 Annual Stockholder Meeting, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2021, and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Information required by this item will be contained in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2021 Annual Stockholder Meeting, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2021, and is incorporated herein by reference.
84
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Information required by this item will be contained in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2021 Annual Stockholder Meeting, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2021, and is incorporated herein by reference.
85
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Information required by this item will be contained in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2021 Annual Stockholder Meeting, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2021, and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Information required by this item will be contained in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2021 Annual Stockholder Meeting, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2021, and is incorporated herein by reference.
86
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
The following documents are filed as part of this annual report:
* Filed herewith
___________________
87
88
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 30, 2022.
|
|
|
APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC |
||
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Earl Hunt |
Name: |
|
Earl Hunt |
Title: |
|
Chairperson, Chief Executive Officer and Trustee |
89
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated on March 30, 2022.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
|
||
/s/ Earl Hunt Earl Hunt |
|
Chairperson, Chief Executive Officer and Trustee |
|
March 30, 2022 |
|
|
|
||
/s/ Amit Joshi Amit Joshi |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
March 30, 2022 |
|
|
|
||
/s/ Joseph Glatt Joseph Glatt |
|
Chief Legal Officer and Secretary |
|
March 30, 2022 |
|
|
|
||
/s/ Meredith Coffey Meredith Coffey |
|
Trustee |
|
March 30, 2022 |
|
|
|
||
/s/ Christine Gallagher Christine Gallagher |
|
Trustee |
|
March 30, 2022 |
|
|
|
||
/s/ Michael Porter Michael Porter |
|
Trustee |
|
March 30, 2022 |
|
|
|
||
/s/ Carl J. Rickertsen Carl J. Rickertsen |
|
Trustee |
|
March 30, 2022 |
90
Exhibit 4.3
Description of our Shares
The following description is based on relevant portions of Delaware law and on Apollo Debt Solution BDC’s (the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our”) Declaration of Trust and bylaws, each of which is filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K of which this Exhibit 4.11 is a part. This summary is not necessarily complete, and we refer you to Delaware law, our Declaration of Trust and our bylaws for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Annual Report on Form 10-K to which this Description of Shares is attached as an exhibit.
General
The terms of the Declaration of Trust authorize an unlimited number of Common Shares of any class, par value $0.01 per share, of which 54,787,283 shares were outstanding as of March 30, 2022, and an unlimited number of shares of preferred shares, par value $0.01 per share. The Declaration of Trust provides that the Board of Trustees may classify or reclassify any unissued Common Shares into one or more classes or series of Common Shares or preferred shares by setting or changing the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, or limitations as to dividends, qualifications, or terms or conditions of redemption of the shares. There is currently no market for our Common Shares, and we can offer no assurances that a market for our shares will develop in the future. We do not intend for the shares offered under this prospectus to be listed on any national securities exchange. There are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase our shares. No shares have been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans. Under the terms of our Declaration of Trust, shareholders shall be entitled to the same limited liability extended to shareholders of private Delaware for profit corporations formed under the Delaware General Corporation Law, 8 Del. C. § 100, et. seq. Our Declaration of Trust provides that no shareholder shall be liable for any debt, claim, demand, judgment or obligation of any kind of, against or with respect to us by reason of being a shareholder, nor shall any shareholder be subject to any personal liability whatsoever, in tort, contract or otherwise, to any person in connection with the Fund’s assets or the affairs of the Fund by reason of being a shareholder.
None of our shares are subject to further calls or to assessments, sinking fund provisions, obligations of the Fund or potential liabilities associated with ownership of the security (not including investment risks). In addition, except as may be provided by the Board of Trustees in setting the terms of any class or series of Common Shares, no shareholder shall be entitled to exercise appraisal rights in connection with any transaction.
Common Shares
Under the terms of our Declaration of Trust, all Common Shares will have equal rights as to voting and, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Dividends and distributions may be paid to the holders of our Common Shares if, as and when authorized by our Board of Trustees and declared by us out of funds legally available therefore. Except as may be provided by our Board of Trustees in setting the terms of classified or reclassified shares, our Common Shares will have no preemptive, exchange, conversion, appraisal or redemption rights and will be freely transferable, except where their transfer is restricted by federal and state securities laws or by contract and except that, in order to avoid the possibility that our assets could be treated as “plan assets,” we may require any person proposing to acquire Common Shares to furnish such information as may be necessary to determine whether such person is a benefit plan investor or a controlling person, restrict or prohibit transfers of such shares or redeem any outstanding shares for such price and on such other terms and conditions as may be determined by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each share of our Common Shares would be entitled to share pro rata in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred shares, if any preferred shares are outstanding at such time. Subject to the rights of holders of any other class or series of shares, each share of our Common Shares will be entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, including the election of Trustees. Except as may be provided by the Board of Trustees in setting the terms of classified or reclassified shares, and subject to the express terms of any class or series of preferred shares, the holders of our Common Shares will possess exclusive voting power. There will be no cumulative voting in the election of Trustees. Subject to the special rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred shares to elect Trustees, each Trustee will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast with respect to such Trustee’s election except in the case of a “contested election” (as defined in our bylaws), in which case Trustees will be elected by a majority of the votes cast in the contested election of Trustees. Pursuant to our Declaration of Trust, our Board of Trustees may amend the bylaws to alter the vote required to elect trustees.
1
Class S Shares
No upfront selling commissions are paid for sales of any Class S shares, however, if you purchase Class S shares from certain financial intermediaries, they may directly charge you transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that selling agents limit such charges to 3.5% cap on NAV for Class S shares.
We pay the Intermediary Manager selling commissions over time as a shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee with respect to our outstanding Class S shares equal to 0.85% per annum of the aggregate NAV of our outstanding Class S shares, including any Class S shares issued pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan. The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees are paid monthly in arrears. The Intermediary Manager reallows (pays) all or a portion of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to participating brokers and servicing brokers for ongoing shareholder services performed by such brokers, and will waive shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to the extent a broker is not eligible to receive it for failure to provide such services.
Class D Shares
No upfront selling commissions are paid for sales of any Class D shares, however, if you purchase Class D shares from certain financial intermediaries, they may directly charge you transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, in such amount as they may determine, provided that selling agents limit such charges to 1.5% cap on NAV for Class D shares.
We pay the Intermediary Manager selling commissions over time as a shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee with respect to our outstanding Class D shares equal to 0.25% per annum of the aggregate NAV of all our outstanding Class D shares, including any Class D shares issued pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan. The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees are paid monthly in arrears. The Intermediary Manager reallows (pays) all or a portion of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to participating brokers and servicing brokers for ongoing shareholder services performed by such brokers, and will waive shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to the extent a broker is not eligible to receive it for failure to provide such services.
Class D shares are generally available for purchase in this offering only:
(1) through fee-based programs, also known as wrap accounts, that provide access to Class D shares,
(2) through participating brokers that have alternative fee arrangements with their clients to provide access to Class D shares,
(3) through transaction/ brokerage platforms at participating brokers,
(4) through certain registered investment advisers,
(5) through bank trust departments or any other organization or person authorized to act in a fiduciary capacity for its clients or customers or
(6) by other categories of investors that we name in an amendment or supplement to this prospectus.
Class I Shares
No upfront selling commissions or shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees are paid for sales of any Class I shares and financial intermediaries will not charge you transaction or other such fees on Class I Shares.
Class I shares are generally available for purchase in this offering only:
(1) through fee-based programs, also known as wrap accounts, that provide access to Class I shares,
(2) by endowments, foundations, pension funds and other institutional investors,
(3) through participating brokers that have alternative fee arrangements with their clients to provide access to Class I shares,
(4) through certain registered investment advisers,
(5) by our executive officers and trustees and their immediate family members, as well as officers and employees of the Adviser, Apollo or other affiliates and their immediate family members, and joint venture partners, consultants and other service providers or
(6) by other categories of investors that we name in an amendment or supplement to this prospectus.
In certain cases, where a holder of Class S or Class D shares exits a relationship with a participating broker for this offering and does not enter into a new relationship with a participating broker for this offering, such holder’s shares may be exchanged into an equivalent NAV amount of Class I shares.
2
Other Terms of Common Shares
We will cease paying the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee on the Class S shares and Class D shares on the earlier to occur of the following: (i) a listing of Class I shares, (ii) our merger or consolidation with or into another entity, or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets or (iii) the date following the completion of the primary portion of this offering on which, in the aggregate, underwriting compensation from all sources in connection with this offering, including the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee and other underwriting compensation, is equal to 10% of the gross proceeds from our primary offering. In addition, consistent with the exemptive relief allowing us to offer multiple classes of shares, at the end of the month in which the Intermediary Manager in conjunction with the transfer agent determines that total transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, and shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees paid with respect to the shares held in a shareholder’s account would exceed, in the aggregate, 10% of the gross proceeds from the sale of such shares (or a lower limit as determined by the Intermediary Manager or the applicable selling agent), we will cease paying the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee on the Class S shares and Class D shares in such shareholder’s account. Compensation paid with respect to the shares in a shareholder’s account will be allocated among each share such that the compensation paid with respect to each individual share will not exceed 10% of the offering price of such share. We may modify this requirement in a manner that is consistent with applicable exemptive relief. At the end of such month, the Class S shares or Class D shares in such shareholder’s account will convert into a number of Class I shares (including any fractional shares), with an equivalent aggregate NAV as such Class S or Class D shares. In addition, immediately before any liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each Class S share and Class D share will automatically convert into a number of Class I shares (including any fractional shares) with an equivalent NAV as such share.
Preferred Shares
This offering does not include an offering of preferred shares. However, under the terms of the Declaration of Trust, our Board of Trustees may authorize us to issue preferred shares in one or more classes or series without shareholder approval, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. The Board of Trustees has the power to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of each class or series of preferred shares. We do not currently anticipate issuing preferred shares in the near future. In the event we issue preferred shares, we will make any required disclosure to shareholders. We will not offer preferred shares to the Adviser or our affiliates except on the same terms as offered to all other shareholders.
Preferred shares could be issued with terms that would adversely affect the shareholders, provided that we may not issue any preferred shares that would limit or subordinate the voting rights of holders of our Common Shares. Preferred shares could also be used as an anti-takeover device through the issuance of shares of a class or series of preferred shares with terms and conditions which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control. Every issuance of preferred shares will be required to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act requires, among other things, that: (1) immediately after issuance and before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to common shares and before any purchase of common shares is made, such preferred shares together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our total assets after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and (2) the holders of shares of preferred shares, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class voting separately to elect two Trustees at all times and to elect a majority of the Trustees if distributions on such preferred shares are in arrears by two full years or more. Certain matters under the 1940 Act require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred shares (as determined in accordance with the 1940 Act) voting together as a separate class. For example, the vote of such holders of preferred shares would be required to approve a proposal involving a plan of reorganization adversely affecting such securities.
The issuance of any preferred shares must be approved by a majority of our independent Trustees not otherwise interested in the transaction, who will have access, at our expense, to our legal counsel or to independent legal counsel.
3
Limitation on Liability of Trustees and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses
Delaware law permits a Delaware statutory trust to include in its declaration of trust a provision to indemnify and hold harmless any trustee or beneficial owner or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever. Our Declaration of Trust provides that our Trustees will not be liable to us or our shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a trustee to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our Declaration of Trust provides for the indemnification of any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner provided, by Delaware law. In accordance with the 1940 Act, we will not indemnify certain persons for any liability to which such persons would be subject by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.
Pursuant to our Declaration of Trust and subject to certain exceptions described therein, we will indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (i) any individual who is a present or former Trustee or officer of the Fund and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or (ii) any individual who, while a Trustee or officer of the Fund and at the request of the Fund, serves or has served as a trustee, officer, partner or trustee of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity (each such person, an “Indemnitee”), in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we will not provide indemnification for any loss, liability or expense arising from or out of an alleged violation of federal or state securities laws by an Indemnitee unless (i) there has been a successful adjudication on the merits of each count involving alleged securities law violations, (ii) such claims have been dismissed with prejudice on the merits by a court of competent jurisdiction, or (iii) a court of competent jurisdiction approves a settlement of the claims against the Indemnitee and finds that indemnification of the settlement and the related costs should be made and the court considering the request for indemnification has been advised of the position of the SEC and of the published position of any state securities regulatory authority in which securities were offered or sold as to indemnification for violations of securities laws.
We will not indemnify an Indemnitee against any liability or loss suffered by such Indemnitee unless (i) the Fund determines in good faith that the course of conduct that caused the loss or liability was in the best interest of the Fund, (ii) the Indemnitee was acting on behalf of or performing services for the Fund, (iii) such liability or loss was not the result of (A) negligence or misconduct, in the case that the party seeking indemnification is a Trustee (other than an independent Trustee), officer, employee, controlling person or agent of the Fund, or (B) gross negligence or willful misconduct, in the case that the party seeking indemnification is an independent Trustee, and (iv) such indemnification or agreement to hold harmless is recoverable only out of assets of the Fund and not from the shareholders.
Delaware Law and Certain Declaration of Trust Provisions
Organization and Duration
We were formed in Delaware on December 4, 2020, and will remain in existence until dissolved in accordance with our Declaration of Trust or pursuant to Delaware law.
Purpose
Under the Declaration of Trust, we are permitted to engage in any business activity that lawfully may be conducted by a statutory trust organized under Delaware law and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon us pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity.
Our Declaration of Trust contains provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. Our Board of Trustees may, without shareholder action, authorize the issuance of shares in one or more classes or series, including preferred shares; our Board of Trustees may, without shareholder action, amend our Declaration of Trust to increase the number of our Common Shares, of any class or series, that we will have authority to issue; and our Declaration of Trust provides that, while we do not intend to list our shares on any securities exchange, if any class of our shares is listed on a national securities exchange, our Board of Trustees will be divided into three classes of Trustees serving staggered terms of three years each. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our Board of Trustees. We believe that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because, among other things, the negotiation of such proposals may improve their terms.
Sales and Leases to the Fund
Our Declaration of Trust provides that, unless otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act or applicable guidance or exemptive relief of the SEC, except as otherwise permitted under the 1940 Act, we may not purchase or lease assets in which the Adviser or any of its affiliates have an interest unless all of the following conditions are met: (a) the transaction is fully disclosed to the shareholders in a prospectus or in a periodic report; and (b) the assets are sold or leased upon terms that are reasonable to us and at a price not to exceed the lesser of cost or fair market value as determined by an independent expert. However, the Adviser may purchase assets in its own name (and assume loans in connection) and temporarily hold title, for the purposes of facilitating the acquisition of the assets, the borrowing of money, obtaining financing for us, or the completion of construction of the assets, so long as all of the following conditions are met: (i) the assets are purchased by us at a price no greater than the cost of the assets to the Adviser; (ii) all
4
income generated by, and the expenses associated with, the assets so acquired will be treated as belonging to us; and (iii) there are no other benefits arising out of such transaction to the Adviser apart from compensation otherwise permitted by the Omnibus Guidelines, as adopted by the NASAA.
Sales and Leases to our Adviser, Trustees or Affiliates
Our Declaration of Trust provides that, unless otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act or applicable guidance or exemptive relief of the SEC, we may not sell assets to the Adviser or any of its affiliates unless such sale is approved by the holders of a majority of our outstanding Common Shares. Our Declaration of Trust also provides that we may not lease assets to the Adviser or any affiliate thereof unless all of the following conditions are met: (a) the transaction is fully disclosed to the shareholders in a prospectus or in a periodic report; and (b) the terms of the transaction are fair and reasonable to us.
Loans
Our Declaration of Trust provides that, unless otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act or applicable guidance or exemptive relief of the SEC, except for the advancement of indemnification funds, no loans, credit facilities, credit agreements or otherwise may be made by us to the Adviser or any of its affiliates.
Commissions on Financing, Refinancing or Reinvestment
Our Declaration of Trust provides that, unless otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act or applicable guidance or exemptive relief of the SEC, we generally may not pay, directly or indirectly, a commission or fee to the Adviser or any of its affiliates in connection with the reinvestment of cash available for distribution, available reserves, or the proceeds of the resale, exchange or refinancing of assets.
Lending Practices
Our Declaration of Trust provides that, with respect to financing made available to us by the Adviser, the Adviser may not receive interest in excess of the lesser of the Adviser’s cost of funds or the amounts that would be charged by unrelated lending institutions on comparable loans for the same purpose. The Adviser may not impose a prepayment charge or penalty in connection with such financing and the Adviser may not receive points or other financing charges. In addition, the Adviser will be prohibited from providing financing to us with a term in excess of 12 months.
Number of Trustees; Vacancies; Removal
Our Declaration of Trust provides that the number of Trustees will be set by our Board of Trustees in accordance with our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a majority of our entire Board of Trustees may at any time increase or decrease the number of Trustees. Our Declaration of Trust provides that the number of Trustees generally may not be less than one. Except as otherwise required by applicable requirements of the 1940 Act and as may be provided by our Board of Trustees in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred shares, pursuant to an election under our Declaration of Trust, any and all vacancies on our Board of Trustees may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Trustees in office, even if the remaining Trustees do not constitute a quorum, and any Trustee elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the Trustee for whom the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualified, subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act. Independent Trustees will nominate replacements for any vacancies among the independent Trustees’ positions.
Our Declaration of Trust provides that a Trustee may be removed only for cause and only by a majority of the remaining Trustees (or in the case of the removal of a Trustee that is not an interested person, a majority of the remaining Trustees that are not interested persons) or upon a vote by the holders of more than 50% of our outstanding Common Shares entitled to vote with or without cause.
We have a total of five members of our Board of Trustees, four of whom are independent Trustees. Our Declaration of Trust provides that a majority of our Board of Trustees must be independent Trustees except for a period of up to 60 days after the death, removal or resignation of an independent Trustee pending the election of his or her successor. Each Trustee will hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified. While we do not intend to list our shares on any securities exchange, if any class of our shares is listed on a national securities exchange, our Board of Trustees will be divided into three classes of Trustees serving staggered terms of three years each.
Action by Shareholders
Our bylaws provide that shareholder action can be taken at an annual meeting or a special meeting of shareholders or by unanimous consent in lieu of a meeting. The shareholders will only have voting rights as required by the 1940 Act or as otherwise provided for in the Declaration of Trust. The Fund will hold annual meetings. Special meetings may be called by the Trustees and certain of our officers, and will be limited to the purposes for any such special meeting set forth in the notice thereof. In addition, our organizational documents provide that, subject to the satisfaction of certain procedural and informational requirements by the shareholders requesting the meeting, a special meeting of shareholders will be called by our secretary upon the written request of shareholders entitled to cast 10% or more of the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting. The secretary shall provide all shareholders, within ten days after receipt of said request, written notice either in person or by mail of the date, time and location of such requested special meeting and the purpose of the meeting. Any special meeting called by such shareholders is required to be held not less than fifteen nor more than 60 days after notice is provided to shareholders of the special meeting. These provisions will have the effect of significantly reducing the ability of shareholders being able to have proposals considered at a meeting of shareholders.
5
With respect to special meetings of shareholders, only the business specified in our notice of the meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Trustees at a special meeting may be made only (1) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (2) by the Board of Trustees or (3) provided that the Board of Trustees has determined that Trustees will be elected at the meeting, by a shareholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the Declaration of Trust.
Our Declaration of Trust also provides that, subject to the provisions of any class or series of shares then outstanding and the mandatory provisions of any applicable laws or regulations or other provisions of the Declaration of Trust, the following actions may be taken by the shareholders, without concurrence by our Board of Trustees or the Adviser, upon a vote by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote to:
The purpose of requiring shareholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other business, as set forth in our bylaws, is to afford our Board of Trustees a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by our Board of Trustees, to inform shareholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of shareholders. Although our Declaration of Trust does not give our Board of Trustees any power to disapprove shareholder nominations for the election of Trustees or proposals recommending certain action, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of Trustees or the consideration of shareholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of trustees or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our shareholders.
Our Adviser may not, without the approval of a vote by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such matters:
Amendment of the Declaration of Trust and Bylaws
Our Declaration of Trust provides that shareholders are entitled to vote upon a proposed amendment to the Declaration of Trust if the amendment would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares held by such shareholders so as to affect them adversely. Approval of any such amendment requires at least a majority of the votes cast by such shareholders at a meeting of shareholders duly called and at which a quorum is present. In addition, amendments to our Declaration of Trust to make our Common Shares a “redeemable security” or to convert the Fund, whether by merger or otherwise, from a closed-end company to an open-end company each must be approved by (a) the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter prior to the occurrence of a listing of any class of our shares on a national securities exchange and (b) the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter upon and following the occurrence of a listing of any class of our shares on a national securities exchange.
Our Declaration of Trust provides that our Board of Trustees has the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of our bylaws and to make new bylaws. Except as described above and for certain provisions of our Declaration of Trust relating to shareholder voting and the removal of trustees, our Declaration of Trust provides that our Board of Trustees may amend our Declaration of Trust without any vote of our shareholders.
Actions by the Board Related to Merger, Conversion, Reorganization or Dissolution
The Board of Trustees may, without the approval of holders of our outstanding shares, approve a merger, conversion, consolidation or other reorganization of the Fund, provided that the resulting entity is a business development company under the 1940 Act. The Fund will not permit the Adviser to cause any other form of merger or other reorganization of the Fund without the affirmative vote by the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Fund entitled to vote on the matter. The Fund may be dissolved at any time, without the approval of holders of our outstanding shares, upon affirmative vote by a majority of the Trustees.
Restrictions on Roll-Up Transactions
In connection with a proposed “roll-up transaction,” which, in general terms, is any transaction involving the acquisition, merger, conversion or consolidation, directly or indirectly, of us and the issuance of securities of an entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction, we will obtain an appraisal of all of our properties from an independent expert. In order to qualify as an independent expert for this purpose, the person or entity must have no material current or prior business or personal relationship with us and must be engaged to a substantial extent in the business of rendering opinions regarding the value of assets of the type held by us, who is qualified to perform
6
such work. Our assets will be appraised on a consistent basis, and the appraisal will be based on the evaluation of all relevant information and will indicate the value of our assets as of a date immediately prior to the announcement of the proposed roll-up transaction. The appraisal will assume an orderly liquidation of our assets over a 12-month period. The terms of the engagement of such independent expert will clearly state that the engagement is for our benefit and the benefit of our shareholders. We will include a summary of the appraisal, indicating all material assumptions underlying the appraisal, in a report to the shareholders in connection with the proposed roll-up transaction. If the appraisal will be included in a prospectus used to offer the securities of the roll-up entity, the appraisal will be filed with the SEC and the states as an exhibit to the registration statement for the offering.
In connection with a proposed roll-up transaction, the person sponsoring the roll-up transaction must offer to the shareholders who vote against the proposal a choice of:
We are prohibited from participating in any proposed roll-up transaction:
Access to Records
Any shareholder will be permitted access to all of our records to which they are entitled under applicable law at all reasonable times and may inspect and copy any of them for a reasonable copying charge. Inspection of our records by the office or agency administering the securities laws of a jurisdiction will be provided upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours. An alphabetical list of the names, addresses and business telephone numbers of our shareholders, along with the number of Common Shares held by each of them, will be maintained as part of our books and records and will be available for inspection by any shareholder or the shareholder’s designated agent at our office. The shareholder list will be updated at least quarterly to reflect changes in the information contained therein. A copy of the list will be mailed to any shareholder who requests the list within ten days of the request. A shareholder may request a copy of the shareholder list for any proper and legitimate purpose, including, without limitation, in connection with matters relating to voting rights and the exercise of shareholder rights under federal proxy laws. A shareholder requesting a list will be required to pay reasonable costs of postage and duplication. Such copy of the shareholder list shall be printed in alphabetical order, on white paper, and in readily readable type size (no smaller than 10 point font).
A shareholder may also request access to any other corporate records. If a proper request for the shareholder list or any other corporate records is not honored, then the requesting shareholder will be entitled to recover certain costs incurred in compelling the production of the list or other requested corporate records as well as actual damages suffered by reason of the refusal or failure to produce the list. However, a shareholder will not have the right to, and we may require a requesting shareholder to represent that it will not, secure the shareholder list or other information for the purpose of selling or using the list for a commercial purpose not related to the requesting shareholder’s interest in our affairs. We may also require that such shareholder sign a confidentiality agreement in connection with the request.
Reports to Shareholders
Within 60 days after each fiscal quarter, we will distribute our quarterly report on Form 10-Q to all shareholders of record. In addition, we will distribute our annual report on Form 10-K to all shareholders within 120 days after the end of each calendar year, which must contain, among other things, a breakdown of the expenses reimbursed by us to the Adviser. These reports will also be available on our website at gwms.apollo.com/debtsolutionsBDC and on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
Subject to availability, you may authorize us to provide prospectuses, prospectus supplements, annual reports and other information, or documents, electronically by so indicating on your subscription agreement, or by sending us instructions in writing in a form acceptable to us to receive such documents electronically. Unless you elect in writing to receive documents electronically, all documents will be provided in paper form by mail. You
7
must have internet access to use electronic delivery. While we impose no additional charge for this service, there may be potential costs associated with electronic delivery, such as on-line charges. Documents will be available on our website. You may access and print all documents provided through this service. As documents become available, we will notify you of this by sending you an e-mail message that will include instructions on how to retrieve the document. If our e-mail notification is returned to us as “undeliverable,” we will contact you to obtain your updated e-mail address. If we are unable to obtain a valid e-mail address for you, we will resume sending a paper copy by regular U.S. mail to your address of record. You may revoke your consent for electronic delivery at any time and we will resume sending you a paper copy of all required documents. However, in order for us to be properly notified, your revocation must be given to us a reasonable time before electronic delivery has commenced. We will provide you with paper copies at any time upon request. Such request will not constitute revocation of your consent to receive required documents electronically.
Conflict with the 1940 Act
Our Declaration of Trust provide that, if and to the extent that any provision of Delaware law, or any provision of our Declaration of Trust conflicts with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act will control.
8
Exhibit 10.1
INVESTMENT ADVISORY MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
AND
APOLLO CREDIT MANAGEMENT, LLC
This Investment Advisory Management Agreement made this 22 day of July, 2021, is made by and between Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, a Delaware statutory trust (herein referred to as the “Fund”) and Apollo Credit Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (herein referred to as the “Adviser”) (the “Agreement”).
WHEREAS, the Fund is a closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act”);
WHEREAS, the Adviser is an investment adviser that has registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”); and
WHEREAS, the Fund desires to retain the Adviser to furnish investment advisory services to the Fund on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and the Adviser wishes to be retained to provide such services.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1
In addition, prior to the qualification of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest (“Shares”) as Covered Securities, as defined in Section 18 of the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act"), the following provisions in Section 1(a)(ix) – (x) shall apply.
2
Except as specifically provided below and above in Section 1 hereof, the Fund anticipates that all investment professionals and staff of the Adviser, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory services to the Fund, and the base compensation, bonus and benefits, and the routine overhead expenses, of such personnel allocable to such services, will be provided and paid for by the Adviser. The Fund will bear all other costs and expenses of the Fund’s operations, administration and transactions, including, but not limited to:
3
4
5
In addition, prior to the qualification of the Shares as Covered Securities, the following provision Section 2(xxxix) shall apply.
6
From time to time, the Adviser, the Administrator or their affiliates may pay third-party providers of goods or services. The Fund will reimburse the Adviser, the Administrator or such affiliates thereof for any such amounts paid on the Fund’s behalf. From time to time, the Adviser or the Administrator may defer or waive fees and/or rights to be reimbursed for expenses. All of the foregoing expenses will ultimately be borne by the Fund’s shareholders.
The Adviser and its affiliates may aggregate purchase or sale orders for the assets with purchase or sale orders for the same security for other clients’ accounts of the Adviser or of its affiliates, the Adviser’s own accounts and hold proprietary positions in accordance with its current aggregation and allocation policy (collectively, the “Advisory Clients”), but only if (x) in the Adviser’s reasonable judgment such aggregation results in an overall economic or other benefit to the assets taking into consideration the advantageous selling or purchase price, brokerage commission and other expenses and factors and (y) the Adviser’s actions with respect to aggregating orders for multiple Advisory Clients, as well as the Fund, are consistent with applicable law. However, the Adviser is under no obligation to aggregate any such orders under any circumstances.
In addition, prior to the qualification of the Shares as Covered Securities, the following Section 4(c) shall apply.
7
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns include, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with pay-in-kind interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that the Fund has not yet received in cash. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns do not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation.
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns, expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Fund’s net assets at the end of the immediate preceding quarter, is compared to a “hurdle rate” of return of 1.25% per quarter (5.0% annualized).
The Fund will pay the Adviser an incentive fee quarterly in arrears with respect to the Fund’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns in each calendar quarter as follows:
8
The amount payable equals:
In addition, prior to the qualification of the Shares as Covered Securities, the following provisions in Sections 6(b) – (h) shall apply.
9
The Adviser and its affiliates may face conflicts of interest as described in the Fund’s Registration Statement and/or the Fund’s periodic filings with the SEC (as such disclosures may be updated from time to time) and such disclosures have been provided, and any updates will be provided, to the Board of Trustees in connection with its consideration of this Agreement and any future renewal of this Agreement.
10
Indemnification shall be made only following: (i) a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before which the proceeding was brought that the Indemnified Party was not liable by reason of disabling conduct or (ii) in the absence of such a decision, a reasonable determination, based upon a review of the facts, that the Indemnified Party was not liable by reason of disabling conduct by (a) the vote of a majority of a quorum of trustees of the Fund who are neither “interested persons” of the Fund nor parties to the proceeding (“disinterested non-party trustees”) or (b) an independent legal counsel in a written opinion.
An Indemnified Party shall be entitled to advances from the Fund for payment of the reasonable expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the matter as to which it is seeking indemnification in the manner and to the fullest extent permissible under law. Prior to any such advance, the Indemnified Party shall provide to the Fund a written affirmation of its good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Fund has been met and a written undertaking to repay any such advance if it should ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met. In addition, at least one of the following additional conditions shall be met: (a) the Indemnified Party shall provide a security in form and amount acceptable to the Fund for its undertaking; (b) the Fund is insured against losses arising by reason of the advance; or (c) a majority of a quorum of disinterested non-party trustees or independent legal counsel, in a written opinion, shall have determined, based on a review of facts readily available to the Fund at the time the advance is proposed to be made, that there is reason to believe that the Indemnified Party will ultimately be found to be entitled to indemnification.
The following provisions in Sections 9(b) – (c) shall (i) not apply in respect of Apollo Global Securities, LLC or the Administrator and (ii) apply only prior to the qualification of the Shares as Covered Securities.
11
Furthermore, the Indemnified Party shall not be indemnified for any losses, liabilities or expenses arising from or out of an alleged violation of federal or state securities laws by such party unless one or more of the following conditions are met:
In addition, prior to the qualification of the Shares as Covered Securities, the following Sections 10(d) – (f) shall apply.
12
Prior to the qualification of the Shares as Covered Securities, the following provisions in this Section 11 shall apply.
Prior to the qualification of the Shares as Covered Securities, the following provision in this Section 12 shall apply.
If a shareholder requests a copy of the Shareholder List pursuant to Section 11.3 of the Fund’s Charter or any successor provision thereto (the “Charter Shareholder List Provision”), the Adviser is hereby authorized to request a copy of the Shareholder List from the Fund’s transfer agent and send a copy of the Shareholder List to any shareholder so requesting in accordance with the
13
Charter Shareholder List Provision. The Adviser and the Board of Trustees shall be liable to any shareholder requesting the list for the costs, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by that shareholder for compelling the production of the Shareholder List, and for actual damages suffered by any shareholder by reason of such refusal or neglect. It shall be a defense that the actual purpose and reason for the requests for inspection or for a copy of the Shareholder List is to secure such list of shareholder or other information for the purpose of selling such list or copies thereof, or of using the same for a commercial purpose other than in the interest of the applicant as a shareholder relative to the affairs of the Fund.
If to the Fund:
Apollo Debt Solutions BDC
9 West 57th Street
New York, New York 10019
Attn: Joseph D. Glatt, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
If to the Adviser:
Apollo Credit Management, LLC
9 West 57th Street
New York, New York 10019
Attn: Joseph D. Glatt, Vice President
or to such other address as to which the recipient shall have informed the other party in writing.
Unless specifically provided elsewhere, notice given as provided above shall be deemed to have been given, if by personal delivery, on the day of such delivery, and, if by facsimile and mail, on the date on which such facsimile or mail is sent.
[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank]
14
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date above written.
APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
By: /s/ Joseph D. Glatt
Name: Joseph D. Glatt
Title: Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
APOLLO CREDIT MANAGEMENT, LLC
By: /s/ Joseph D. Glatt
Name: Joseph D. Glatt
Title: Vice President
Exhibit 10.2
INTERMEDIARY MANAGER AGREEMENT
November 10, 2021
Apollo Global Securities, LLC
9 West 57th Street
New York, NY 10019
This Intermediary Manager Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Company”) and Apollo Global Securities, LLC (the “Intermediary Manager”).
The Company has filed one or more registration statements with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) that are listed on Schedule 1 to this Agreement (each, a “Registration Statement”), which Schedule 1 may be amended from time to time with the written consent of the Company and the Intermediary Manager. In this Agreement, unless explicitly stated otherwise, “the Registration Statement” means, at any given time, each of the registration statements listed on Schedule 1, as such Schedule 1 may be amended from time to time, as each such registration statement is finally amended and revised at the effective date of the registration statement (including at the effective date of any post-effective amendment thereto).
Each Registration Statement shall register an ongoing offering (each, an “Offering”) of the Company’s common shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share (“Common Shares”), which may consist of Class S, Class D and/or Class I common shares of beneficial interest (the “Shares”). In this Agreement, unless explicitly stated otherwise, “the Offering” means each Offering covered by a Registration Statement and “Shares” means the Shares being offered in the Offering.
The Offering is and shall be comprised of a maximum amount of Shares set forth in the Prospectus (as defined in Section 1.a. below) that will be issued and sold to the public at the public offering prices per Share set forth in the Prospectus pursuant to a primary offering (the “Primary Shares”). The Company will also issue shares pursuant to its distribution reinvestment plan (the “DRIP Shares”). In connection with the Offering, the minimum purchase by any one person shall be as set forth in the Prospectus (except as otherwise indicated in any letter or memorandum from the Company to the Intermediary Manager).
In this Agreement, unless explicitly stated otherwise, any references to the Registration Statement, the Offering, the Shares or the Prospectus with respect to each other shall mean only those that are all related to the same Registration Statement.
The Company is offering to the public three classes of Shares, Class S shares, Class D shares and Class I shares. The differences between the classes of Shares and the eligibility requirements for each class are described in detail in the Prospectus. The Shares are to be offered and sold to the public as described under the caption “Plan of Distribution” in the Prospectus. Except as otherwise agreed by the Company and the Intermediary Manager, Shares sold through the Intermediary Manager are to be sold through the Intermediary Manager, as the Intermediary Manager, and the brokers (each a “Broker” and collectively, the “Brokers”) with whom the Intermediary Manager has entered into or will enter into a selected intermediary agreement related to the distribution of Shares substantially in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit “A” or such other form as approved by the Company (each a “Selected Intermediary Agreement”) at a purchase price equal to the Company’s then-current net asset value (“NAV”) per share applicable to the class of Shares being purchased. For shareholders who participate in the Company’s distribution reinvestment plan, the cash distributions attributable to the class of Shares that each shareholder owns will be automatically invested in additional shares of the same class. The DRIP Shares are to be issued and sold to shareholders of the Company at a purchase price equal to the most recent available NAV per share for such shares at the time the distribution is payable.
Terms not defined herein shall have the same meaning as in the Prospectus. Now, therefore, the Company hereby agrees with the Intermediary Manager as follows:
1
2
3
Thereafter, such Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee may be reallowed to the then-current intermediary of record of the Class S and/or Class D shares, as applicable, if any such intermediary of record has been designated (the “Servicing Broker”), to the extent such Servicing Broker has entered into a Selected Intermediary Agreement
4
or similar agreement with the Intermediary Manager (“Servicing Agreement”), such Selected Intermediary Agreement or Servicing Agreement with the Servicing Broker provides for such reallowance and the Servicing Broker is in compliance with the terms of such agreement related to such reallowance. In this regard, all determinations will be made by the Intermediary Manager in good faith in its sole discretion. The Broker is not entitled to any Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee with respect to Class I shares. The Intermediary Manager may also reallow some or all of the Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee to other intermediaries who provide services with respect to the Shares (who shall be considered additional Servicing Brokers) pursuant to a Servicing Agreement with the Intermediary Manager to the extent such Servicing Agreement provides for such reallowance and such additional Servicing Broker is in compliance with the terms of such agreement related to such reallowance, in accordance with the terms of such Servicing Agreement.
5
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.a., the Company may not indemnify or hold harmless the Intermediary Manager, any Broker or any of their affiliates in any manner that would be inconsistent with the
6
provisions to Article II.G of the Omnibus Guidelines. In particular, but without limitation, the Company may not indemnify or hold harmless the Intermediary Manager, any Broker or any of their affiliates for liabilities arising from or out of a violation of state or federal securities laws, unless one or more of the following conditions are met:
Further notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.a., the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such Loss or expense arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished (x) to the Company by the Intermediary Manager or (y) to the Company or the Intermediary Manager by or on behalf of any Broker specifically for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any post-effective amendment or supplement, any Blue Sky Application or any Authorized Sales Materials, and, further, the Company will not be liable for the portion of any Loss in any such case if it is determined that such Broker or the Intermediary Manager was at fault in connection with such portion of the Loss, expense or action.
The foregoing indemnity agreement of this Section 4.a. is subject to the further condition that, insofar as it relates to any untrue statement or omission made in the Prospectus (or amendment or supplement thereto) that was eliminated or remedied in any subsequent amendment or supplement thereto, such indemnity agreement shall not inure to the benefit of an Indemnified Party from whom the person asserting any Losses purchased the Shares that are the subject thereof, if a copy of the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented was not sent or given to such person at or prior to the time the subscription of such person was accepted by the Company, but only if a copy of the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented had been supplied to the Intermediary Manager or the Broker prior to such acceptance.
7
8
9
10
If to the Intermediary Manager:
Apollo Global Securities, LLC
Attn: Amanda Huttenlocher
9 West 57th Street
New York, New York 10019
Email: ahuttenlocher@apollo.com
If to the Company:
Apollo Debt Solutions BDC
Attn: Joseph D. Glatt
9 West 57th Street
New York, New York 10019
Email: jglatt@apollo.com
11
If the foregoing correctly sets forth our understanding, please indicate your acceptance thereof in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall constitute a binding agreement between us as of the date first above written.
Very truly yours,
APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
By: /s/ Joseph D. Glatt
Name: Joseph D. Glatt
Title: Chief Legal Officer & Secretary
Accepted and agreed to as of
the date first above written:
APOLLO GLOBAL SECURITIES, LLC
By: /s/ Amanda Huttenlocher
Name: Amanda Huttenlocher
Title: Chief Compliance Officer
12
Schedule 1
Registration Statement(s)
1. Registration Statement on Form N-2, Registration No. 333-258155 and 814-01424.
Schedule 2
Compensation
I. Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fees
The Company will pay to the Intermediary Manager Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fees in amounts of (a) up to 0.85% per annum of the aggregate NAV for the Class S shares as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month and (b) up to 0.25% per annum of the aggregate NAV for the Class D shares as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month, in each case, payable monthly. The Company will not pay to the Intermediary Manager any Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fees in respect of the purchase of any Class I shares.
II. Intermediary Manager Fees
The Company will not pay to the Intermediary Manager any Intermediary Manager fees in respect of the purchase of any Class S shares, Class D shares, Class I shares or DRIP Shares.
III. Brokerage Transaction Fees
The Intermediary Manager is authorized to enter into arrangements that allow the Broker to charge a transaction or other fee, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, on sales of Shares, to the extent the Prospectus discloses that such transaction or other fees may be charged for the relevant class of Shares. The Intermediary Manager will require the Broker to represent that Broker is acting solely as an agent for its Customers with respect to their purchase or sale of Shares and is not acting for Broker’s own account. Any transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, charged by Broker in connection with its sale of Shares will be charged in a manner consistent with the Prospectus and applicable law and FINRA rules. Purchases and sales of such shares may only be executed as purchases or repurchases between the customer and the Company. Broker shall not execute trades of shares between customers.
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF SELECTED INTERMEDIARY AGREEMENT
[To be appended]
14
Exhibit 10.4
APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICING PLAN
July 22, 2021
This Distribution and Servicing Plan (the “Plan”) has been adopted on a voluntary basis in conformity with Rule 12b-1 (the “Rule”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), by Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Fund”), with respect to its classes of shares of beneficial interest (each, a “Class”) listed on Appendix A, as amended from time to time, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.
The amount of the Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee payable with respect to each Class listed on Appendix A will be calculated at the rate per annum of the aggregate NAV as of the beginning of the first calendar day of each applicable month, payable monthly in arrears, at the applicable annual rates indicated on Appendix A. The Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee will be calculated and paid separately for each Class.
The Plan will become effective, as to any Class (including any Class not currently listed on Appendix A), upon its approval by (a) a majority of the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or in any agreements related to the Plan (“Qualified Trustees”), pursuant to a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the approval of the Plan, and (b) with respect to Section 1 of the Plan only, if the Plan is adopted for a Class after any public offering of shares of the Class or the sale of shares of the Class to persons who are not affiliated persons of the Fund, affiliated persons of such persons, promoters of the Fund, or affiliated persons of such promoters, a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of such Class.
The Plan will continue in effect with respect to a Class for one year from the date of execution, and from year to year thereafter indefinitely so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Fund’s Board of Trustees in the manner described in Section 3(a) above.
All agreements with any person relating to implementation of this Plan with respect to any Class shall be in writing, and any agreement related to this Plan with respect to any Class shall provide: (a) that such agreement may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the Qualified Trustees or by a majority vote of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant Class, on not more than 60 days’ written notice to any other party to the agreement; and (b) that such agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.
For the purposes of this Agreement, the “affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares” of a Fund means the affirmative vote, at a duly called and held meeting of shareholders of the Fund, (a) of the holders of 67% or more of the shares of the Fund present (in person or by proxy) and entitled to vote at the meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund entitled to vote at the meeting are present in person or by proxy or (b) of the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund entitled to vote at the meeting, whichever is less. For the purposes of this Agreement, the terms “interested person” and “assignment” have their respective meanings defined in the 1940 Act, subject, however, to the Rules and Regulations under the 1940 Act and any applicable guidance or interpretation of the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff; and the term “approve at least annually” will be construed in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations under the 1940 Act and any applicable guidance or interpretation of the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff.
This Plan may be terminated at any time with respect to the shares of any Class by vote of a majority of the Qualified Trustees, or by a majority vote of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant Class.
The Plan may not be amended with respect to any Class so as to increase materially the amount of the Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee described in Section 1 above with respect to such Class without approval in the manner described in Section 3(b) above, and all material amendments to this Plan shall be approved in the manner provided for approval of this Plan in Section 3(a) above.
While the Plan is in effect, the selection and nomination of the Fund’s Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund will be at the discretion of the Trustees then in office who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund.
While the Plan is in effect, the Fund’s Board of Trustees will receive, and the Trustees will review, at least quarterly, written reports complying with the requirements of the Rule, which set out the amounts expended under the Plan and the purposes for which those expenditures were made.
The Fund will preserve copies of the Plan, any agreement relating to the Plan and any report made pursuant to Section 9 above, for a period of not less than six years (the first two years in an easily accessible place) from the date of the Plan, agreement or report.
A copy of the Certificate of Trust of the Fund is on file with the Secretary of the State of Delaware, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Trustees of the Fund as Trustees and this Agreement has not been executed by such Trustee in his individual capacity and that the obligations of or arising out of this Plan are not binding upon any of the Trustees, officers or shareholders of the Fund individually but are binding only upon the Fund and the assets and property of the Fund, or upon the assets belonging to the series or attributable to the class of the Fund, for the benefit of which the Trustees have caused this Plan to be executed.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Fund has executed this Plan as of the date first above written on behalf of each Class listed on Appendix A.
APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
By: /s/ Joseph D. Glatt
Name: Joseph D. Glatt
Title: Chief Legal Officer & Secretary
APPENDIX A TO DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICING PLAN
APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
Class of Shares of Beneficial Interest |
Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee |
Class I Shares |
N/A |
Class S Shares |
0.85% |
Class D Shares |
0.25% |
Agreed to and accepted as of July 22, 2021.
By: /s/ Joseph D. Glatt
Name: Joseph D. Glatt
Title: Chief Legal Officer & Secretary
Exhibit 10.5
EXECUTION VERSION
CUSTODY AGREEMENT
This Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made as of November 3, 2021 (the “Effective Date”) between:
Defined terms and the general rules of interpretation agreed by the Parties are set forth in Schedule 1.
The Client hereby appoints the Custodian to provide the services set out in Sections 3 through 15 below (the “Services”) subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
3.1 Holding Securities. The Custodian will hold Securities delivered or credited to its account under this Agreement directly or through accounts at Subcustodians or CSDs. In turn, Subcustodians will hold Securities directly or through accounts at CSDs.
3.2 Client Entitlements and Segregation. The Custodian will take the following steps to reflect the Client’s ownership of Securities and to separately identify the Securities of the Client from the proprietary assets of the Custodian, Subcustodians, and CSDs, in accordance with Local Market Practice:
3.2.1 Accounts at the Custodian. Open and maintain on the records of the Custodian one or more securities accounts in the name of the Client or such other name as the Client may reasonably request (each, a “Securities Account”) and credit Securities to them;
3.2.2 Accounts at the Subcustodians or CSDs. Open and maintain securities accounts at the Subcustodians or CSDs in which the Custodian is a direct participant, cause Subcustodians to open and maintain securities accounts at CSDs in which the Subcustodian is a participant, and cause Securities to be credited to the relevant accounts. Such accounts: (i) may be commingled (or omnibus) accounts for Securities of multiple customers of the Custodian (or Subcustodian, in the case of accounts opened by the Subcustodian at a CSD) or, in limited markets, segregated (or separate) accounts for Securities of the Client; and (ii) must not include any proprietary securities of the Custodian, the Subcustodian or the CSD;
3.2.3 Physical Securities. Physically segregate bearer Securities from the proprietary assets of the Custodian, and require that the Subcustodians physically segregate bearer Securities from the Subcustodian’s and the Custodian’s proprietary assets;
Information Classification: Limited Access
1
3.2.4 Registration Names. Register certificated Securities (other than bearer securities) in the name of the Client or in the name of the Custodian, a Subcustodian, a CSD or a nominee of any of them, or otherwise in accordance with Local Market Practice and the laws and regulations applicable to the Custodian; and
3.2.5 Records of Transactions; Reconciliation. Maintain records of the Client’s transactions in the Securities Accounts and reconcile its records of clients’ securities holdings against the records of its Subcustodians and CSDs in which it is a direct participant in accordance with the Custodian’s standard procedures and Local Market Practice. Subcustodians will likewise maintain records of their client’s transactions and reconcile their records of the securities holdings of their clients against the records of the CSDs in which they are a direct participant in accordance with the Subcustodians’ standard procedures and Local Market Practice.
3.3 Securities Interchangeable. Securities of the Client (whether held in separate or commingled accounts) are fungible with all other securities of the same issue held in such accounts by the Custodian and its Subcustodians. This means that the Client’s redelivery rights in respect of the Securities are not in respect of the Securities actually deposited with the Custodian or a Subcustodian from time to time, but rather in respect of Securities of the same number, class, denomination and issue as those Securities.
3.4 Acceptance of Securities. Except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Client, the Custodian will only accept custody of Securities and other assets that it is operationally equipped and licensed to hold in the relevant market where it provides custodial services either directly or through an existing Subcustodian and may decline to accept custody of certain securities or asset types that it determines present an unacceptable risk profile or that it or its Subcustodians are not operationally equipped or permitted to hold under any law or regulation.
4.1 Cash Accounts. The Custodian will open and maintain in the name of the Client one or more cash deposit accounts (each a “Cash Account”) in such currencies as may be required in connection with the investment activity of the Client.
4.2 Location of Cash Deposits. Cash received for the Client will be deposited with the Custodian, or with a Subcustodian, depending on the currency and/or the market. The Custodian will designate each currency in a particular market as On Book Cash or Off Book Cash. “On Book Cash” means the currency is maintained in a deposit account with, and recorded as a liability on the balance sheet of, the Custodian (through any of its branches) and “Off Book Cash” means the currency is maintained in a deposit account with, and recorded as a liability on the balance sheet of, a Subcustodian (through any of its branches). The Custodian may change the designation of a currency as On Book or Off Book from time to time. Clients will find the designation of currencies as On Book Cash and Off Book Cash, and any changes to such designations, in the Client Publications.
4.3 Cash Records. The Custodian will reflect Cash balances held in all On Book and Off Book Client deposit accounts on its books and records and report the balances to the Client.
4.4 Banking Relationship. In accepting deposits under this Agreement, the Custodian (for On Book Cash) or the relevant Subcustodian (for Off Book Cash) acts as banker and does not hold the money deposited on trust or segregated from its proprietary assets. Accordingly, the Client is an unsecured creditor of the Custodian (for On Book Cash) or the relevant Subcustodian (for Off Book Cash), subject to such rights as may arise in an Insolvency Event as determined under the laws of the jurisdiction of
Information Classification: Limited Access
2
the Custodian or relevant Subcustodian. With respect to Off Book Cash, the Custodian is only responsible for returning the actual amount that the Custodian receives from the Subcustodian.
4.5 Interest and Charges. Cash Accounts may be interest bearing or non-interest bearing and may be subject to charges or fees on the deposit balance or on a per account basis. The Custodian or the relevant Subcustodian will determine on a periodic basis:
4.5.1 the interest rates, if any, (which may be positive, zero or negative) or equivalent charges or fees paid or charged to the Client from time to time with respect to a Cash Account; and
4.5.2 the overdraft rates or equivalent charges or fees and the applicable overdraft thresholds (if any) that will trigger interest charges from time to time for overdrafts,
in each case, acting in their sole discretion, taking into account market conditions and other relevant commercial considerations. Interest and overdraft rates or other account charges or fees will vary by currency. Details on current rates and deposit account charges are available upon request.
4.6 Overdrafts. The Client must maintain sufficient funds in the Cash Accounts to settle all transactions in the applicable currencies in a timely manner. The Custodian or its Subcustodians may, but are not required to, extend credit under this Agreement. The Custodian reserves the right to decline to process any Proper Instruction or settle any transaction that would result in an overdraft of the Cash Account. If an overdraft arises in the Cash Account, the Client agrees to repay the principal amount of the overdraft upon demand by the Custodian or within five Business Days, whichever is earlier, plus any applicable overdraft fees and interest on the principal overdraft.
5.1 Settlement. The Custodian will settle all transactions in accordance with Local Market Practice, which may not always be on a delivery-versus-payment or receipt-versus-payment basis. Except as otherwise provided below regarding Contractual Settlement, the Custodian will credit or debit the appropriate Cash Account on an actual settlement or payment basis.
5.2 Contractual Settlement. In order to facilitate transaction settlement, the Custodian may provisionally credit settlement, maturity or redemption proceeds, or income, dividends and other distributions, on a contractual settlement or predetermined income basis (“Contractual Settlement”), for markets, securities and eligible clients as determined and notified by the Custodian in the Client Publications. The Custodian can terminate or suspend Contractual Settlement for markets, securities or particular clients at any time.
5.3 Use of Funds. Where Contractual Settlement applies, the Custodian will credit or debit the appropriate Cash Account on the contractual settlement date or payable date for the relevant transaction. This means that (i) the Client will have use of the funds from the date that a sale was contracted to settle or the payable date, which may be earlier than the date payment actually occurs and (ii) the Custodian will have use of the funds debited from the Cash Account from the date that a purchase was contracted to settle until the date that settlement actually occurs.
5.4 Reversal. The Custodian may reverse any Contractual Settlement credit at any time before actual receipt of the cash payment associated with the credit if the Custodian determines, in its reasonable judgement, that such payment will not be received within 30 days for that transaction or if the Custodian suspends or terminates the provision of Contractual Settlement for those Securities in that market. The Custodian will generally notify the Client two Business Days before any such reversal.
Information Classification: Limited Access
3
5.5 Secured Liability. To the extent that the Custodian has not received the cash payment associated with a credit, the amount credited remains a Secured Liability under this Agreement.
6.1 Transmit Information. The Custodian will promptly transmit or make available to the Client all material written information customarily provided by a professional global custodian regarding an applicable Corporate Action, or a brief synopsis of that information, affecting Securities then being held under this Agreement, where (i) that information is received directly from issuers of such Securities or from CSDs or Subcustodians or (ii) that information is publicly available in the relevant market from standard vendors routinely used by professional global custodians provided that the Custodian can verify the accuracy of such information. The Custodian will transmit or make available such Corporate Action data it receives from primary sources (issuers, CSDs and Subcustodians) without further review although it will generally note if such information is single sourced. The Custodian generally will not transmit or make available such Corporate Action data it receives from secondary sources (vendors) unless the accuracy of that information can be verified against at least one additional source.
6.2 Exercise. The Custodian will process the Client’s elections with respect to any voluntary Corporate Action at the direction of the Client provided it has actual possession of the relevant Securities and it has received Proper Instructions by the deadline specified in the Custodian’s Corporate Action notification (“Corporate Actions Deadline Date”). The Custodian will use reasonable efforts to effect Proper Instructions received after that deadline but will have no responsibility for any failure to exercise such instructions accurately or timely. In the absence of receiving Proper Instructions by the Corporate Actions Deadline Date, the Custodian may take the default action specified in the corporate action notification. In the event of a mandatory Corporate Action, the Custodian will act without Proper Instructions in accordance with Section 22.10.
6.3 Class Actions. The Custodian will transmit written information received by the Custodian regarding any class action litigation to the extent set out in the Client Publications. The Custodian will not support class action participation by the Client beyond such forwarding of written information. In no event will the Custodian act as a lead plaintiff in a class action.
6.4 Fractional Positions. Fractional positions resulting from Corporate Actions will be dealt with in accordance with the Client Publications.
7.1 Transmit Information. The Custodian will forward to the Client all proxies received by the Custodian relating to the Securities then held under this Agreement, for the markets designated in the Client Publications, unless otherwise instructed by the Client. The Custodian will use an agent to assist in the receipt and distribution of proxies and will share the Client’s position and contact information to facilitate such collection and distribution.
7.2 Voting. The Custodian provides proxy voting services for the markets designated in the Client Publications. The Custodian will cause eligible proxies to be promptly executed by the registered holder in accordance with Proper Instructions and delivered to the issuer of the Securities or its designated agent. In order for the Custodian to provide the voting services, the Custodian must have received such Proper Instructions, must have actual possession of the relevant Securities, and all requirements set out in the Client Publications must have been met, including where applicable receiving an executed power of attorney, in each case by the deadline specified in the Custodian’s proxy notification.
Information Classification: Limited Access
4
8.1 Monitoring and Crediting. The Custodian will use reasonable efforts to monitor and collect on a timely basis, in accordance with Local Market Practice, all income and other payments to which the Client is entitled in respect of the Securities held under this Agreement and Securities on loan through the securities lending program sponsored by the Custodian or its Affiliates. The Custodian will credit such amounts to the Cash Account of the Client as received, except where Contractual Settlement applies.
8.2 Repatriation of Income. The Client is responsible for directing the repatriation of income into the base currency of the Portfolio or another currency selected by the Client, and may enter into separate arrangements to do so, as set out in Section 13 of this Agreement.
9.1 Contents. The Custodian will make available reports to the Client regarding the Portfolio on a periodic basis as selected by the Client from certain online tools made available from time to time by the Custodian or as otherwise agreed with the Client. The reports will include Cash balances, an itemized statement of Securities and Cash and Securities transaction activity. Market values contained in these reports are unaudited and based on the Custodian’s standard pricing vendors and practices. These reports will not include net asset value calculations.
9.2 Cash and Securities Not Held. The Custodian may agree to incorporate information in respect of cash or securities not held by the Custodian. In making available such information to the Client, the Custodian will rely upon the information provided by the Client or a third party without any requirement to verify the accuracy of such information. The Custodian will not perform any other Services in relation to such cash or securities.
10.1 Withholding. The Custodian will withhold (or cause to be withheld) the amount of any tax which is required to be withheld by the Custodian or Subcustodian under the Law applicable to the Custodian or Subcustodian based on the Client’s domicile and entity type in respect of any dividend, interest income or other distribution in relation to any Security, and/or the proceeds or income from the sale or other transfer of any Security held by the Custodian. If the Client has not provided the requisite information and documentation, the Custodian is obligated to arrange for maximum withholding. In certain markets, the Client will be required to hire a local tax agent to calculate withholding, as set out in the Client Publications.
10.2 Tax Relief. The Custodian will apply for a reduction of withholding tax and refund of any tax paid or tax credits in respect of income payments on Securities based on the Client’s entitlement under relevant tax treaties or laws which apply in each market that supports a standard tax reclaim process, in all cases as may be set out from time to time in the Client Publications. The Custodian does not facilitate tax reclaims for tax transparent or pass-through (i.e., multiple-beneficiary) entities such as partnerships, LLCs, common trusts or any other types of entities that are generally ineligible for tax treaty or domestic law tax entitlements, even where the partners or beneficial holders of such entities may be eligible.
10.3 Documentation. In order for the Custodian to perform the services in this Section 10, the Client will provide the Custodian such information and documentation as may be required from time to time by the Custodian for tax purposes, including documentary evidence of its tax domicile, and its entity type and details of any special ruling or treatment to which the Client may be entitled in relation to
Information Classification: Limited Access
5
countries where the Client engages or proposes to engage in investment activity or where Securities are or will be held. The Client is responsible for ensuring the documentation and information provided is true and accurate in all material respects and will promptly provide the Custodian with all necessary corrections or updates upon becoming aware of any changes or inaccuracies in the documentation or information supplied. The provision of documentation and information under this Section 10.3 will be taken to be a Proper Instruction upon which the Custodian will be entitled to rely for all purposes under this Section 10, including calculating withholding and determining available tax relief, without the need to undertake any further inquiries or verification.
10.4 Client Responsible for Taxes. The Client will be liable for all taxes, levies or similar obligations which arise as a result of the Client’s investment activity, including in relation to any Cash or Securities held by the Custodian on behalf of the Client, or any related transactions. If any taxes become payable in relation to any prior payment made to the Client by the Custodian, the Custodian may withhold any credit balance in the Client’s Cash Accounts to the extent necessary to satisfy such tax obligation. The Client will also remain liable for any tax deficiency.
10.5 No Tax Advice. The Client acknowledges that the Custodian is not, and will not be deemed to be, providing tax advice or tax counsel.
11.1 Document Safekeeping. The Custodian may agree to provide physical safekeeping for Investment Documents delivered to it and will return such Investment Documents to the Client upon receipt of Proper Instructions, subject to additional documentation and other requirements as the Custodian may specify from time to time.
11.2 No Other Services. The Custodian will not otherwise perform any other Services in relation to such Investment Documents.
12.1 Alternative Assets. The Custodian may agree to reflect the Client’s Alternative Assets on its books, records or statements. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Custodian will not perform any other services or assume any obligations in relation to Alternative Assets. The Custodian may, in limited cases, agree to register the Client’s interests in Alternative Assets in the name of the Custodian, subject to additional documentation and other requirements as the Custodian may specify from time to time.
13.1 Role of Custodian. The role of the Custodian with respect to foreign exchange transactions is limited to facilitating the processing and settlement of such transactions. The Custodian does not have any agency, trust or fiduciary obligation to the Client or any other person in connection with the execution of any foreign exchange transactions, other than the obligation as agent to process the Proper Instructions given by the Client.
13.2 Role of Counterparties. If the Client enters into any foreign exchange transaction with State Street Bank and Trust Company, a Subcustodian or any of their Affiliates, the Client does so on the basis that these entities are acting as a principal dealer and counterparty, and not as fiduciary or agent to the Client, and the execution services are governed by separate arrangements (including pricing) and do not form part of the Services provided by the Custodian under this Agreement. This applies to foreign exchange transactions entered into by the Client directly with the trading desk of these entities
Information Classification: Limited Access
6
or by Proper Instruction to the Custodian using the indirect foreign exchange services described in the Client Publications.
14.1 Use of Subcustodians. The Custodian is authorized to utilize Subcustodians in connection with its performance of the Services, and will notify the Client of the Subcustodians so employed from time to time through the Client Publications.
14.2 Selection and Monitoring. The Custodian will use reasonable skill, care and diligence in the selection, monitoring and continued utilization of Subcustodians by taking the following actions: (i) annually assess the financial condition of each Subcustodian by reviewing their publicly available financial information, (ii) on a daily basis monitoring the performance by each Subcustodian’ of its duties relative to the Services, and (iii) confirming on an annual basis that each Subcustodian is licensed to act as a subcustodian in its relevant market.
14.3 Special Subcustodians. At the request of the Client, the Custodian may agree to appoint one or more qualified banks, trust companies or other entities designated by the Client to act as a subcustodian (each a “Special Subcustodian”) for purposes specified by the Client. In connection with the appointment of a Special Subcustodian, the Custodian shall enter into a tri-party subcustodian agreement with the Special Subcustodian and the Client in form and substance approved the Custodian, provided that such agreement shall comply with Law applicable to the Client and shall be consistent with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, to the extent practicable.
14.4. Provisions Relating to Rule 17f-5
14.4.1 Delegation. Each Client, by resolution of its Board, delegates to the Custodian, pursuant to Rule 17f-5(b), the obligations to perform as the Client’s Foreign Custody Manager and, unless the Custodian advises the Customer that it does not accept such delegation with respect to a country, the Custodian accepts such delegation. The Custodian acting in this capacity shall be referred to as the “Foreign Custody Manager.”
14.4.2 Exercise of Care as Foreign Custody Manager. The Foreign Custody Manager will exercise such reasonable care, prudence and diligence in performing the delegated responsibilities as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of assets of management investment companies registered under the 1940 Act would exercise.
14.4.3 Foreign Custody Arrangements. The Foreign Custody Manager will perform the delegated responsibilities only with respect to Covered Foreign Countries and will provide the Client with a list on Schedule A of the Eligible Foreign Custodian(s) it selects to maintain the Client’s Foreign Assets in each Covered Foreign Country. The Foreign Custody Manager may amend the list from time to time in its sole discretion upon notice to the Client.
14.4.4 Scope of Delegated Responsibilities. The Foreign Custody Manager, when placing and maintaining Foreign Assets in the care of an Eligible Foreign Custodian, will determine that: (i) the Foreign Assets will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the country in which the Foreign Assets will be held by the Eligible Foreign Custodian, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including, without limitation the factors specified in Rule 17f-5(c)(1), and (ii) the contract between the Foreign Custody Manager and the Eligible Foreign Custodian governing the foreign custody arrangements will satisfy the requirements of Rule 17f-5(c)(2). The Foreign Custody Manager will establish a system to monitor (a) the appropriateness of maintaining the
Information Classification: Limited Access
7
Foreign Assets with the Eligible Foreign Custodian, and (b) the performance of the contract governing the foreign custody arrangements. The Foreign Custody Manager will notify the Client if it determines that the custody arrangements with an Eligible Foreign Custodian are no longer appropriate and will act in accordance with the Client’s Proper Instructions with respect to the disposition of the affected Foreign Assets.
14.4.5 Reporting Requirements. The Foreign Custody Manager will (i) report the withdrawal of Foreign Assets from an Eligible Foreign Custodian and the placement of Foreign Assets with another Eligible Foreign Custodian by providing to the Client an updated Schedule A at the end of the calendar quarter in which the action has occurred, and (ii) after the occurrence of any other material change in the foreign custody arrangements of the Client, make a written report available to the Client containing a notification of the change.
14.4.6 Representations of Foreign Custody Manager and Client. The Foreign Custody Manager represents to Client that it is a U.S. Bank as defined in Section (a)(7) of Rule 17f-5(a)(7). Client represents to the Custodian that its Board has (i) determined that it is reasonable for the Board to rely on the Custodian to perform the responsibilities delegated pursuant to this Agreement to the Custodian as the Foreign Custody Manager of the Client, and (ii) considered and determined to accept the risk described in the first sentence of Section 18.2 as is incurred by placing and maintaining the Client’s Foreign Assets in each Covered Foreign Country.
14.4.7. Withdrawal of Acceptance of Delegation as Foreign Custody Manager. Upon reasonable prior written notice to the Client, the Foreign Custody Manager may withdraw its acceptance of such delegated responsibilities generally or with respect to a specified Covered Foreign Country, and the Custodian will have no further responsibility in its capacity as Foreign Custody Manager to the Client generally or with respect to the designated Covered Foreign Country, as applicable.
14.4.8. Settlement Practices. The Custodian will provide to each Client the information with respect to custody and settlement practices in countries in which the Custodian employs an Eligible Foreign Custodian described on Schedule C at the time or times set out on the Schedule. The Custodian may revise Schedule C from time to time, but no revision will result in a Client being provided with substantively less information than had been previously provided on Schedule C.
15.1 Use of Central Securities Depositories. The Custodian and its Subcustodians will use CSDs in connection with the performance of the Services, and will notify the Client of the CSDs so employed from time to time through the Client Publications.
15.2 Rules of Central Securities Depositories. Where the Custodian or its Subcustodians use CSDs, the Client acknowledges that they will do so in accordance with the terms and conditions of participation or membership in such CSDs and the rules and procedures governing the operation thereof.
15.3 Provisions Relating to Rule 17f-4. The Custodian may deposit and maintain securities or other financial assets of the Client in a U.S. CSD in compliance with the conditions of Rule 17f-4.
15.4 Provisions Relating to Rule 17f-7. The Custodian will (i) provide the Client or its Investment Manager with an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Eligible Securities Depositories set out on Schedule B in accordance with Section (a)(1)(i)(A) of Rule 17f-7, (ii)
Information Classification: Limited Access
8
monitor such risks on a continuing basis and promptly notify the Client or its Investment Manager of any material change in such risks, in accordance with Section (a)(1)(i)(B) of Rule 17f-7, and (iii) exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence in performing the requirements in subsections (i) and (ii) above.
16.1 Use of Delegates. The Custodian will have the right, without prior notice to or the consent of the Client, to employ Delegates to provide or assist it in the provision of any part of the Services other than Services required by Law applicable to either Party to be performed by a qualified custodian or CSD. Unless otherwise agreed in a fee schedule, the Custodian will be responsible for the compensation of its Delegates.
16.2 Provision of Information Regarding Delegates. The Custodian will provide or make available to the Client on a quarterly or other periodic basis information regarding its global operating model for the delivery of the Services, which information will include the identities of Delegates affiliated with the Custodian that perform or may perform any part of the Services, and the locations from which such Delegates perform Services, as well as such other information about its Delegates as the Client may reasonably request from time to time.
16.3 Third Parties. Nothing in this Section limits or restricts the Custodian’s right to use Affiliates or third parties to perform or discharge, or assist it in the performance or discharge of, any obligations or duties under this Agreement other than the provision of the Services.
17.1 Standard of Care. The Custodian will at all times exercise the reasonable skill, care and diligence expected of a professional provider of custody services to institutional investors and act in good faith and in accordance with generally applicable industry standards and practices in the performance of its duties under this Agreement.
17.2 Liability for Losses. Subject to the limitations and exclusions of liability in this Agreement, the Custodian will be liable for Losses suffered or incurred by the Client to the extent such Losses are caused by the negligence, wilful default, or fraud of the Custodian in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. The parties agree that “negligence” will mean a breach by the Custodian of its obligation to exercise the standard of care described in Section 17.1 above.
17.3 Responsibility for Subcustodians. The Custodian will be liable to the Client for the acts and omissions of its Subcustodians as if it had committed such acts and omissions itself; provided that:
17.3.1 compliance with the standard of care set out in Section 17.1 will be assessed in accordance with the standards and circumstances prevailing at the time of the act or omission in the local market or jurisdiction in which the Subcustodian is providing the relevant Services; and
17.3.2 the Custodian will have no liability for Losses resulting from the insolvency or other financial default of a Subcustodian that is not an Affiliate of the Custodian except to the extent that such Losses are caused by the failure of the Custodian to exercise reasonable skill, care and diligence in the selection, monitoring and continued utilization of the Subcustodian as required under Section 14.2.
Information Classification: Limited Access
9
17.4 Responsibility for Special Subcustodians. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 17.3 to the contrary, the Custodian shall not be liable to the Client for Losses suffered or incurred by the Client resulting from the acts or omissions of a Special Subcustodian, except to the extent such Losses are caused by the negligence, wilful default or fraud of the Custodian. In the event of any such Loss, the Custodian shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce such rights as it may have against any Special Subcustodian.
17.5 Responsibility for Delegates. The Custodian will be liable to the Client for the acts and omissions of its Delegates as if it had committed such acts and omissions itself.
17.6 Force Majeure. Neither Party will be in breach of this Agreement or liable for Losses arising by reason of the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event that prevents, hinders or delays it from or in performing its obligations under this Agreement, except, in the case of the Custodian, to the extent that such Losses are attributable to its breach of its business continuity obligations under this Agreement.
17.7 No Liability for Certain Losses. The Custodian will not be liable to the Client for any Losses to the extent they arise from or are caused by:
17.7.1 the Custodian acting upon any (i) Proper Instruction or (ii) if a Proper Instruction is not required in a particular circumstance, any other instruction, information, notice, request, consent, certificate, instrument or other writing that the Custodian reasonably believes to be genuine and to be signed or otherwise given by or on behalf of a person authorized to do so;
17.7.2 a delay in processing or any failure to process any Proper Instruction to the extent permitted under Section 22, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set out in that Section, as applicable;
17.7.3 the failure of the Client or any person authorized by it to comply with the Client’s obligations under this Agreement; or
17.7.4 any other acts and omissions of the Client, any person authorized by it or any third party, including any Third Party Agent, Market Participant, Authorized Data Source, CSD, or Financial Market Utility.
17.8 Mutual Exclusion of Indirect and Other Loss. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, neither Party will be liable to the other for: (i) indirect, consequential, speculative, punitive or special Loss or (ii) loss of profit, revenue, opportunity, business, anticipated savings, goodwill and damage to reputation, or Loss of any similar kind; in each case whether or not a Party has been advised of or otherwise could have anticipated the possibility of such losses, except to the extent any such losses cannot be excluded or limited as a matter of Law applicable to either Party.
18.1 Error Correction. If an error results from an act or omission of the Custodian in performing the services under this Agreement, the Custodian may take such remedial action as it considers appropriate under the circumstances, which may include effecting corrective transactions involving the Client’s assets, where and to the extent reasonably necessary to place the Client in the position (or its equivalent) it would have been had the error not occurred. The Custodian will be responsible for Losses arising from its errors in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and will be entitled to retain gains arising from its errors or related remedial actions unless otherwise prohibited by Law. Where an error results in a series of related Losses and gains, the Custodian will be entitled to net gains against Losses
Information Classification: Limited Access
10
when permitted by Law. The Custodian will have no duty to notify or account to the Client for any Loss or gain associated with an error it has fully remediated.
19.1 No Fiduciary or Implied Duties. The Custodian is responsible only for the duties it has expressly undertaken under this Agreement and no other duties will be implied or inferred, including any fiduciary duties, except to the extent such fiduciary duties may not be disclaimed as a matter of Law.
19.2 Investment and Other Risk, Client Compliance Matters. The Client bears the risk of investing in Securities or other assets or holding cash denominated in any currency or holding assets in a particular market, including investment risk and risk arising from the political, regulatory, legal or financial infrastructure of such market or otherwise arising from Local Market Practice. The Custodian is not responsible for monitoring or enforcing compliance by the Client or its Investment Manager(s) with any investment or other restriction, guideline or requirement imposed by the Client’s constituent documents or by contract or Law applicable to the Client in connection with investment activity undertaken by or on behalf of the Client.
19.3 Data Accuracy. The Custodian has no responsibility for, or duty to review, verify or otherwise perform any investigation as to the completeness, accuracy or sufficiency of, any data or information provided by or on behalf of the Client, any persons authorized by the Client, any Third Party Agent, any Market Participant or any Authorized Data Sources, except to the extent the Custodian has agreed in writing to perform reconciliations, variance or tolerance checks or other specific forms of data review under this Agreement.
19.4 Title. The Custodian is not responsible for title or entitlement to, validity or genuineness, including good deliverable form, of any asset received by the Custodian.
19.5 Proceedings. The Custodian is not responsible for commencing legal or administrative proceedings on behalf of the Client or relating to the assets held under this Agreement, including in respect of the late payment of income or other payments due to the Client or amounts payable on Securities in default if payment is refused after due demand and presentment.
19.6 Laws Applicable to the Custodian or Subcustodian. Laws applicable to the Custodian or a Subcustodian may from time to time prohibit or cause delays in the Custodian holding assets, acting on Proper Instructions or providing the Services to the Client in the manner contemplated by this Agreement. In such cases, the Custodian or Subcustodian will be entitled to comply with the Law and, where permitted by such Law, the Parties will seek to resolve the situation to the Parties’ mutual satisfaction.
19.7 Securities on Loan. Asset servicing is not generally performed for securities on loan unless otherwise noted in this Agreement or agreed by the Parties in writing. Provision of such services with respect to securities on loan may be covered by a separate securities lending or services agreement.
20.1 Indemnity by Client. Subject to this Section 20 and the exclusions and limitations of liability elsewhere in this Agreement, including Section 17.8, the Client will indemnify the Custodian against any direct Losses incurred by the Custodian (including Losses incurred by Subcustodians or Delegates for which the Custodian is liable) in connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement, including acting on Proper Instructions and Losses incurred by virtue of being the holder of record of the Client’s Securities, except, in each case, to the extent such Losses result from the Custodian’s
Information Classification: Limited Access
11
negligence, wilful default or fraud (or that of its Subcustodians or Delegates) in the discharge of the Custodian’s duties under this Agreement.
20.2 Indemnity by Custodian. Subject to this Section 20 and the exclusions and limitations of liability elsewhere in this Agreement, including Section 17.7 and 17.8, the Custodian will indemnify the Client against any direct Losses incurred by the Client, in each case, to the extent such Losses result from the negligence, wilful default or fraud of the Custodian (or that of its Subcustodians or Delegates) in the discharge of the Custodian’s duties under this Agreement.
20.3 Duty to Mitigate. Each Party will use reasonable efforts to mitigate any Losses in respect of which it claims indemnification under this Agreement.
20.4 Notice of Claims. A Party seeking indemnification under this Section (“Indemnified Party”) against a third-party claim (“Indemnified Claim”) will promptly provide written notice of such claim to the Party obligated to indemnify (“Indemnifying Party”). The failure to notify the Indemnifying Party will not relieve such Party of any liability under this Section, except to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the investigation and/or defense of the Indemnified Claim.
20.5 Right to Control Third Party Claims. The Indemnifying Party will, at its own expense, be entitled but not obligated to control and direct the investigation and defense of any Indemnified Claim, except where the Custodian is the Indemnified Party and is seeking indemnification from multiple customers for claims based on common facts or otherwise related to the Indemnified Claim, in which case the Custodian will have the right to control and direct the investigation and defense of such claim, at the expense of (i) the Indemnifying Party or (ii) all of the customers from which indemnification is sought, including the Indemnifying Party, pro rata, as appropriate. Where the Indemnifying Party controls and directs the investigation of the defence of the Indemnified Claim, the Indemnified Party may retain separate counsel at its own expense. If a conflict of interest exists between the Parties with respect to the defense of such claim, the reasonable cost of separate counsel will be an indemnified expense.
20.6 Settlement of Claims. Neither Party may settle an Indemnified Claim without the consent of the other Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided that the Indemnifying Party will have the right to settle an Indemnified Claim without the consent of the Indemnified Party if such settlement:
20.6.1 involves only the payment of money;
20.6.2 fully and unconditionally releases the Indemnified Party from any liability in exchange for the amount paid in settlement; and
20.6.3 does not include any admission of fault or liability in relation to the Indemnified Party.
20.7 Cooperation. In all cases, each Party will, as applicable, provide reasonable cooperation and assistance to the other Party and keep the other Party apprised as to the status of the Indemnified Claim, including any discussions relating to the settlement of the claim and the details of any settlement offer.
21.1 Provide Information. The Client will provide or cause to be provided to the Custodian all data, information, documents and instructions concerning the Client and the investment activity of the Client in relation to the Portfolio as may be reasonably necessary or as the Custodian may reasonably
Information Classification: Limited Access
12
request, in each case in a complete, accurate and timely manner, in order to enable the Custodian to discharge its duties under this Agreement.
21.2 AML Compliance. The Client will comply with all applicable anti-money laundering, sanctions or other financial crime legislation applicable to it and will provide the Custodian with all necessary sanctions questionnaires, declarations and other documentation in order for the Custodian to comply with its anti-money laundering policy.
21.3 Pass Through Representations. To the extent that the Custodian is required to give (or is deemed to have given) any representation, warranty or undertaking to a third party relating to the Client in accordance with normal market practice in connection with the execution of transaction documents or the issuance or transmission of trade notifications, confirmations and/or settlement instructions, whether using facsimile transmission, industry messaging or matching utilities and/or the proprietary software of Third Party Agents and Market Participants, CSDs or other Financial Market Utilities, the Client will be deemed to have made such representation, warranty or undertaking to the Custodian.
21.4 Operational Requirements. The Client will adhere to the deadlines and other operational requirements set out in the Client Publications, to facilitate meeting the requirements of CSD’s, Third Party Agents and Market Participants.
21.5 Client Review and Notification. In accordance with standard market practice, the Client will employ commercially reasonable review and control measures with respect to information provided by the Custodian under this Agreement and give the Custodian prompt written notice of any suspected error or omission or the Client’s inability to access any such Information so as to prevent, stem or mitigate any Losses that may arise from the use of inaccurate data or the inaccessibility of data.
21.6 Fees. In consideration for the Services provided by the Custodian, the Client will pay the Fees as agreed in a written fee schedule or otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties from time to time. The Fees and any other amounts payable under this Agreement are stated exclusive of any sales, use, excise, value-added, services, consumption, withholding or other similar tax that is assessed on the supply of the Services under an agreement. Any such tax will be payable by the Client.
21.7 Client Publications. The Client will ensure that it provides the Custodian with and regularly updates, as necessary, e-mail and other contact details for its representatives to enable timely distribution and receipt of the Client Publications.
22.1 Dealings in Cash and Securities. The Custodian will effect all transactions and dealings in Cash and Securities under this Agreement in accordance with Proper Instructions, subject to any other right it may have under this Agreement.
22.2 Appointment of Authorized Persons. The Client and each Investment Manager will provide the Custodian with a list of the names and (if applicable) signatures, of Authorized Persons in a form agreed by the parties from time to time. The Custodian may rely upon the authority of each Authorized Person until it receives written notice to the contrary from the Client and has had a reasonable time to act on such notice.
22.3 Authentication Procedures. The Custodian will implement Authentication Procedures. The Client acknowledges that the Authentication Procedures are intended to provide a commercially reasonable degree of protection against unauthorized transactions of certain types and are not designed to detect errors. Any purported Proper Instruction received by the Custodian in accordance
Information Classification: Limited Access
13
with an Authentication Procedure will be taken to have originated from an Authorized Person and will constitute a Proper Instruction under this Agreement for all purposes.
22.4 Security Measures by Client. The Client is responsible for ensuring that appropriate security measures are implemented to prevent unauthorized disclosure or use of any Authentication Procedure made available to it or an Investment Manager in connection with this Agreement.
22.5 No Duty to Verify. Except to the extent the Custodian is required to comply with Authentication Procedures under Section 22.3 above, the Custodian has no duty to verify that personnel of the Client or any Investment Manager engaged in investment activity are authorized to do so or that any instructions received by the Custodian are duly authorized.
22.6 Decline/Delay in Processing. The Custodian reserves the right to decline to process or delay the processing of any purported Proper Instruction where:
22.6.1 the Custodian, in good faith, determines that the instruction may not have been properly authorized;
22.6.2 the instruction is inaccurate, incomplete or unclear;
22.6.3 the instruction conflicts with the terms of this Agreement or any Law applicable to either Party, Local Market Practice or the Custodian’s standard operating procedures; or
22.6.4 the Custodian has not been given a reasonable time period to effect the instruction.
In these circumstances, the Custodian will promptly seek authentication, clarification, correction or amendment of any Proper Instruction, as the case may be.
22.7 Cancellation and Amendment. The Custodian will use reasonable efforts to act on Proper Instructions to cancel or amend previously issued Proper Instructions if:
22.7.1 the Custodian has not already acted on the previously issued Proper Instructions; and
22.7.2 the Proper Instruction to cancel or amend is received before the applicable deadlines specified from time to time in the Client Publications or applicable event notification.
The Custodian is not responsible or liable if the request to cancel or amend cannot be satisfied.
22.8 Oral Instructions. If applicable, the Custodian may act on an oral instruction (given in accordance with an agreed Authentication Procedure) before receipt of any written confirmation and irrespective of whether any subsequent written confirmation conforms to the oral instruction.
22.9 Conflicting Claims. If there is a dispute or conflicting claim with respect to Securities or Cash held by the Custodian under this Agreement, the Custodian is entitled to refuse to act on a Proper Instruction of the Client or any Investment Manager in relation to the particular Securities or Cash until either (i) the dispute or conflicting claims have been finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or settled by agreement between the conflicting parties, and the Custodian has received written evidence satisfactory to it of such determination or agreement, or (ii) the Custodian has received an indemnity, security or both, satisfactory to it and sufficient to hold it harmless from and against any and all Losses which the Custodian may incur as a result of its actions.
Information Classification: Limited Access
14
22.10 Matters Not Requiring Proper Instructions. The Client authorises the Custodian in the absence of Proper Instructions to attend to all matters which may be necessary or appropriate to discharge its duties and give effect to the terms of this Agreement, including the execution, in the Client’s name or on its behalf, of any affidavits, certificates of ownership and other certificates and documents relating to Securities.
23.1 Security. To secure the full and timely satisfaction of all Secured Liabilities, the Client hereby grants to the Custodian a security interest in and a right of retention, sale and set off, as applicable, against (i) all of the Client’s Cash, Securities, and other assets, whether now existing or hereafter acquired, in the possession or under the control of the Custodian or its Subcustodians pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) any and all cash proceeds of any of the above (collectively, the “Collateral”).
23.2 Rights of the Custodian. In the event that the Client fails to satisfy in full any of the Secured Liabilities as and when due and payable, the Custodian will have, in addition to all other rights and remedies arising under this Agreement or under applicable Law, the rights and remedies of a secured party under applicable Law. Without prejudice to the Custodian’s other rights and remedies, the Custodian will be entitled, in each case as and to the extent reasonably necessary to satisfy in full the Secured Liabilities and any related transaction expenses, to (a) exercise its right of retention and withhold delivery of any Collateral and otherwise refuse to act on any Proper Instruction relating to such Collateral, (b) sell or otherwise realize any Collateral, and (c) set off the net proceeds of such sale or realization of Collateral and/or the amount of any deposit balances standing to the credit of the Client in any Cash Account(s) against such Secured Liabilities.
23.3 Exercise of Rights. The Custodian may exercise its rights and remedies against the Collateral in any manner (including by any method, at any time or place, and on any terms) as it deems, in good faith, to be commercially reasonable under the circumstances, and will use reasonable efforts to effect any sale of Collateral at the prevailing market price in the relevant market. Without limiting the foregoing, the Client acknowledges that it will be commercially reasonable for the Custodian to, among other things: (i) accelerate or cause the acceleration of the maturity of any fixed term deposits comprised in the Collateral and (ii) effect any necessary currency conversions through its own trading desk at such exchange rates as it determines in its reasonable discretion, which rates may include a mark-up from the rates the Custodian receives on the interbank market.
23.4 Notice. The Custodian will use reasonable efforts to give the Client prior notice of any exercise of the right to sell or otherwise realize Collateral set forth above, provided that the Custodian will not be obligated to give prior notice to the Client or delay exercising its rights pending or after the provision of such notice if, in its reasonable judgment, giving such notice or any such delay would prejudice its ability to obtain satisfaction in full of the Secured Liabilities.
24.1 Confidentiality
24.1.1 No Disclosure Without Consent. Subject to Section 24.2 and Section 24.3, Confidential Information will not be disclosed by the Receiving Party to any third party without the prior consent of the Disclosing Party.
24.1.2 No limitations of obligations under Agreement or at Law. Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, nothing in this Section 24 will limit the confidentiality and
Information Classification: Limited Access
15
data-protection obligations of the Custodian and its Affiliates under this Agreement and Law applicable to the Custodian.
24.2 Use of Confidential Information and Data
24.2.1 Use of Confidential Information and Data generally. Subject to this Section 24.2 and Section 24.3, all Confidential Information, including Data, will be used by the Receiving Party for the purpose of providing or receiving services, as applicable, pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise discharging its obligations under this Agreement.
24.2.2 Use of Data for Indicators. The Custodian and its Affiliates may use Data to develop, publish or otherwise distribute to third parties certain investor behavior “indicators” or “indices” that represent broad trends in the flow of investment funds into various markets, sectors or investment instruments (collectively, the “Indicators”), but only so long as (i) the Data is combined or aggregated with (A) information relating to other customers of the Custodian and/or (B) information derived from other sources, in each case such that the Indicators do not allow for attribution to or identification of such Data with the Client, (ii) the Data represents less than a statistically meaningful portion of all of the data used to create the Indicators and (iii) the Custodian publishes or otherwise distributes to third parties only the Indicators and under no circumstance publishes, makes available, distributes or otherwise discloses any of the Data to any third party, whether aggregated, anonymized or otherwise, except as expressly permitted under this Agreement.
24.2.3 Economic benefit from Indicators. The Client acknowledges that the Custodian may seek and realize economic benefit from the publication or distribution of the Indicators.
24.3 Disclosure of Confidential Information and Data
24.3.1 Disclosure of Confidential Information to Representatives. The Receiving Party may disclose the Disclosing Party's Confidential Information without the Disclosing Party’s consent to its attorneys, accountants, auditors, consultants and other similar advisors that have a reasonable need to know such Confidential Information (“Representatives”), provided such Confidential Information is disclosed under obligations of confidentiality that prohibit the disclosure or use of such Confidential Information by the Representatives for any purpose other than the specific engagement with the Receiving Party for which the Representative has been retained and that are otherwise no less restrictive than the confidentiality obligations contained in this Agreement. The Parties acknowledge that use of Confidential Information by a Representative to represent its other clients in dealing with the Disclosing Party would constitute a breach of this Section 24.3. Where the Custodian is the Receiving Party, “Representatives” will include its Affiliates and Service Providers (as defined below).
24.3.2 Disclosure and Use of Confidential Information by Custodian. The Custodian may disclose and permit use (as applicable) of Confidential Information of the Client without the Client’s consent:
24.3.2.1 to its Affiliates and any of its third-party agents and service providers (“Service Providers”) in connection with the provision of services, the discharge of its obligations under this Agreement or the carrying out of any Proper Instruction, including in accordance with the standard practices or requirements of any Financial Market Utility or in connection with the settlement, holding or administration of Cash, Securities or other instruments;
Information Classification: Limited Access
16
24.3.2.2 to its Affiliates in connection with the management of the businesses of the Custodian and its Affiliates, including, but not limited to, financial and operational management and reporting, risk management, legal and regulatory compliance and client service management and marketing.
Where possible, such Confidential Information must be disclosed under obligations of confidentiality or in a manner consistent with industry practice.
24.3.3 Confidential Information and Cloud Computing and Storage. Each Party may store Confidential Information with third-party providers of information technology services, and permit access to Confidential Information by such providers as reasonably necessary for the receipt of cloud computing and storage services and related hardware and software maintenance and support. Such Confidential Information must be disclosed under obligations of confidentiality.
24.3.4 Disclosure of Confidential Information to comply with law. The Receiving Party may disclose the Disclosing Party's Confidential Information to the extent such disclosure is required to satisfy any legal requirement (including in response to court-issued orders, investigative demands, subpoenas or similar processes or to satisfy the requirements of any applicable regulatory authority).
24.3.5 Harm of Unauthorized Disclosure of Confidential Information. Each Party acknowledges that the disclosure to any non-authorized third party of Confidential Information or the use of Confidential Information in breach of this Agreement, may immediately give rise to continuing irreparable injury inadequately compensable in damages at law, and in such cases the Receiving Party agrees to waive any defense that an adequate remedy at law is available if the Disclosing Party seeks to obtain injunctive relief against any such breach or any threatened breach.
24.3.6 Responsibility for Representatives. Each Party will be responsible for any use or disclosure of Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party in breach of this Agreement by its Representatives as though such Party had used or disclosed such Confidential Information itself.
24.3.7 No Disclosure to Custodian Asset Manager Division. In no event will the Custodian allow representatives of its asset management division or Affiliates engaged in asset management to have access to or to use Confidential Information of the Client, including Data.
25.1 Term. This Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and will continue until terminated in accordance with this Section.
25.2 Termination Rights.
25.2.1 Prior Notice. The Parties agree that:
25.2.1.1 the Client may terminate this Agreement by giving not less than 30 days’ prior written notice to the Custodian; and
Information Classification: Limited Access
17
25.2.1.2 the Custodian may terminate this Agreement by giving not less than 270 days’ prior written notice to the Client.
25.2.2 Immediate Effect. A Party may terminate this Agreement with immediate effect at any time by written notice to the other Party, if:
25.2.2.1 an Insolvency Event occurs in relation to the other Party;
25.2.2.2 such other Party is the Client and fails to pay any undisputed Fees as and when due and has failed to cure such breach within 30 days of receipt of notice from the Custodian requesting it to do so; or
25.2.2.3 such other Party commits a material breach of an obligation under this Agreement and has failed to cure such breach within 30 days of receipt of notice requesting it to do so.
If the Custodian terminates this Agreement pursuant to sub-sections (a) or (b), the Custodian will continue to provide the Services for a period of up to 270 days subject to payment in full of any overdue undisputed Fees and prepayment of the Fees reasonably expected to be incurred during such 270-day period, or such other financial assurance reasonably acceptable to the Custodian.
25.3 Actions on Termination.
25.3.1 Successor Custodian. Upon termination of the Agreement, the Custodian will deliver the Portfolio to the successor custodian designated by the Client in Proper Instructions.
25.3.2 Remaining Portfolio. If any part of the Portfolio remains in the possession of the Custodian or its Subcustodians after the date of termination because the Client fails to designate a successor custodian or otherwise, the Custodian may continue to provide the Services to the Client in consideration of the Fees, as if the Agreement had not terminated. If no successor custodian has been appointed on or before the termination of this Agreement, then the Custodian will have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company, which is a “bank” as defined in the 1940 Act, doing business in Boston, Massachusetts, or New York, New York, of its own selection, all Cash and Securities of the Client then held by the Custodian, and to transfer to an account of the bank or trust company all of the Securities of the Client held in any CSD. The transfer will be on such terms as are contained in this Agreement or as the Custodian may otherwise reasonably negotiate with the bank or trust company. Any compensation payable to the bank or trust company, and any cost or expense incurred by the Custodian, in connection with the transfer will be for the account of the Client.
25.3.3 Payment of Fees. Upon termination of this Agreement, Fees will become due and payable for the period to the date of such termination, or, if later, to the date at which any part of the Portfolio held by the Custodian has been fully transferred to a successor custodian or to the Client, other than Fees subject to a bona fide good faith dispute.
26.1 Each Party. Each Party represents and warrants to the other that: (i) it has the power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and (ii) it has duly executed this Agreement by duly authorized persons so as to constitute valid and binding obligations of that Party.
Information Classification: Limited Access
18
26.2 Client. The Client further represents and warrants to the Custodian that: (i) it is the beneficial owner of the assets comprising the Portfolio or is entitled to deal with the assets comprising the Portfolio under this Agreement as if it were beneficial owner; and (ii) unless otherwise agreed, the Client acts as principal for the purposes of this Agreement and not as agent for another person.
26.3 Custodian. The Custodian further represents and warrants to the Client that: (i) it holds such authorisations and licences as are necessary to lawfully perform its obligations under this Agreement; and (ii) it will seek to maintain such authorisations and licenses for the term of this Agreement.
27.1 Records. The Custodian will retain the records it is required to maintain under this Agreement in accordance with the Law applicable to the Custodian.
27.2 Client and Regulator Access. The Custodian will allow the Client and the Client’s regulators or supervisory authorities to perform periodic on-site audits as may be reasonably required to examine the Custodian’s performance of the Services.
27.3 Frequency and Scope. For inspections requested by the Client (such request will include reasonable advance notice) and agreed to by the Custodian, the Custodian reserves the right to impose reasonable limitations on the number, frequency, timing, and scope of such audits.
27.4 Limitations on Disclosure. Nothing contained in this Section will obligate the Custodian to provide access to or otherwise disclose: (i) any information that is unrelated to the Client and the provision of the Services to the Client; (ii) any information that is treated as confidential under the Custodian’s corporate policies, including, without limitation, internal audit reports, compliance or risk management plans or reports, work papers and other reports, and information relating to management functions; or (iii) any other documents, reports, or information that the Custodian is obligated or entitled to maintain in confidence as a matter of law or regulation. In addition, any access provided to technology will be limited to a demonstration by the Custodian of the functionality thereof and a reasonable opportunity to communicate with the Custodian’s personnel regarding such technology.
28.1 Business Continuity Plans. The Custodian will at all times maintain a business contingency plan and a disaster recovery plan and will take commercially reasonable measures to maintain and periodically test such plans. The Custodian will implement such plans following the occurrence of an event which results in an interruption or suspension of the Services to be provided by the Custodian.
28.2 Internal Controls Review and Report. The Custodian will retain a firm of independent auditors to perform an annual review of certain internal controls and procedures employed by the Custodian in the provision of the Services and issue a standard System and Organization Controls 1 or equivalent report based on such review. The Custodian will provide a copy of the report to the Client upon request.
28.3 Information Security Systems and Controls. The Custodian will maintain commercially reasonable information security systems and controls, which include administrative, technical, and physical safeguards that are designed to: (i) maintain the security and confidentiality of the Client’s data; (ii) protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of the Client’s data, including appropriate measures designed to meet legal and regulatory requirements applying to the Custodian; and (iii) protect against unauthorized access to or use of the Client’s data.
Information Classification: Limited Access
19
28.4 Virus Detection. The Custodian will at all times employ a current version of one of the leading commercially available virus detection software programs to test the hardware and software applications used by it to deliver the Services for the presence of any computer code designed to disrupt, disable, harm, or otherwise impede operation.
29.1 Services Not Exclusive; Acting in Various Capacities. The Custodian, its Subcustodians and their Affiliates are part of groups of companies and businesses that, in the ordinary course of their business:
29.1.1 provide a wide range of financial services to many clients of different kinds;
29.1.2 engage in transactions for their own account (including acting as banker as outlined in Section 4.4 and acting as foreign exchange counterparty as outlined in Section 13) or for the account of other clients;
which may result in actual, perceived or potential conflicts between the interests of the Client and the interest of the Custodian, its Subcustodians and their Affiliates or between the interests of clients. The Custodian maintains a conflicts of interest policy, and has implemented procedures and arrangements to identify and manage conflicts of interest.
29.2 Disclosure of Conflicts. In connection with the matters outlined in Section 29.1.1, the Custodian, its Subcustodians and their Affiliates:
29.2.1 may do business with each client on different contractual or financial terms;
29.2.2 will seek to profit and is entitled to receive and retain profits and compensation in connection with such activities without any obligation to account to the Client for the same;
29.2.3 may act as principal in its own interests, or as agent for its other clients;
29.2.4 may act or refrain from acting based upon information derived from such activities that is not available to the Client;
29.2.5 are not under a duty to notify or disclose to the Client any information which comes to their notice as a result of such activities; and
29.2.6 do not have an obligation to consider, act in, or provide information to the Client in respect of, the interests of the Client in connection with such activities, except to the extent (if any) expressly agreed in writing with the Client under the contractual arrangements governing those activities.
The Custodian may (but is not required to) make any disclosure or notification in connection with such activities to the Client via publication on MyStateStreet.com or other notification mechanism.
29.3 Notice. Unless otherwise specified, all notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement (other than routine operational communications), will be in writing and will be taken to have been given:
29.3.1 when delivered by hand;
Information Classification: Limited Access
20
29.3.2 on the next Business Day after being sent by e-mail (unless the sender receives an automated message that the e-mail has not been delivered);
29.3.3 on the next Business Day after being sent by overnight courier service for next Business Day delivery; or
29.3.4 on the third Business Day after being sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested;
in each case to the applicable Party at the address or e-mail address specified on Schedule 2, or such other address or e-mail address as a Party may specify by written notice from time to time.
29.4 Waiver. No failure on the part of any Party to exercise, and no delay on its part in exercising, any right or remedy under this Agreement will operate as a waiver, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise of that right or remedy, or the exercise of any other right or remedy.
29.5 Sole Remedy. Subject to the right to seek relief under the specific circumstances expressly permitted in this Agreement, each of the Custodian and the Client agrees that, to the maximum extent permitted by law, a claim for breach of contract under and consistent with the terms of this Agreement will be the sole and exclusive remedy available for any and all matters arising from or in any way relating to this Agreement, the provision of the Services or any conduct (including omissions and alleged conduct) relating to the Agreement or provision of the Services, whether before, during or after the term of this Agreement. Accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted by law, each of the Custodian and the Client, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, waives any and all other rights and remedies that otherwise would be available to such party in law or equity.
29.6 Assignment and Successors. The terms of this Agreement are binding on the Parties’ representatives, successors and permitted assigns and this Agreement and any rights or obligations under this Agreement may not be assigned or transferred without the prior written consent of the other Party. However, in the event that either Party becomes the subject of an Insolvency Event, then such Party will have the right to assign or transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any entity to which the Party transfers its business and assets (including a bridge bank or similar entity) and the other Party irrevocably consents to such assignment or transfer.
29.7 Entire Agreement. This Agreement is the complete and exclusive agreement of the Parties regarding the Services and supersedes, as of the Effective Date, all prior oral or written agreements, arrangements or understandings between the parties relating to the Services.
29.8 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended by written agreement between the Parties. However, the Custodian may amend this Agreement by giving written notice to the Client of such proposed amendment and the Client will be taken to have consented to the amendment if the Client does not affirmatively object in writing within thirty (30) days.
29.9 Counterparts and Electronic Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which will be an original, but which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Counterparts may be executed in either original or electronically transmitted form (e.g., faxes or emailed portable document format (PDF) form), and the Parties adopt as original any signatures received in electronically transmitted form. This Agreement may be executed by electronic signature (whatever form the electronic signature takes) and the Parties agree that this method of
Information Classification: Limited Access
21
signature is as conclusive of the intention to be bound by this Agreement as if signed by the Parties’ manuscript signatures.
29.10 Severance. In the event that any part of this Agreement will be determined to be void or unenforceable for any reason, the rest of this Agreement will be unaffected (unless the essential purpose hereof is substantially frustrated by such determination) and will be enforceable in accordance with the rest of its terms as if the void or unenforceable part were not a part of this Agreement.
29.11 Survival. The provisions of Sections 10 (Tax Withholding and Tax Relief), 17 (Standard of Care and Liability), 20 (Indemnity), 21 (Obligations of the Client-Fees), 23 (Creditors Rights), 24 (Confidentiality and Use of Data) and 25.3 (Actions on Termination) are continuing obligations and will survive termination of this Agreement for any reason.
29.12 Governing Law and Jurisdiction. This Agreement is governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and any disputes which may arise out of, under or in connection with this Agreement will be determined by the exclusive jurisdiction of the Massachusetts courts.
29.13 Reserved.
29.14 Qualified Financial Contracts. In the event that the Client is domiciled and organized outside of the United States, such Client and the Custodian hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the QFC addendum attached hereto as Appendix B.
29.15 The Parties; Additional Clients1
29.15.1 All references in this Agreement to the “Client” are to each of the client entities listed on Appendix A, individually, as if this Agreement were between the relevant individual Client and the Custodian. Any reference in this Agreement to “the Parties” shall mean the Custodian and the individual Client as to which the matter relates.
29.15.2 If any entity in addition to those listed on Appendix A would like the Custodian to render Services under the terms of this Agreement, the entity may notify the Custodian in writing. If the Custodian agrees in writing to provide the services, Appendix A will be taken to be amended to include such entity as a Client and that entity (together with the Custodian) will be bound by all Sections of this Agreement] .
1 Drafting note; include bracketed words where there are multiple custodians in a multi -jurisdictional agreement.
Information Classification: Limited Access
22
Signed by the Parties:
APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC, acting through its trustee Joseph D. Glatt |
||
By: |
/s/ Joseph D. Glatt |
|
Name: |
Joseph D. Glatt |
|
Title: |
Chief Legal Officer |
|
Date: |
October 28, 2021 |
|
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY |
||
By: |
/s/ James F Smith |
|
Name: |
James F Smith |
|
Title: |
|
|
Date: |
|
|
Information Classification: Limited Access
23
Schedule 1
Definitions
In this Agreement:
“1940 Act” means the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.
“Affiliate” means, with respect to any person, any other person Controlling, Controlled by, or under common Control with, such person at the time in question. For these purposes. “Control” and its derivatives “Controlled” and “Controlling” mean, with regard to any person: (i) the legal or beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the issued share capital or capital stock of that person (or other ownership interest, if not a corporation); (ii) the ability to control, directly or indirectly, fifty per cent (50%) or more of the voting power in relation to that person; or (iii) the legal power to direct or cause the direction of the general management and policies of that person, provided that where Control is being determined with respect to a person that is a limited partnership, Control shall be determined by reference to the satisfaction of any of the above tests with respect to the general partner of the limited partnership
“Alternative Assets” means derivatives, real estate, commodities, private placements, loans, infrastructure holdings, private equity holdings, hedge fund holdings or such other assets (i) not typically held in book-entry form and (ii) not typically held in accounts registered in the name of the Custodian or a Subcustodian, in each case as determined by the Custodian.
“Authentication Procedures” means the use of security codes, passwords, tested communications or other authentication procedures as may be agreed upon in writing by Parties from time to time for purposes of enabling the Custodian to verify that purported Proper Instructions have been originated by an Authorized Person, and will include a Funds Transfer and Transaction Origination Policy Agreement.
“Authorized Data Sources” means third party sources of data and information utilized by the Custodian in the provision of the Services, including issuer and issuer group data; security characteristics and classifications; security prices (OTC and exchange traded); ratings (issuer and issue); exchange, interest, discount and coupon rates; corporate action, dividend, income and tax data; benchmark, index, composite and indice related data (including values, constituents, weights and performance); and other reference and market data and information necessary for the performance of the Services.
“Authorized Person” means a person authorized to give Proper Instructions and otherwise act on the Client’s behalf in connection with this Agreement.
“Business Day” means a day on which the Custodian or the relevant Subcustodian is open for business in the market or country in which a transaction or an action by a Party takes place.
“Board” means, in relation to a Client, the board of directors, trustees or other governing body of the Client.
“Cash” means cash in any currency from time to time deposited with the Custodian or Subcustodian under this Agreement.
“Cash Account” has the meaning given to it in Section 4.1.
“Client” means the party named in the preamble.
“Client Publications” means the general client publications of the Custodian from time to time available to clients and their investment managers, including the Investment Managers’ Guide, Client Guide, Guide to Custody in World Markets, and FX Client Guide.
“Collateral” has the meaning given to it in Section 23.1.
“Confidential Information” means all information provided by or on behalf of a party (the “Disclosing Party”) to the other party (the “Receiving Party”), or collected by a Receiving Party, under or pursuant to this Agreement that is marked "confidential", "restricted", "proprietary" or with a similar designation, or that the Receiving Party knows or reasonably should know is confidential, proprietary or a trade secret. The terms and conditions of this Agreement (including any related fee schedule or arrangement) and any Fees
Information Classification: Limited Access
Information Classification: Limited Access
24
will be treated as Confidential Information as to which each Party is a Disclosing Party. Confidential Information will not include information that: (i) is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available, other than through a breach of this Agreement: (ii) was known to the Receiving Party (without an obligation of confidentiality) prior to its disclosure; (iii) is independently developed by the Receiving Party without the use of other Confidential Information; (iv) is rightfully obtained on a non-confidential basis from a third party source.
“Contractual Settlement” has the meaning given to it in Section 5.2.
“Corporate Actions” means warrant and option exercises, conversions, exchanges and other capital reorganizations, calls, odd lot tenders/credits, bonus rights, subscription offers/rights, puts, maturities of securities, redemptions, mergers, tender or exchange offers, and rights exercises and expirations. Corporate Actions do not include class actions.
“Corporate Actions Deadline Date” has the meaning given to it in Section 6.2.
“Covered Foreign Country” means a country listed on Schedule A, which list of countries may be amended from time to time at the request of any Client and with the agreement of the Foreign Custody Manager.
“CSD” or “Central Securities Depository” means an entity or generally recognised book-entry or other settlement system or clearing house, central clearing counterparty or agency, acting as a local securities depository, central securities depository or international securities depository, the use of which is customary for securities settlement activities in the jurisdiction(s) in which it holds Securities or Cash in connection with this Agreement, and through which the Custodian may transfer, settle, clear, deposit or maintain Securities whether in certificated or uncertificated form and will include any services provided by any network service provider or carriers or settlement banks used by a CSD.
“Data” means any Confidential Information of the Client relating to its holdings, transactions or other information that the Custodian obtains with respect to the Client in connection with the provision of the Services under this Agreement or any other agreement.
“Delegate” means any agent, subcontractor, consultant and other third party, whether affiliated or unaffiliated with the Custodian. The term Delegate does not include Subcustodians, CSDs, Authorized Data Sources, suppliers of information technology or related services, or Financial Market Utilities.
“Effective Date” has the meaning given to it in the preamble.
“Eligible Foreign Custodian” has the meaning set out in Section (a)(1) of Rule 17f-5.
“Eligible Securities Depository” has the meaning set out in section (b)(1) of Rule 17f-7.
“Fees” means the fees charged by the Custodian in consideration for providing the Services and the costs, expenses and disbursements of the Custodian to be reimbursed by the Client, as agreed between the parties from time to time in a separate written fee schedule, or as otherwise agreed in writing.
“Financial Market Utility” means any multilateral system for transferring, clearing, and settling payments, securities, and other financial transactions among or between financial institutions, including payment systems, central securities depositories, securities settlement systems, central counterparties and trade repositories.
“Force Majeure Event” means any event or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Custodian, including nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, suspension or disruption of the normal procedures and practices, or disruption of the infrastructure, of any securities market or CSD, interruptions in telecommunications or utilities, acts of war or terrorism, riots, revolution, acts of God or other similar events or acts.
“Foreign Assets” means a Client’s Securities or other investments (including non-U.S. Cash) for which the primary market is outside the United States, and any cash and cash equivalents that are reasonably necessary to effect transactions in those investments.
Information Classification: Limited Access
Information Classification: Limited Access
25
“Foreign Custody Manager” has the meaning set forth in section (a)(3) of Rule 17f-5.
“Foreign Securities System” means an Eligible Securities Depository listed on Schedule B.
“Indemnified Claim”, “Indemnified Party” and “Indemnifying Party” each have the meaning given to them in Section 20.4.
“Insolvency Event” means the occurrence of any of the following events in relation to any person: (i) the person generally does not pay its debts as such debts become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (ii) any proceeding is instituted by or against such person seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property and, where any such proceeding is instituted against (but not by) such person, such person does not promptly seek dismissal of such proceeding or its motion or request to dismiss such proceeding is denied (whether or not on an initial, interim or final basis); or (iii) such person proposes or takes any corporate action to authorize any of the preceding actions or anything analogous to the foregoing events occurs in relation to such person under the laws of any jurisdiction.
“Investment Document” means any agreement, subscription, assignment or other document evidencing in physical form an investment of the Client, or providing for the ownership by the Client, in each case that is acceptable to the Custodian. For the avoidance of doubt, it does not include any Security, instrument, certificate, title, agreement or other document that is accompanied by a stock power or instrument of assignment, endorsed to the Custodian or in blank.
“Investment Manager” means each person specified as such by the Client, including its agents and delegates.
“Law” means any statute, ordinance, order, judgment, decree, subordinate legislation, rule or regulation promulgated by any regulatory, administrative or judicial authority or otherwise in force in any jurisdiction, applicable to a Party, that relates to the performance by such Party of the Services or obligations under this Agreement.
“Local Market Practice” means the customary or established practices, procedures and terms in the jurisdiction or market where a transaction occurs, including the rules and procedures of any exchange or over the counter market and any practical constraints that exist with respect to the exercise of shareholder rights, realisation of entitlements or the sale, exchange, purchase, transfer or delivery of Cash or Securities.
“Losses” means all direct losses, damages, claims, costs, expenses or other liabilities (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and other litigation expenses).
“Market Participant” means any issuer, intermediary, exchange, transaction counterparty or other market participant.
“Off Book Cash” has the meaning given to it in Section 4.2.
“On Book Cash” has the meaning given to it in Section 4.2.
“Parties” means the parties set out at the beginning of this Agreement.
“Portfolio” means the Securities and Cash delivered to and held by the Custodian which comprise the assets of the Client over which the Custodian provides the Services pursuant to this Agreement.
“Proper Instructions” means instructions (which may be standing instructions and which includes any security trade advice) received by the Custodian through an agreed Authentication Procedure in any of the following forms:
Information Classification: Limited Access
Information Classification: Limited Access
26
“Rule 17f-4, Rule 17f-5, and Rule17f-7” means Rule 17f-4, Rule 17f-5 and Rule 17f-7 promulgated under the 1940 Act.
“Schedule” or “Schedules” are all of the schedules referenced herein and attached to this Agreement.
“Secured Liabilities” means all liabilities or obligations owed by the Client to the Custodian or its Affiliates relating to this Agreement, including: (a) the obligations of the Client to the Custodian or its Affiliates in relation to any advance of cash or securities or any other extension of credit for any purpose; (b) the obligations of the Client to compensate the Custodian for the provision of the Services; and (c) the indemnity obligations of the Client to the Custodian under Section 20.
“Securities” means securities and such other similar assets as the Custodian may from time to time accept into custody under this Agreement.
“Securities Account” has the meaning given to it in Section 3.2.
“Services” means the services to be provided by the Custodian to the Client in accordance with this Agreement.
“Special Subcustodian” has the meaning given to it in Section 14.3.
“Subcustodian” means any qualified bank, credit institution, trust company or other entity appointed by the Custodian to perform safekeeping, processing and other elements of the Services, including Affiliates or non-Affiliates of the Custodian.
“Third Party Agent” means any provider of services to the Client (other than the Custodian, a Subcustodian or Delegate under this Agreement) including any Investment Manager, adviser or sub-advisor, distributor, broker, dealer, transfer agent, administrator, accounting agent, audit firm, tax firm, or law firm.
“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, as in effect from time to time.
“U.S.” shall mean the United States of America.
“U.S. CSD” means a CSD authorized by the U.S. Department of the Treasury or a “clearing corporation” as defined in Section 8-102 of the UCC.
Interpretation: Capitalised terms used in this Agreement have the meanings given to them in this Schedule 1 unless otherwise defined. In this Agreement references to “persons” will include legal as well as natural persons or entities, references importing the singular will include the plural (and vice versa), use of the masculine pronoun will include the feminine, use of the terms “include”, “includes” or “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” and any specific examples given following the use of such terms shall be illustrative and in no way limit the general meaning of the words preceding them and numbered schedules, exhibits or Sections will (unless the contrary intention appears) be construed as references to such schedules and exhibits hereto and Sections herein bearing those numbers and any sub-sections thereof. The schedules and exhibits hereto are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
Information Classification: Limited Access
Information Classification: Limited Access
27
Schedule 2
Notices
(Section 29)
CUSTODIAN: |
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY] |
|
|
Attention: |
Fred Willshire |
|
|
CC: |
Legal Department |
|
|
Address: |
100 Summer Street, Floor 5 Boston, MA 02110 |
|
|
Telephone No: |
(617) 662-7245 |
|
|
|
|
CLIENT: |
APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC c/o APOLLO CREDIT MANAGEMENT, LLC |
|
|
Attention: |
Amit Joshi |
|
|
Address: |
3 Bryant Park New York, NY 10036 |
|
|
Telephone No: |
(917) 286-5698 |
Information Classification: Limited Access
Information Classification: Limited Access
28
Appendix A
List of Client Entities
Fund Name |
|
Jurisdiction of Formation |
|
|
|
Apollo Debt Solutions BDC |
|
Delaware |
Information Classification: Limited Access
Information Classification: Limited Access
29
Appendix B
QFC Addendum
Opt-In to U.S. Special Resolution Regime. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other agreement, the parties hereto expressly acknowledge and agree that:
(a) In the event the Custodian becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer or assignment of this Agreement (and any interest and obligation in or under, and any property securing, this Agreement) by the Custodian will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement (and any interest and obligation in or under, and any property securing, this Agreement) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States; and
(b) In the event the Custodian becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights with respect to this Agreement that may be exercised against the Custodian are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than the Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement (and any interest and obligation in or under, and any property securing, this Agreement) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.
Adherence to the ISDA Protocol. At such times as the parties to this Agreement have adhered to the ISDA Protocol and this Agreement is or is deemed modified or amended by the ISDA Protocol, the terms of the ISDA Protocol will supersede the terms of this QFC Addendum as included as part of this Agreement, and in the event of any inconsistency between this QFC Addendum and the ISDA Protocol, the ISDA Protocol will prevail.
Definitions. As used in this QFC Addendum:
“Affiliate” has the meaning given in section 2(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. §1841(k)) and section 225.2(a) of the Federal Reserve Board's Regulation Y (12 CFR § 225.2(a)).
“Default Right” means any:
(i) right of a party, whether contractual or otherwise (including, without limitation, rights incorporated by reference to any other contract, agreement, or document, and rights afforded by statute, civil code, regulation, and common law), to liquidate, terminate, cancel, rescind, or accelerate such agreement or transactions thereunder, set off or net amounts owing in respect thereto (except rights related to same-day payment netting), exercise remedies in respect of collateral or other credit support or property related thereto (including the purchase and sale of property), demand payment or delivery thereunder or in respect thereof (other than a right or operation of a contractual provision arising solely from a change in the value of collateral or margin or a change in the amount of an economic exposure), suspend, delay, or defer payment or performance thereunder, or modify the obligations of a party thereunder, or any similar rights; and
(ii) right or contractual provision that alters the amount of collateral or margin that must be provided with respect to an exposure thereunder, including by altering any initial amount, threshold amount, variation margin, minimum transfer amount, the margin value of collateral, or any similar amount, that entitles a party to demand the return of any collateral or margin transferred by it to the other party or a custodian or that modifies a transferee's right to reuse collateral or margin (if such right previously existed), or any similar rights, in each case, other than a right or operation of a contractual provision arising solely from a change in the value of collateral or margin or a change in the amount of an economic exposure.
“ISDA” refers to the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.
Information Classification: Limited Access
Information Classification: Limited Access
30
“ISDA Protocol” means the ISDA 2018 U.S. Resolution Stay Protocol as published by ISDA as of July 31, 2018.
“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. §1811–1835a) and regulations promulgated thereunder and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (12 U.S.C. § 5381–5394) and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Information Classification: Limited Access
Information Classification: Limited Access
31
Exhibit 10.6
ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) made as of July 22, 2021 by and between Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, a Delaware statutory trust (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), and Apollo Credit Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (hereinafter referred to as the “Administrator”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Company is a newly organized closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (hereinafter referred to as the “Investment Company Act”);
WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain the Administrator to provide administrative services to the Company in the manner and on the terms hereinafter set forth;
WHEREAS, the Company’s investment adviser, Apollo Credit Management, LLC (the “Adviser”), is the Administrator’s sole member; and
WHEREAS, the Administrator is willing to provide administrative services to the Company on the terms and conditions hereafter set forth.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Administrator hereby agree as follows:
1. Duties of the Administrator
(a) Employment of Administrator. The Company hereby employs the Administrator to act as administrator of the Company, and to furnish, or arrange for others to furnish, the administrative services, personnel and facilities described below, subject to review by and the overall control of the Board of Trustees of the Company (the “Board”), for the period and on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The Administrator hereby accepts such employment and agrees during such period to render, or arrange for the rendering of, such services and to assume the obligations herein set forth subject to the reimbursement of costs and expenses provided for below. The Administrator and such others shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be independent contractors and shall, unless otherwise expressly provided or authorized herein, have no authority to act for or represent the Company in any way or otherwise be deemed agents of the Company.
(b) Services. The Administrator shall perform (or oversee, or arrange for, the performance of) the administrative services necessary for the operation of the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator shall
provide the Company with office facilities, equipment, clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services at such facilities and such other services as the Administrator, subject to review by the Board of Trustees of the Company, shall from time to time determine to be necessary or useful to perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Administrator shall also, on behalf of the Company, conduct relations with custodians, depositories, transfer agents, dividend disbursing agents, other shareholder servicing agents, accountants, attorneys, underwriters, brokers and dealers, corporate fiduciaries, insurers, banks and such other persons in any such other capacity deemed to be necessary or desirable. The Administrator shall make reports to the Trustees of its performance of obligations hereunder and furnish advice and recommendations with respect to such other aspects of the business and affairs of the Company as it shall determine to be desirable; provided that nothing herein shall be construed to require the Administrator to, and the Administrator shall not, provide any advice or recommendation relating to the securities and other assets that the Company should purchase, retain or sell or any other investment advisory services to the Company. The Administrator shall be responsible for the financial and other records that the Company is required to maintain and shall prepare reports to shareholders, and reports and other materials filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The Administrator will assist the Adviser in providing on the Company’s behalf significant managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which the Company is required to provide such assistance. In addition, the Administrator will assist the Company in determining and publishing the Company’s net asset value, overseeing the preparation and filing of the Company’s tax returns, and the printing and dissemination of reports to shareholders of the Company, and generally overseeing the payment of the Company’s expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to the Company by others. For the avoidance of any doubt, the parties agree that the Administrator is authorized to enter into sub-administration agreements as the Administrator determines necessary in order to carry out the services set forth in this paragraph, subject to the prior approval of the Company.
2. Records
The Administrator agrees to maintain and keep all books, accounts and other records of the Company that relate to activities performed by the Administrator hereunder and, if required by the Investment Company Act, will maintain and keep such books, accounts and records in accordance with that Act. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the Investment Company Act, the Administrator agrees that all records which it maintains for the Company shall at all times remain the property of the Company, shall be readily accessible during normal business hours, and shall be promptly surrendered upon the termination of the Agreement or otherwise on written request. The Administrator further agrees that all records which it maintains for the Company pursuant to Rule 31a-1 under the Investment Company Act will be preserved for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the Investment Company Act unless any such records are earlier surrendered as provided above. Records shall be surrendered in usable machine-readable form. The Administrator shall have the right to retain copies of such records subject to observance of its confidentiality obligations under this Agreement.
3. Confidentiality
The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially the terms and conditions of this Agreement and all information provided by each party to the other regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto, including nonpublic personal information pursuant to Regulation S-P of the SEC, shall be used by any other party hereto solely for the purpose of rendering services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as may be required in carrying out this Agreement, shall not be disclosed to any third party, without the prior consent of such providing party. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available other than through a breach of this Agreement, or that is required to be disclosed by any regulatory authority, any authority or legal counsel of the parties hereto, by judicial or administrative process or otherwise by applicable law or regulation.
4. Compensation; Allocation of Costs and Expenses
In full consideration of the provision of the services of the Administrator, the Company shall reimburse the Administrator for the costs and expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations including the Company’s allocable portion of the costs and expenses of providing personnel and facilities hereunder except as otherwise provided herein and in that certain Investment Advisory Agreement, by and between the Company and the Adviser, as amended from time to time (the “Advisory Agreement”) except as specifically provided herein or otherwise in the Advisory Agreement, the Company anticipates that all investment professionals and staff of the Adviser, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory services to the Company, and the base compensation, bonus and benefits, and the routine overhead expenses, of such personnel allocable to such services, will be provided and paid for by the Adviser. The Company will bear all other costs and expenses of the Company’s operations, administration and transactions, including, but not limited to:
(i) organization and offering expenses associated with this offering (including legal, accounting, printing, mailing, subscription processing and filing fees and expenses and other offering expenses, including costs associated with technology
integration between the Company’s systems and those of the Company’s participating intermediaries, reasonable bona fide due diligence expenses of participating intermediaries supported by detailed and itemized invoices, costs in connection with preparing sales materials and other marketing expenses, design and website expenses, fees and expenses of the Company’s escrow agent and transfer agent, fees to attend retail seminars sponsored by participating intermediaries and costs, expenses and reimbursements for travel, meals, accommodations, entertainment and other similar expenses related to meetings or events with prospective investors, intermediaries, registered investment advisors or financial or other advisors, but excluding the shareholder servicing fee);
(ii) all taxes, fees, costs, and expenses, retainers and/or other payments of accountants, legal counsel, advisors (including tax advisors), administrators and sub-administrators, auditors (including with respect to any additional auditing required under The Directive 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on Alternative Investment Company Managers and any applicable legislation implemented by an EEA Member state in connection with such Directive (the “AIFMD”), investment bankers, administrative agents, paying agents, depositaries, custodians, trustees, sub-custodians, consultants (including individuals consulted through expert network consulting firms), engineers, senior advisors, industry experts, operating partners, deal sourcers (including personnel dedicated to but not employed by the Administrator, its affiliates in Apollo and other professionals (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the costs and charges allocable with respect to the provision of internal legal, tax, accounting, technology or other services and professionals related thereto (including secondees and temporary personnel or consultants that may be engaged on short- or long-term arrangements) as deemed appropriate by the Administrator, with the oversight of the Board, where such internal personnel perform services that would be paid by the Company if outside service providers provided the same services); fees, costs, and expenses herein include (x) costs, expenses and fees for hours spent by its in-house attorneys and tax advisors that provide transactional legal advice and/or services to the Company or its portfolio companies on matters related to potential or actual investments and transactions and the ongoing operations of the Company and (y) expenses and fees to provide administrative and accounting services to the Company or its portfolio companies, and expenses, charges and/or related costs incurred directly by the Company or affiliates in connection such services (including overhead related thereto), in each case, (I) that are specifically charged or specifically allocated or attributed by the Administrator, with the oversight of the Board, to the Company or its portfolio companies and (II) provided that any such amounts shall not be greater than what would be paid to an unaffiliated third party for substantially similar advice and/or services);
(iii) the cost of calculating the Company’s net asset value, including the cost of any third-party valuation services;
(iv) the cost of effecting any sales and repurchases of the Company’s common shares of beneficial interest and other securities;
(v) fees and expenses payable under any intermediary manager and selected intermediary agreements, if any;
(vi) interest and fees and expenses arising out of all borrowings, guarantees and other financings or derivative transactions (including interest, fees and related legal expenses) made or entered into by the Company, including, but not limited to, the arranging thereof and related legal expenses;
(vii) all fees, costs and expenses of any loan servicers and other service providers and of any custodians, lenders, investment banks and other financing sources;
(viii) costs incurred in connection with the formation or maintenance of entities or vehicles to hold the Company’s assets for tax or other purposes;
(ix) costs of derivatives and hedging;
(x) expenses, including travel, entertainment, lodging and meal expenses, incurred by the Adviser, or members of its investment team, or payable to third parties, in evaluating, developing, negotiating, structuring and performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies, including such expenses related to potential investments that were not consummated, and, if necessary, enforcing the Company’s rights;
(xi) expenses (including the allocable portions of compensation and out-of-pocket expenses such as travel expenses) or an appropriate portion thereof of employees of the Adviser to the extent such expenses relate to attendance at meetings of the Board or any committees thereof;
(xii) all fees, costs and expenses, if any, incurred by or on behalf of the Company in developing, negotiating and structuring prospective or potential investments that are not ultimately made, including, without limitation any legal, tax, administrative, accounting, travel, meals, accommodations and entertainment, advisory, consulting and printing expenses, reverse termination fees and any liquidated damages, commitment fees that become payable in connection with any proposed investment that is not ultimately made, forfeited deposits or similar payments;
(xiii) the allocated costs incurred by the Adviser and the Administrator in providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that request it;
(xiv) all brokerage costs, hedging costs, prime brokerage fees, custodial expenses, agent bank and other bank service fees; private placement fees, commissions, appraisal fees, commitment fees and underwriting costs; costs and expenses of any lenders, investment banks and other financing sources, and other investment costs, fees and expenses actually incurred in connection with evaluating, making, holding, settling, clearing, monitoring or disposing of actual investments (including, without limitation, travel, meals, accommodations and entertainment expenses and any expenses related to attending trade association and/or industry meetings, conferences or similar meetings, any costs or expenses relating to currency conversion in the case of
investments denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars) and expenses arising out of trade settlements (including any delayed compensation expenses);
(xv) investment costs, including all fees, costs and expenses incurred in sourcing, evaluating, developing, negotiating, structuring, trading (including trading errors), settling, monitoring and holding prospective or actual investments or investment strategies including, without limitation, any financing, legal, filing, auditing, tax, accounting, compliance, loan administration, travel, meals, accommodations and entertainment, advisory, consulting, engineering, data-related and other professional fees, costs and expenses in connection therewith (to the extent the Adviser is not reimbursed by a prospective or actual issuer of the applicable investment or other third parties or capitalized as part of the acquisition price of the transaction) and any fees, costs and expenses related to the organization or maintenance of any vehicle through which the Company directly or indirectly participates in the acquisition, holding and/or disposition of investments or which otherwise facilitate the Company’s investment activities, including without limitation any travel and accommodations expenses related to such vehicle and the salary and benefits of any personnel (including personnel of Adviser or its affiliates) reasonably necessary and/or advisable for the maintenance and operation of such vehicle, or other overhead expenses (including any fees, costs and expenses associated with the leasing of office space (which may be made with one or more affiliates of Apollo as lessor in connection therewith));
(xvi) transfer agent, dividend agent and custodial fees;
(xvii) fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts;
(xviii) federal and state registration fees, franchise fees, any stock exchange listing fees and fees payable to rating agencies;
(xix) independent trustees’ fees and expenses including reasonable travel, entertainment, lodging and meal expenses, and any legal counsel or other advisors retained by, or at the discretion or for the benefit of, the independent trustees;
(xx) costs of preparing financial statements and maintaining books and records, costs of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 compliance and attestation and costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents with the SEC, Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and other regulatory bodies and other reporting and compliance costs, including registration and exchange listing and the costs associated with reporting and compliance obligations under the Investment Company Act and any other applicable federal and state securities laws, and the compensation of professionals responsible for the foregoing;
(xxi) all fees, costs and expenses associated with the preparation and issuance of the Company’s periodic reports and related statements (e.g., financial statements and tax returns) and other internal and third-party printing (including a flat service fee), publishing (including time spent performing such printing and publishing services) and reporting-related expenses
(including other notices and communications) in respect of the Company and its activities (including internal expenses, charges and/or related costs incurred, charged or specifically attributed or allocated by the Company or the Adviser or its affiliates in connection with such provision of services thereby);
(xxii) the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to shareholders (including printing and mailing costs) and the costs of any shareholder or Trustee meetings;
(xxiii) proxy voting expenses;
(xxiv) costs associated with an exchange listing;
(xxv) costs of registration rights granted to certain investors;
(xxvi) any taxes and/or tax-related interest, fees or other governmental charges (including any penalties incurred where the Adviser lacks sufficient information from third parties to file a timely and complete tax return) levied against the Company and all expenses incurred in connection with any tax audit, investigation, litigation, settlement or review of the Company and the amount of any judgments, fines, remediation or settlements paid in connection therewith;
(xxvii) all fees, costs and expenses of any litigation, arbitration or audit involving the Company any vehicle or its portfolio companies and the amount of any judgments, assessments fines, remediations or settlements paid in connection therewith, trustees and officers, liability or other insurance (including costs of title insurance) and indemnification (including advancement of any fees, costs or expenses to persons entitled to indemnification) or extraordinary expense or liability relating to the affairs of the Company;
(xxviii) all fees, costs and expenses associated with the Company’s information, obtaining and maintaining technology (including the costs of any professional service providers), hardware/software, data-related communication, market data and research (including news and quotation equipment and services and including costs allocated by the Adviser’s or its affiliates’ internal and third-party research group (which are generally based on time spent, assets under management, usage rates, proportionate holdings or a combination thereof or other reasonable methods determined by the Administrator) and expenses and fees (including compensation costs) charged or specifically attributed or allocated by Adviser and/or its affiliates for data-related services provided to the Company and/or its portfolio companies (including in connection with prospective investments), each including expenses, charges, fees and/or related costs of an internal nature; provided, that any such expenses, charges or related costs shall not be greater than what would be paid to an unaffiliated third party for substantially similar services) reporting costs (which includes notices and other communications and internally allocated charges), and dues and expenses incurred in connection with membership in industry or trade organizations;
(xxix) the costs of specialty and custom software for monitoring risk, compliance and the overall portfolio, including any development costs incurred prior to the filing of the Company’s election to be treated as a business development company (“BDC”);
(xxx) costs associated with individual or group shareholders;
(xxxi) fidelity bond, trustees and officers errors and omissions liability insurance and other insurance premiums;
(xxxii) direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying and secretarial and other staff;
(xxxiii) all fees, costs and expenses of winding up and liquidating the Company’s assets;
(xxxiv) extraordinary expenses (such as litigation or indemnification);
(xxxv) all fees, costs and expenses related to compliance-related matters (such as developing and implementing specific policies and procedures in order to comply with certain regulatory requirements) and regulatory filings; notices or disclosures related to the Company’s activities (including, without limitation, expenses relating to the preparation and filing of filings required under the Securities Act, TIC Form SLT filings, Internal Revenue Service filings under FATCA and FBAR reporting requirements applicable to the Company or reports to be filed with the CFTC, reports, disclosures, filings and notifications prepared in connection with the laws and/or regulations of jurisdictions in which the Company engages in activities, including any notices, reports and/or filings required under the AIFMD, European Securities and Markets Authority and any related regulations, and other regulatory filings, notices or disclosures of the Adviser relating to the Company and its affiliates relating to the Company, and their activities) and/or other regulatory filings, notices or disclosures of the Adviser and its affiliates relating to the Company including those pursuant to applicable disclosure laws and expenses relating to FOIA requests, but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any expenses incurred for general compliance and regulatory matters that are not related to the Company and its activities;
(xxxvi) costs and expenses (including travel) in connection with the diligence and oversight of the Company’s service providers;
(xxxvii) costs and expenses, including travel, meals, accommodations, entertainment and other similar expenses, incurred by the Adviser or its affiliates for meetings with existing investors and any intermediaries, registered investment advisors, financial and other advisors representing such existing investors; and
(xxxviii) all other expenses incurred by the Administrator in connection with administering the Company’s business.
From time to time, the Adviser, the Administrator or their affiliates may pay third-party providers of goods or services. The Company will reimburse the Adviser, the Administrator or such affiliates thereof for any such amounts paid on the Company’s behalf. From time to time, the Adviser or the Administrator may defer or waive fees and/or rights to be reimbursed for expenses.
All of the foregoing expenses will ultimately be borne by the Company’s shareholders.
Costs and expenses of the Administrator and the Adviser that are eligible for reimbursement by the Company will be reasonably allocated to the Company on the basis of time spent, assets under management, usage rates, proportionate holdings, a combination thereof or other reasonable methods determined by the Administrator.
5. Limitation of Liability of the Administrator; Indemnification
The Administrator (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members, and any other person or entity affiliated with the Administrator, including without limitation its sole member, the Adviser) shall not be liable to the Company for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Administrator in connection with the performance of any of its duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Company, and the Company shall indemnify, defend and protect the Administrator (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members, and any other person or entity affiliated with the Administrator, including without limitation the Adviser, each of whom shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof) (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) and hold them harmless from and against all damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) incurred by the Indemnified Parties in or by reason of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit, investigation or other proceeding (including an action or suit by or in the right of the Company or its security holders) arising out of or otherwise based upon the performance of any of the Administrator’s duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Company. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence of this Paragraph 5 to the contrary, nothing contained herein shall protect or be deemed to protect the Indemnified Parties against or entitle or be deemed to entitle the Indemnified Parties to indemnification in respect of, any liability to the Company or its security holders to which the Indemnified Parties would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of the Administrator’s duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of the Administrator’s duties and obligations under this Agreement (to the extent applicable, as the same shall be determined in accordance with the Investment Company Act and any interpretations or guidance by the SEC or its staff thereunder).
6. Activities of the Administrator
The services of the Administrator to the Company are not to be deemed to be exclusive, and the Administrator and each affiliate is free to render services to others. It is understood that trustees, officers, employees and shareholders of the Company
are or may become interested in the Administrator and its affiliates, as directors, officers, members, managers, employees, partners, shareholders or otherwise, and that the Administrator and directors, officers, members, managers, employees, partners and shareholders of the Administrator and its affiliates are or may become similarly interested in the Company as shareholders or otherwise.
7. Duration and Termination of this Agreement
This Agreement will become effective as of [ ], 2021. This Agreement shall remain in force with respect to the Company for two years from the date of effectiveness, and thereafter continue from year to year, but only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the Board of Trustees of the Company and (ii) a majority of those Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of any such party.
This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of the Trustees of the Company, or by the Administrator, upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party. This Agreement may not be assigned by a party without the consent of the other party.
8. Amendments of this Agreement
This Agreement may be amended pursuant to a written instrument by mutual consent of the parties.
9. Governing Law
This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with laws of the State of New York and the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act, if any. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of New York, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act, if any, the latter shall control.
10. Entire Agreement
This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supercedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements with respect to the subject matter hereof.
11. Notices
Any notice under this Agreement shall be given in writing, addressed and delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, to the other party at its principal office.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.
APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
By: /s/ Joseph D. Glatt
Name: Joseph D. Glatt
Title: Trustee
APOLLO CREDIT MANAGEMENT, LLC
By: /s/ Joseph D. Glatt
Name: Joseph D. Glatt
Title: Vice President
Exhibit 10.7
FORM OF ESCROW AGREEMENT
THIS ESCROW AGREEMENT (this “Escrow Agreement”), dated as of October 14, 2021, is entered into by and among Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Fund”), Apollo Global Securities, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as intermediary manager for the Fund (the “Intermediary Manager”), and UMB Bank, N.A., as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”).
WHEREAS, the Fund is registering for sale in a public offering (the “Offering”) a maximum of $5,000,000,000 in shares of its shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share, consisting of Class D common shares, Class I common shares and Class S common shares (collectively, the “Shares”), pursuant to the Fund’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-258155), as amended from time to time;
WHEREAS, the Intermediary Manager has been engaged by the Fund to offer and sell the Shares on a best-efforts basis in the Offering through a network of participating brokers (the “Brokers”);
WHEREAS, the Fund and the Intermediary Manager desire to establish an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) as further described herein and to deposit funds contributed by subscribers subscribing to purchase Shares (“Subscribers”) with the Escrow Agent in the Escrow Account, to be held for the benefit of the Subscribers and the Fund until such time as subscriptions for the Minimum Amount (as defined below) has been deposited into the Escrow Account in accordance with the terms of this Escrow Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Fund hereby directs the Escrow Agent to engage DST Systems, Inc. (the “Processing Agent”) to receive, examine for “good order” and facilitate subscriptions into the Escrow Account as further described herein and to act as record keeper, maintaining on behalf of the Escrow Agent the ownership records for the Escrow Account; and
WHEREAS, the Escrow Agent is willing to accept appointment as escrow agent upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth above and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
2
The Fund, Processing Agent or the Intermediary Manager shall furnish to the Escrow Agent with each delivery of an Instrument of Payment, a list of the Subscribers who have paid for the Shares showing the name, address, tax identification number, amount and class of Shares subscribed for and the amount paid and deposited with the Escrow Agent. This information comprising the identity of Subscribers shall be provided to the Escrow Agent in the format set forth on Exhibit A to this Escrow Agreement (the “List of Subscribers”). All Subscriber Funds so deposited shall not be subject to any liens or charges by the Fund, the Intermediary Manager or the Escrow Agent, or judgments or creditors’ claims against the Fund, until released to the Fund as hereinafter provided. The Fund understands and agrees that the Fund shall not be entitled to any Subscriber Funds on deposit in the Escrow Account and no such funds shall become the property of the Fund except when released to the Fund pursuant to this Escrow Agreement. Subject to Section 6(g), the Fund, the Intermediary Manager and the Escrow Agent will treat all Subscriber information as confidential. The Escrow Agent shall not be required to accept any funds from Subscribers that are not accompanied by the information on the List of Subscribers.
3
In the event the Escrow Agent receives written notice from the Fund or the Intermediary Manager that the Fund or Intermediary Manager has rejected a Subscriber’s subscription, the Escrow Agent shall pay directly to the applicable Subscriber, within ten (10) business days after receiving notice of the rejection, by first class United States Mail at the address appearing on the List of Subscribers, or at such other address or wire instructions as are furnished to the Escrow Agent by the Subscriber in writing, all collected sums paid by the Subscriber for Shares and received by the Escrow Agent.
Unless otherwise provided in this Escrow Agreement, final termination of this Escrow Agreement shall occur on the earliest of the date that (a) all funds held in the Escrow Account are distributed either to the Fund or to Subscribers and the Fund has informed the Escrow Agent in writing to close the Escrow Account, (b) all funds held in the Escrow Account are distributed to a successor escrow agent upon written instructions from the Fund or (c) the Escrow Agent receives written notice from the Fund or the Intermediary Manager that the Fund terminated the Offering and any funds held in the Escrow Account are distributed in accordance with this Escrow Agreement. After the termination of this Escrow Agreement, the Fund and the Intermediary Manager shall not deposit, and the Escrow Agent shall not accept, any additional amounts representing payments by prospective Subscribers.
4
5
The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to compensation for its services as stated in the fee schedule attached hereto as Exhibit C, which compensation shall be paid by the Fund or any of its affiliates. The fee agreed upon for the services rendered hereunder is intended as full compensation for the Escrow Agent’s services as contemplated by this Escrow Agreement; provided, however, that in the event that the conditions for the disbursement of funds under this Escrow Agreement are not fulfilled, or the Escrow Agent renders any material service not contemplated in this Escrow Agreement with the Fund’s or the Intermediary Manager’s consent or as required by law, or there is any assignment of interest in the subject matter of this Escrow Agreement, or any material modification hereof with the Fund’s consent, or if any material controversy arises hereunder, or the Escrow Agent is made a party to any litigation relating to this Escrow Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, then the Escrow Agent shall be reasonably compensated for such extraordinary services and reimbursed for all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses, occasioned by any delay, controversy, litigation or event, and the same shall be paid by the Fund or any of its affiliates. The Fund’s obligations under this Section 7 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Escrow Agent and the assignment or termination of this Escrow Agreement.
All notices, requests, demands, and other communications under this Escrow Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the date of service if served personally on the party to whom notice is to be given, (b) on the business day of transmission if sent by facsimile or email to the facsimile number or email given below, with written confirmation from the recipient of receipt, (c) on the business day after delivery to Federal Express or similar overnight courier or the Express Mail service maintained by the United States Postal Service, or (d) on the fifth business day after mailing, if mailed to the party to whom notice is to be given, by first class mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid, and
6
properly addressed, return receipt requested, to the party as follows, provided, however, that notice to the Escrow Agent will be deemed given upon receipt by the Escrow Agent:
If to the Fund:
|
|
Apollo Debt Solutions BDC Attn: Joseph D. Glatt 9 West 57th Street New York, New York 10019 Email: jglatt@apollo.com
|
If to Intermediary Manager:
|
|
Apollo Global Securities, LLC Attn: Amanda Huttenlocher 9 West 57th Street New York, New York 10019
|
If to Escrow Agent:
|
|
UMB Bank, N.A. Corporate Trust & Escrow Services Email: escrows@umb.com
|
Any party may change its address for purposes of this Section 9 by giving the other party written notice of the new address in the manner set forth above.
The Fund and the Intermediary Manager hereby severally but not jointly indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Escrow Agent from and against, any and all loss, liability, cost, damage and expense, including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and expenses, which the Escrow Agent may suffer or incur by reason of any action, claim or proceeding brought against the Escrow Agent arising out of or relating in any way to this Escrow Agreement or any transaction to which this Escrow Agreement relates unless such loss, liability, cost, damage or expense is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been caused by the gross negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct of the Escrow Agent. The terms of this Section 10 shall survive the assignment or termination of this Escrow Agreement and the resignation or removal of the Escrow Agent.
The Escrow Agent may resign upon sixty (60) calendar days’ advance written notice to the Fund. In the event of any such resignation, a successor escrow agent, which shall be a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States of America, shall be appointed by the Fund. Any such successor escrow agent shall deliver to the Fund a written instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon shall succeed to all the rights and duties of the Escrow Agent hereunder and shall be entitled to receive the Subscriber Funds from the Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent shall promptly pay the
7
Subscription Amounts in the Escrow Account, including interest thereon, to the successor escrow agent. If a successor escrow agent is not appointed within the sixty (60) calendar day period following such notice, the Escrow Agent may petition any court of competent jurisdiction to name a successor escrow agent or interplead the Subscriber Funds with such court, whereupon the Escrow Agent’s duties hereunder shall terminate.
The Escrow Agent may be removed by the Fund at any time by written notice provided to the Escrow Agent, which instrument shall become effective on the date specified in such written notice. The removal of the Escrow Agent shall not deprive the Escrow Agent of its compensation earned prior to such removal. In the event of any such removal, a successor escrow agent, which shall be a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States of America, shall be appointed by the Fund. Any such successor escrow agent shall deliver to the Fund a written instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon shall succeed to all the rights and duties of the Escrow Agent hereunder and shall be entitled to receive the Subscriber Funds from the Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent shall promptly pay the Subscriber Funds in the Escrow Account, including interest thereon, to the successor escrow agent. If a successor escrow agent is not appointed by the Fund within the thirty (30) day period following such notice, the Escrow Agent may petition any court of competent jurisdiction to name a successor escrow agent.
The Escrow Agent shall maintain accurate records of all transactions hereunder. Promptly after the termination of this Escrow Agreement, and as may from time to time be reasonably requested by the Fund before such termination, the Escrow Agent shall provide the Fund with a copy of such records. The authorized representatives of the Fund and the Intermediary Manager shall also have access to the Escrow Agent’s books and records to the extent relating to its duties hereunder, during normal business hours upon reasonable notice to the Escrow Agent.
Except as otherwise provided in this Escrow Agreement, no party hereto shall assign this Escrow Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto and any such attempted assignment without such prior written consent shall be void and of no force and effect. This Escrow Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto. Any corporation or association into which the Escrow Agent may be converted or merged, or with which it may be consolidated, or to which it may sell or transfer all or substantially all of its corporate trust business and assets in whole or in part, or any corporation or association resulting from any such conversion, sale, merger, consolidation or transfer to which the Escrow Agent is a party, shall be and become the successor escrow agent under this Escrow Agreement and shall have and succeed to the rights, powers, duties, immunities and privileges as its predecessor, without the execution or filing of any instrument or paper or the performance any further act.
This Escrow Agreement shall be construed, performed, and enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof. Each party hereby consents to the personal jurisdiction and venue of any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York.
8
In the event that any part of this Escrow Agreement is declared by any court or other judicial or administrative body to be null, void, or unenforceable, said provision shall survive to the extent it is not so declared, and all of the other provisions of this Escrow Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
This Escrow Agreement may be amended or modified, and any of the terms, covenants, representations, warranties, or conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. Any waiver by any party of any condition, or of the breach of any provision, term, covenant, representation, or warranty contained in this Escrow Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall not be deemed to be nor construed as further or continuing waiver of any such condition, or of the breach of any other provision, term, covenant, representation, or warranty of this Escrow Agreement. The Fund and the Intermediary Manager agree that any requested waiver, modification or amendment of this Escrow Agreement shall be consistent with the terms of the Offering.
This Escrow Agreement contains the entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the escrow contemplated hereby and supersedes and replaces all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, oral or written, with regard to such escrow.
No printed or other matter in any language (including, without limitation, the Offering document, any supplement or amendment relating thereto, notices, reports and promotional material) which mentions the Escrow Agent’s name or the rights, powers, or duties of the Escrow Agent shall be issued by the Fund or the Intermediary Manager, or on the Fund’s or Intermediary Manager’s behalf unless the Escrow Agent shall first have given its specific written consent thereto.
The section headings in this Escrow Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Escrow Agreement.
This Escrow Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute the same instrument.
The parties hereto agree that the transactions described herein may be conducted and related documents may be stored by electronic means. Copies, telecopies, facsimiles, electronic files and other reproductions of original executed documents shall be deemed to be authentic and valid counterparts of such original documents for all purposes, including the filing of any claim, action or suit in the appropriate court of law.
9
The Fund and the Intermediary Manager agree to provide the Escrow Agent completed IRS Forms W-9 (or IRS Forms W-8, in the case of non-U.S. persons) and other forms and documents that the Escrow Agent may reasonably request at the time of execution of this Escrow Agreement and any information reasonably requested by the Escrow Agent to comply with the USA Patriot Act of 2001, and Bank Secrecy Act, as amended from time to time, which information shall be used to verify the identities of the parties to ensure compliance with the terms of such acts. The Escrow Agent, or its agent, shall complete an OFAC search, in compliance with its policy and procedures, of each Payment Instrument and shall inform the Fund if a Payment Instrument fails the OFAC search.
[Signature page follows]
10
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Escrow Agreement to be executed the day and year first set forth above.
APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC |
|
|
|
/s/ Joseph D Glatt |
|
Name: Joseph D. Glatt Title: Chief Legal Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Apollo Global Securities, LLC |
|
|
|
/s/ Amanda Huttenlocher |
|
Name: Amanda Huttenlocher Title: Chief Compliance Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UMB BANK, N.A., as Escrow Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
[Signature Page to Subscription Escrow Agreement]
EXHIBIT A
LIST OF SUBSCRIBERS
Pursuant to the Escrow Agreement dated [ ], 2021 by and between Apollo Debt Solutions BDC (the “Fund”), Apollo Global Securities, LLC (the “Intermediary Manager”) and UMB Bank, N.A., as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), the following investors have paid money for the purchase of the Shares in the Fund and the money has been deposited with the Escrow Agent:
Address:
Tax Identification Number:
Amount and class of Securities subscribed for:
Amount of money paid and deposited with Escrow Agent:
Address:
Tax Identification Number:
Amount and class of Securities subscribed for:
Amount of money paid and deposited with Escrow Agent:
12
EXHIBIT B
CERTIFICATE AS TO AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES
[To be provided]
The specimen signatures shown below are the specimen signatures of the individuals who have been designated as Authorized Representatives of, and are authorized to initiate and approve transactions of all types for the above-mentioned account on behalf of Apollo Debt Solutions BDC.
Name/Title
|
|
Specimen Signature
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
EXHIBIT C
ESCROW AGENT FEE
Acceptance Fee |
$2,250/one-time |
For initial services including review, execution and delivery of the agreements and all supporting documents, acceptance of the appointment and establish accounts of the agreement and all supporting documents. This is a one-time fee payable at the time of the closing.
Escrow Agent Administration Fee |
$2,500/per year |
For ordinary services of the escrow agent including normal administration of the account, payable annually in advance, with the first installment payable at the time of the closing. This schedule of fees applies to our present understanding of the transaction. Should the transaction terms change, UMB reserves the right to modify our pricing.
Transaction Fees |
|
Outgoing Wires |
$15/per wire |
Overnight Delivery/Mailings |
$16.50/per |
IRS Tax Reporting |
$10.00/per 1099 |
Daily BAI File to TA |
$75.00/per month |
Wire Ripping File to DST |
$200.00/per month |
Acceptance fee and first year Annual Escrow Agent fee will be payable at the initiation of the escrow. Thereafter, the Annual Escrow Agent fees will be billed in advance and transactional fees will be billed quarterly in arrears. Other fees and expenses will be billed as incurred.
Fees specified are for the regular, routine services contemplated by the Escrow Agreement, and any additional or extraordinary services agreed to by the Fund, including, but not limited to disbursements involving a dispute or arbitration, or administration while a dispute, controversy or adverse claim is in existence, will be charged based upon time required at the then standard hourly rate. In addition to the specified fees, all reasonable expenses related to the administration of the Escrow Agreement (other than normal overhead expenses of the regular staff) agreed to by the Fund such as, but not limited to, travel, postage, shipping, courier, telephone, facsimile, supplies, legal fees, accounting fees, etc., will be reimbursable.
14
Exhibit 10.8
Services Agreement
This Services Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into and effective as of September 29, 2021 (the “Effective Date”) by and between:
1.1. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:
Transfer Agency Services
1.2. Other capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined in this Section 1 shall have the meanings ascribed thereto.
1.3. Section and Schedule headings shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. This Agreement includes the schedules and appendices hereto. In the event of a conflict between this Agreement and a schedule or appendix, the former shall control, except to the extent that such schedule or appendix expressly provides otherwise as to the services under such schedule or appendix.
1.4. Words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular. The words “including,” “includes,” “included” and “include”, when used, are deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of
2 of 25
analogous import shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.
1.5. The Parties’ duties and obligations are governed by and limited to the express terms and conditions of this Agreement, and shall not be modified, supplemented, amended or interpreted in accordance with, any industry custom or practice, or any internal policies or procedures of any Party that are not referenced in this Agreement or the applicable Schedule. The Parties have mutually negotiated the terms hereof and there shall be no presumption of law relating to the interpretation of contracts against the drafter.
2.1. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, DST will perform for the Fund the Services set forth in Schedule B and such other service schedules as may be added to this Agreement by the Parties (collectively, the “Service Schedules”). DST shall be under no duty or obligation to perform any service except as specifically listed in the Service Schedules, or take any other action except as specifically listed in a Service Schedules to this Agreement, or this Agreement, and no other duties or obligations, including, valuation related, fiduciary or analogous duties or obligations, shall be implied. Fund requests to change the Services, including those necessitated by a change to the Governing Documents of the Fund or a change in applicable Law, will only be binding on DST when they are reflected in an amendment to the Service Schedules. For clarification, this will include costs related changes to the software, systems or processes used by DST to provide the Services necessitated by change in applicable Law; provided in such case the Fund will only be responsible for its pro-rata share of such cost.
2.2. In carrying out its duties and obligations pursuant to this Agreement, some or all Services may be delegated by DST to one or more of its Affiliates or other Persons (and any Fund consent to such delegation, if any, shall not be unreasonably revoked or withheld in respect of any such delegations), provided that such Persons are selected in good faith and with reasonable care and are monitored by DST. If DST delegates any Services, (i) such delegation shall not relieve DST of its duties and obligations hereunder, (ii) such delegation shall be subject to a written agreement obliging the delegate to comply with the relevant delegated duties and obligations of DST, and (iii) if required by applicable Law, DST will identify such agents and the Services delegated and will update the Fund when making any material changes in sufficient detail to enable the Fund to object to a particular arrangement.
2.3. The Fund agrees to pay, the fees, charges and expenses as set out in the fee schedule agreed upon by the parties in a separate letter (the “Fee Letter”), which may be amended by the Parties from time to time, within thirty (30) days following the receipt of DST’s invoice. The Fee Letter is incorporated by reference into this Agr eement and subject to the terms of this Agreement. If an invoice is not paid when due, the Fund shall pay DST RS interest thereon (from the due date to the date of payment) at rate equal to one and one half percent (1.5%) per month while such amount remained unpaid. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, such interest rate shall be no greater than permitted under applicable state law. After the first year of the Initial Term, the total fee for all services for each succeeding year shall be subject to an annual cost of living increase on the anniversary of the Agreement in an amount not less than the annual percentage of change in the Consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumers (CPI-U) in the Midwest Statistical Area, All Items, Base 1982-1984=100, as last reported by the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics, or, in the event that publication of such Index is terminated, any successor or substitute index, appropriately adjusted, acceptable to both parties.
2.4. Charges attendant to the development of reasonable changes to the TA2000 System requested by the Fund (“Client Requested Software”) shall be at DST's standard rates and fees in effect at the time and shall be documented by the Parties in a written statement of work under this Agreement. Once per year, and thereafter upon the Fund’s request, DST will provide the Fund with its then standard rates and fees for the development of Client Requested Software. If the cost to DST of operating the TA2000 System is increased
3 of 25
by the addition of Client Requested Software, DST shall be entitled to increase its fees by an amount to be mutually agreed upon.
2.5. The Fund may request a material modification of the Services provided under this Agreement by providing DST with a written request outlining the scope of such requested changes. DST will respond to such notice as promptly as possible, but no more than 30 days after the request is made, by providing the Fund with (a) an estimate of the project cost and timeframe for completion, or (b) a written explanation of why DST cannot implement the requested service change (“Change Notice Response”). In the event the Fund and/or DST believe that a change in law, regulation, rule, industry practice or other requirement necessitates a material system or service modification, the parties will discuss the potential change and DST may communicate with other similarly situated DST clients and/or industry groups to determine a commercially reasonable option for addressing such change. Any change requested or agreed upon by the Parties under this Section shall not be effective, and DST shall not be obligated to implement, until reflected in a written amendment to, or statement of work under, this Agreement mutually agreed upon and executed by both parties. Nothing in this Section 2.5 shall limit the Fund’s obligation to pay DST fees related to modifications necessary to comply with changes in Law, regulation, rule or industry practice as provided in Section 2.1 above.
3.1. The management and control of the Fund are vested exclusively in the Fund’s governing body (e.g., the board of directors for a company) and its officers, subject to the terms and provisions of the Fund’s Governing Documents. The Fund’s governing body will make all decisions, perform all management functions relating to the operation of the Fund and the Fund’s governing body or its duly appointed officers shall authorize all Transactions. Without limiting the foregoing, the Fund shall:
3.2. The Fund and Management is solely and exclusively responsible for ensuring that it complies with Law and its respective Governing Documents. It is the Fund’s responsibility to provide all final Fund Governing Documents as of the Effective Date. The Fund will notify DST in writing of any changes to the Fund Governing Documents that may materially impact the Services prior to such changes taking effect. DST is not responsible for monitoring compliance by the Fund with (i) Law, or (ii) its respective Governing Documents.
3.3. In the event that Market Data is supplied to or through DST Associates in connection with the Services, the Market Data is proprietary to Data Suppliers and is provided on a limited internal-use license basis. Market Data may: (i) only be used by the Fund in connection with the Services and (ii) not be disseminated by the Fund or used to populate internal systems in lieu of obtaining a data license. Access to and delivery of Market Data is dependent on the Data Suppliers and may be interrupted or discontinued with or without notice. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither DST nor any Data Supplier shall be liable to the Fund or any other Person for any Losses with respect to Market Data, reliance by DST Associates or the Fund on Market Data or the provision of Market Data in connection with this Agreement.
4 of 25
3.4. The Fund shall deliver, and cause its agents, counsel, advisors, auditors, and any other Persons promptly deliver to DST all Fund Data. The Fund shall arrange with each such Person to deliver such information and materials on a timely basis, and DST will not be required to enter any agreements with that Person in order for DST to obtain information reasonably necessary to provide the Services.
3.5. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, so long as they act in good faith DST Associates shall be entitled to rely on the authenticity, completeness and accuracy of any and all information and communications of whatever nature received by DST Associates from the Fund, its employees, Affiliates or agents in connection with the performance of the Services and DST’s duties and obligations hereunder, without further enquiry or liability.
4.1. The initial term of this Agreement will be from the Effective Date through a date which is two (2) years after commencement of operations of the Fund (i.e., break of escrow) (“Initial Term”). Thereafter, this Agreement will automatically renew for successive terms of 2 years each unless either DST or the Fund provides the other with a written notice of termination at least 180 calendar days prior to the commencement of any successive term (such periods, in the aggregate, the “Term”).
5.1. DST or the Fund also may, by written notice to the other, terminate this Agreement if any of the following events occur:
If any such event occurs, the termination will become effective immediately or on the date stated in the written notice of termination, which date shall not be greater than 90 calendar days after the event.
5.2. Upon receipt of a termination notice from the Fund, subject to the receipt by DST of all then-due fees, charges and expenses, DST shall continue to provide the Services up to the effective date of the termination notice; thereafter, DST shall have no obligation to perform any services of any type unless and to the extent set forth in an amendment to this Agreement executed by DST. In the event of the termination of this Agreement, DST shall provide reasonable exit assistance to the Fund in converting the Fund’s records from DST’s systems to whatever services or systems are designated by the Fund or Management (the “Deconversion”); provided that all fees, charges and expenses have been paid, including any fees required under Section 5.3 for the balance of the unexpired portion of the Term. The Deconversion is subject to the recompense of DST for such assistance at its standard rates and fees in effect at the time and to a reasonable time frame for performance as agreed to by the parties. As used herein “reasonable exit assistance” shall not include requiring DST (i) to assist any new service or system provider to modify, to alter, to enhance, or to improve such provider’s system, or to provide any new functionality to such provider’s system, (ii) to
5 of 25
disclose any protected information of DST, including the proprietary information of DST or its affiliates, or (iii) to develop Deconversion software, to modify any of DST’s software, or to otherwise alter the format of the data as maintained on any provider’s systems.
5.3. In the event that the Fund wishes to retain DST to perform additional transition or related post- termination services, including providing additional data and reports, the Fund and DST shall agree in writing to the additional services and related fees and expenses in an amendment to this Agreement. To the extent any services are performed by DST for the Fund after the termination of this Agreement, all of the provisions of this Agreement except portions that are inapplicable to such continuing services shall survive the termination of this Agreement for so long as those services are performed. Termination of this Agreement shall not affect: (i) any liabilities or obligations of any Party arising before such termination (including payment of fees and expenses) or (ii) any damages or other remedies to which a Party may be entitled for breach of this Agreement or otherwise. Sections 2.3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
6.1. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary DST Associates shall not be liable to the Fund for any action or inaction of any DST Associate except to the extent of direct Losses suffered, incurred or paid by the Fund that are finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of DST or DST Associates in the performance of DST’s duties or obligations under this Agreement. The Fund shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless DST Associates from and against Losses (including legal fees of external counsel and documented costs to enforce this provision) that DST Associates suffer, incur, or pay as a result of any Third Party Claim or Claim among the Parties; except to the extent of Losses determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of DST Associates in the performance of DST’s duties or obligations under this Agreement. Any expenses (including legal fees and costs) incurred by DST Associates in defending or responding to any Claims (or in enforcing this provision) shall be paid by the Fund on a quarterly basis prior to the final disposition of such matter upon receipt by the Fund of an undertaking by DST to repay such amount if it shall be determined that a DST Associate is not entitled to be indemnified. The maximum aggregate amount of cumulative liability of DST Associates to the Fund for Losses arising out of the subject matter of, or in any way related to, this Agreement during the Term hereof, shall not exceed the fees (but excluding any expenses) paid by the Fund to DST under this Agreement for the most recent 12 months immediately preceding the date of the event giving rise to the Claim.
6.2. Except with respect to all amounts payable by the Fund as part of its indemnification obligations under this Section 6, under no circumstances shall either party be liable to the other party for Losses that are indirect, special, incidental, consequential, punitive, exemplary or enhanced or that represent lost profits, opportunity costs or diminution of value. The Fund acknowledges and agrees that DST’s documented out-of-pocket expenses and any judgements awarded against and payable to DST resulting from claims for which DST is entitled to indemnification by the Fund under Section 6 shall be deemed direct damages.
7.1. Each Party represents and warrants to each other Party that:
6 of 25
8.1. The Fund (i) will provide or ensure that other Persons provide all Fund Data to DST in an electronic format that is acceptable to DST (or as otherwise agreed in writing) and (ii) confirm that each has the right to so share such Fund Data. As between DST and the Fund, all Fund Data shall remain the property of the applicable Fund. Fund Data shall not be used or disclosed by DST other than in connection with providing the Services and as permitted under Section 11. DST shall be permitted to act upon instructions from an authorized officer of the Fund or Management with respect to the disclosure or disposition of Fund Data, but may refuse to act upon such instructions where it doubts, in good faith, the authenticity or authority of such instructions.
8.2. DST shall maintain and store material Fund Data used in the official books and records of the Fund for a rolling period of 7 years starting from the Effective Date, or such longer period as required by applicable Law or its internal policies or until such earlier time as it returns such records to the Fund or the Fund’s designee.
9.1. From time to time and in connection with the Services DST may obtain access to certain personal information from the Fund. Personal information relating to the Fund, Management and its Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents, current and prospective Fund shareholders, plan sponsors and plan participants may be processed by DST and its Affiliates. Each Fund and Management consents to the transmission and processing of such information within and outside the United States in accordance with applicable Law.
9.2. DST will notify the Fund without undue delay, and in no event more than one (1) business day after confirming a breach of Confidential Information and provide reasonable assistance to the Fund in its notification of that breach to the relevant regulatory authority and those individual impacted, as required by applicable Law. DST will not disclose or use Confidential Information obtained from or on behalf of the Fund except in accordance with this Agreement or the lawful instructions of the Fund to carry out DST’s obligations under, or as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of, its agreements with the Fund and to comply with applicable Law.
9.3. The Fund acknowledges that DST intends to develop and offer analytics-based products and services for its customers. In providing such products and services, DST will be using consolidated data across all clients, including data of the Fund, and make such consolidated data available to clients of the analytics products and services. The Fund hereby consents to the use by DST of Fund Confidential Information (including shareholder information) in the offering of such products and services, and to disclose the
7 of 25
results of such analytics services to its customers and other third parties, provided the Fund information will be aggregated, anonymized and sometimes enriched with external data sources. The Fund reserves the right to revoke its consent at any time during the Term. DST will not disclose client investor names or other personal identifying information, or information specific to or identifying the Fund or any information in a form or manner which could reasonably be utilized to readily determine the identity of the Fund or its investors.
10.1 DST Property is and shall remain the property of DST or, when applicable, its Affiliates or suppliers. Neither the Fund nor Management, nor any other Person shall acquire any license or right to use, sell, disclose, or otherwise exploit or benefit in any manner from, any DST Property, except as specifically set forth herein. The Fund shall not (unless required by Law) either before or after the termination of this Agreement, disclose to any Person not authorized by DST to receive the same, any information concerning the DST Property and shall use reasonable efforts to prevent any such disclosure.
11.1 Each Party shall not at any time disclose to any Person any Confidential Information concerning the business, affairs, customers, clients or suppliers of the other Party or its Affiliates, except as permitted by this Section 11.
11.2 Each Party may disclose the other Party’s Confidential Information:
11.3 Other than pursuant to Section 9.3, neither Party shall use the other Party’s Confidential Information for any purpose other than to perform its obligations under this Agreement. Each Party may retain a record of the other Party’s Confidential Information for the longer of (i) 7 years or (ii) as required by Law or its internal policies.
11.4 DST’s ultimate parent company is subject to U.S. federal and state securities Law and may make disclosures as it deems necessary to comply with such Law. DST shall have no obligation to use Confidential Information of, or data obtained with respect to, any other client of DST in connection with the Services. The Fund and its investment adviser are subject to U.S. federal and state securities Law and may make disclosures as either deems necessary to comply with such Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
8 of 25
the Fund and the investment adviser may not include in its disclosures DST’s proprietary fees or fee schedule, without DST’s express written consent.
11.5 Upon the prior written consent of an authorized officer of the Fund or Management, DST shall have the right to identify Fund in connection with its marketing-related activities and in its marketing materials as a client of DST. Upon the prior written consent of DST, Fund or Management shall have the right to identify DST and to describe the Services and the material terms of this Agreement in the offering documents of Fund. This Agreement shall not prohibit DST from using any Fund data (including Client Data) in tracking and reporting on DST’sclients generally or making public statements about such subjects as its business or industry; provided that neither the Fund nor Management is named in such public statements without its prior written consent. If the Services include the distribution by DST of notices or statements to investors, DST may, upon advance notice to Fund, include reasonable notices describing those terms of this Agreement relating to DST and its liability and the limitations thereon; if investor notices are not sent by DST but rather by Fund or some other Person, Fund will reasonably cooperate with any request by DST to include such notices. The Fund shall not, in any communications with anyPerson, whether oral or written, make any representations stating or implying that DST is (i) providing valuations with respect to the securities, products or services of Fund , or verifying any valuations, (ii) verifying the existence of any assets in connection with the investments, products or services of Fund , or (iii) acting as a fiduciary, investment advisor, tax preparer or advisor, custodian or bailee with respect to Fund, Management or any of their respective assets, investors or customers.
11.6 In the event the Fund obtains information from DST or the TA2000 System which is not intended for the Fund, the Fund agrees to (i) immediately, and in no case more than twenty-four (24) hours after discovery thereof, notify DST that unauthorized information has been made available to the Fund; (ii) not knowingly review, disclose, release, or in any way, use such unauthorized information; (iii) provide DST reasonable assistance in retrieving such unauthorized information and/or destroy such unauthorized information; and (iv) deliver to DST a certificate executed by an authorized officer of the Fund certifying that all such unauthorized information in the Fund’s possession or control has been delivered to DST or destroyed as required by this provision.
12.1 Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices required or permitted under this Agreement or required by Law shall be effective only if in writing and delivered: (i) personally, (ii) by registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (iii) by receipted prepaid courier, (iv) by any confirmed facsimile or (v) by any electronic mail, to the relevant address or number listed below (or to such other address or number as a Party shall hereafter provide by notice to the other Parties). Notices shall be deemed effective when received by the Party to whom notice is required to be given.
If to DST:
DST Systems, Inc.
333 W. 11th Street, 5th Floor
Kansas City, MO 64105
Attention: Legal Department
If to the Fund:
Apollo Debt Solutions BDC
9 West 57th Street
New York, NY 10019
Attention: Kristin Hester
9 of 25
13.1 Amendment; Modification. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except in writing signed by an authorized representative of each Party. No DST Associate has authority to bind DST in any way to any oral covenant, promise, representation or warranty concerning this Agreement, the Services or otherwise.
13.2 Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any rights under this Agreement may be assigned or otherwise transferred by the Fund, in whole or in part, whether directly or by operation of Law, without the prior written consent of DST. Either party may assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement: (i) to a successor in the event of a change in control, (ii) to an Affiliate or (iii) in connection with an assignment or other transfer of a material part of DST’s business, upon prior written notice to the Fund. Any attempted delegation, transfer or assignment prohibited by this Agreement shall be null and void.
13.3 Choice of Law; Choice of Forum. This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with and governed by the Law of the State of New York. The courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Claim. Each Party submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts and waives to the fullest extent permitted by Law all rights to a trial by jury.
13.4 Counterparts; Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which when so executed will be deemed to be an original. Such counterparts together will constitute one agreement. Signatures may be exchanged via facsimile or electronic mail and shall be binding to the same extent as if original signatures were exchanged.
13.5 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any schedules, attachments, amendments and addenda hereto) contains the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous communications, representations, understandings and agreements, either oral or written, between the Parties with respect thereto. This Agreement sets out the entire liability of DST Associates related to the Services and the subject matter of this Agreement, and no DST Associate shall have any liability to the Fund or any other Person for, and the Fund hereby waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law recourse under, tort, misrepresentation or any other legal theory.
13.6 Force Majeure. DST will not be responsible for any Losses of property in DST Associates’ possession or for any failure to fulfill its duties or obligations hereunder if such Loss or failure is caused, directly or indirectly, by war, terrorist or analogous action, the act of any Government Authority or other authority, riot, civil commotion, rebellion, storm, accident, fire, lockout, strike, power failure, computer error or failure, delay or breakdown in communications or electronic transmission systems, or other analogous events beyond DST’s reasonable control. DST shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the effects on the Services of any such event.
DST shall maintain a comprehensive business recovery plan that: (i) is not less protective than the executive summary of the plan provided to the Fund by DST in connection with the inception of the Services; and (ii) is designed to provide for reasonably sufficient recovery of its back office and administrative operations to enable DST, within the time period set forth in the plan, after an event necessitating the use of such plan. DST shall test such business recovery plan no less frequently than annually and upon request, the Fund may participate in such test. Upon request, DST shall provide the Fund with a letter confirming the completion of the most recent business continuity test.
13.7 Non-Exclusivity. The duties and obligations of DST hereunder shall not preclude DST from providing services of a comparable or different nature to any other Person and to receive economic or other benefits in connection therewith. The Fund understands that DST may have commercial
10 of 25
relationships with Data Suppliers and other providers of technology, data or other services that are used by the Fund.
13.8 No Partnership. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to, or shall be deemed to, constitute a partnership or joint venture of any kind between or among any of the Parties.
13.9 No Solicitation. During the term of this Agreement and for a period of 12 months thereafter, neither Party (the “Soliciting Party”) will directly or indirectly solicit the services of, or otherwise attempt to employ or engage any employee of the other Party (the “Employing Party”) or its Affiliates who has been materially involved in the provision, or receipt and consumption, of the Services without the consent of the other Party; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prevent (i) the Soliciting Party from soliciting employees through general advertising not targeted specifically at any or all DST Associates’ or Fund’s or Management’s employees, (ii) the Soliciting Party from soliciting an employee that has been terminated by the Employing Party prior to the commencement of employment discussions between such employee and the Soliciting Party, or (iii) an employee of the Employing Party from approaching the Soliciting Party or any of its Affiliates with respect to employment without prior solicitation therefor by the Soliciting Party. If Fund or Management employs or engages any DST Associate who has been materially involved in the provision of the Services during the term of this Agreement or the period of 12 months thereafter, Client shall pay for any fees and expenses (including recruiters’ fees) incurred by DST or its Affiliates in hiring replacement personnel as well as any other remedies available to DST.
13.10 No Warranties. Except as expressly listed herein, DST makes no warranties, whether express, implied, contractual or statutory with respect to the Services. DST disclaims all implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose with respect to the Services. All warranties, conditions and other terms implied by Law are, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, excluded from this Agreement.
13.11 Severance. If any provision (or part thereof) of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the provision shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it valid, legal and enforceable. If such modification is not practical, the relevant provision shall be deemed deleted. Any such modification or deletion of a provision shall not affect the validity, legality and enforceability of the rest of this Agreement. If a Party gives notice to another Party of the possibility that any provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the Parties shall negotiate to amend such provision so that, as amended, it is valid, legal and enforceable and achieves the intended commercial result of the original provision.
13.12 Testimony. If DST is required by a third party subpoena or otherwise, to produce documents, testify or provide other evidence regarding the Services, this Agreement or the operations of the Fund in any Action to which the Fund is a party or otherwise related to the Fund or Management, the Fund shall reimburse DST for all costs and expenses, including the time of its professional staff at DST’s standard rates and the cost of legal representation, that DST reasonably incurs in connection therewith.
13.13 Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is entered into for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Parties and will not be interpreted in such a manner as to give rise to or create any rights or benefits of or for any other Person except as set forth with respect to DST Associates.
13.14 Waiver. No failure or delay by a Party to exercise any right or remedy provided under this Agreement or by Law shall constitute a waiver of that or any other right or remedy, nor shall it prevent or restrict the further exercise of that or any other right or remedy. No exercise (or partial exercise) of such right or remedy shall prevent or restrict the further exercise of that or any other right or remedy.
11 of 25
13.15 Insurance. DST shall maintain insurance coverage including, without limitation, errors and omissions, fidelity bond or equivalent crime insurance coverage at levels that are determined by its Board of Directors to be appropriate for its business. Upon request of the Fund, DST shall provide evidence that such coverage is in place. To the extent that DST’s policies of insurance may provide for coverage of claims for liability or indemnity by DST, no provision of this Agreement shall be construed to relieve an insurer of any obligation to pay claims to DST, which would otherwise be a covered claim in the absence of any provision of this Agreement.
[Signatures appear on next page.]
12 of 25
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in their names and on their behalf by and through their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.
DST SYSTEMS, INC. |
|
APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC |
||
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Ken Fullerton |
|
By: |
/s/ Joseph Glatt |
Name: |
Ken Fullerton |
|
Name: |
Joseph D. Glatt |
Title: |
Authorized Representative |
|
Title |
Chief Legal Officer |
13 of 25
Schedule A
Funds
APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
14 of 25
Schedule B
Transfer Agency Services
15 of 25
16 of 25
17 of 25
18 of 25
19 of 25
20 of 25
DST will maintain customary transfer agent records in connection with its agency in accordance with the transfer agent recordkeeping requirements under applicable federal securities laws. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, the records to be maintained and preserved by DST on the TA2000 System under the Agreement shall be maintained and preserved in accordance with the following:
DST may send periodically to the Fund, or to where designated by the Fund, all books, documents, and all records no longer deemed needed for current purposes, upon the understanding that such books, documents, and records will be maintained by the Fund under and in accordance with the requirements of applicable federal securities laws. Such materialswill not be destroyed by the Fund without the consent of DST (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld), but will be safely stored for possible future reference.
21 of 25
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL
Pursuant to the terms of the Schedule A and the Agreement between the Fund and DST, the Fund authorizes the following Fund personnel* to provide instructions to DST, and receive inquiries from DST in connection with Schedule A and the Agreement:
Name |
|
Title |
|
|
|
Amit Joshi |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
Nelson Joseph* |
|
Controller, Director |
|
|
|
Alexander Wegweiser* |
|
Operations, Associate |
|
|
|
Willis Hanssen* |
|
Controller, Director |
|
|
|
Patrick McManus* |
|
Director, CPS COO Team |
|
|
|
Brendan McElhenny* |
|
Compliance Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* indicates personnel employed by Apollo Management Holdings, L.P., an Affiliate of the Fund.
This Schedule may be revised by the Fund by providing DST with a substitute Schedule C. Any such substitute Schedule C shall become effective twenty-four (24) hours after DST's receipt of the document and shall be incorporated into the Agreement.
22 of 25
APPENDIX 1
ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING DELEGATION
23 of 25
1 The accounts, transactions, items and activity reviewed in each case are subject to certain standard exclusions as set forth in written procedures of DST, which have been made available to the Fund and which may be modified from time to time.
24 of 25
4.1 In the event that DST detects activity as a result of the foregoing procedures, which necessitates the filing by DST of a SAR or other similar report or notice to OFAC, then DST shall also immediately notify the Fund, unless prohibited by applicable law.
25 of 25
Exhibit 10.9
EXPENSE SUPPORT AND CONDITIONAL REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT
This Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made this 22 day of July 2021, by and between APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Fund”), and APOLLO CREDIT MANAGEMENT, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”).
WHEREAS, the Fund is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);
WHEREAS, the Fund has retained the Adviser to furnish investment advisory services to the Fund on the terms and conditions set forth in the investment advisory agreement, dated July 22, 2021, entered between the Fund and the Adviser, as may be amended or restated (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”);
WHEREAS, the Fund and the Adviser have determined that it is appropriate and in the best interests of the Fund that the Adviser may elect to pay a portion of the Fund’s expenses from time to time, which the Fund will be obligated to reimburse to the Adviser at a later date if certain conditions are met.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. |
Adviser Expense Payments to the Fund |
(a) At such times as the Adviser determines, the Adviser may elect to pay certain expenses of the Fund on the Fund’s behalf (each such payment, an “Expense Payment”). In making an Expense Payment, the Adviser will designate, as it deems necessary or advisable, what type of Expense it is paying (including, whether it is paying organizational or offering expenses); provided that no portion of an Expense Payment will be used to pay any interest expense or distribution and/or servicing fees of the Fund.
(b) The Fund’s right to receive an Expense Payment shall be an asset of the Fund upon the Adviser committing in writing to pay the Expense Payment pursuant to a notice substantially in the form of Appendix A. Any Expense Payment that the Adviser has committed to pay shall be paid by the Adviser to the Fund in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds no later than forty-five days after such commitment was made in writing, and/or offset against amounts due from the Fund to the Adviser or its affiliates.
2. |
Reimbursement of Expense Payments by the Fund |
(a) Following any calendar month in which Available Operating Funds (as defined below) exceed the cumulative distributions accrued to the Fund’s shareholders based on distributions declared with respect to record dates occurring in such calendar month (the amount of such excess being hereinafter referred to as “Excess Operating Funds”), the Fund shall pay such Excess Operating Funds, or a portion thereof in accordance with Sections 2(b), as applicable, to the Adviser until such time as all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Fund within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar month have been reimbursed. Any payments required to be made by the Fund pursuant to this Section 2(a) shall be referred to herein as a “Reimbursement Payment.” For purposes of this Agreement, “Available Operating Funds” means the sum of (i) the Fund’s net investment company taxable income (including net short-term capital gains reduced by net long-term capital losses), (ii) the Fund’s net capital gains (including the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) and (iii) dividends and other distributions paid to the Fund on account of investments in portfolio companies (to the extent such amounts listed in clause (iii) are not included under clauses (i) and (ii) above).
1
(b) The amount of the Reimbursement Payment for any calendar month shall equal the lesser of (i) the Excess Operating Funds in such quarter and (ii) the aggregate amount of all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Fund within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar month that have not been previously reimbursed by the Fund to the Adviser; provided that the Adviser may waive its right to receive all or a portion of any Reimbursement Payment in any particular calendar month, in which case such waived amount will remain unreimbursed Expense Payments reimbursable in future months pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
(c) The Fund’s obligation to make a Reimbursement Payment shall automatically become a liability of the Fund on the last business day of the applicable calendar month, except to the extent the Adviser has waived its right to receive such payment for the applicable month. In connection with any Reimbursement Payment, the Fund may deliver a notice substantially in the form of Appendix A. The Reimbursement Payment for any calendar month shall be paid by the Fund to the Adviser in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds as promptly as possible following such calendar month and in no event later than forty-five days after the end of such calendar month.
(d) All Reimbursement Payments hereunder shall be deemed to relate to the earliest unreimbursed Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Fund within three years prior to the last business day of the calendar month in which such Reimbursement Payment obligation is accrued.
3. |
Termination and Survival |
(a) This Agreement shall become effective as of the date of this Agreement.
(b) This Agreement may be terminated, without the payment of any penalty, by the Fund or the Adviser at any time, with or without notice.
(c) This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of (i) the termination by the Fund of the Investment Advisory Agreement; (ii) the board of trustees of the Fund makes a determination to dissolve or liquidate the Fund; or (iii) upon a quotation or listing of the Fund’s securities on a national securities exchange (including through an initial public offering) or a sale of all or substantially all of the Fund’s assets to, or a merger or other liquidity transaction with, an entity in which the Fund’s shareholders receive shares of a publicly-traded company which continues to be managed by the Adviser or an affiliate thereof.
(d) Sections 3 and 4 of this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Section 2 of this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement with respect to any Expense Payments that have not been reimbursed by the Fund to the Adviser.
4. |
Miscellaneous |
(a) The captions of this Agreement are included for convenience only and in no way define or limit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.
(b) This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements with respect to the subject matter hereof.
(c) Notwithstanding the place where this Agreement may be executed by any of the parties hereto, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. For so long as the Fund is regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act, this Agreement shall also be construed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act. In such case, to the extent the applicable laws of the State of New York or any of the provisions herein conflict with the provisions of the Investment Company Act, the latter shall control. Further, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to require the Fund to take any action contrary to the Fund’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust or By-Laws, as each may be amended or restated, or to relieve or deprive the board of trustees of the Fund of its responsibility for and control of the conduct of the affairs of the Fund.
(d) If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby and, to this extent, the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be severable.
2
(e) The Fund shall not assign this Agreement or any right, interest or benefit under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Adviser.
(f) This Agreement may be amended in writing by mutual consent of the parties. This Agreement may be executed by the parties on any number of counterparts, delivery of which may occur by facsimile or as an attachment to an electronic communication, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]
3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first written above.
APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
By: /s/ Joseph D. Glatt
Name: Joseph D. Glatt
Title: Trustee
APOLLO CREDIT MANAGEMENT, LLC
By: /s/ Joseph D. Glatt
Name: Joseph D. Glatt
Title: Vice President
[Signature Page to Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement]
4
Appendix A
Form of Notice of Expense Payment or Reimbursement Payment
☐ Expense Payment
Expense Payment Effective Date: ______________________________
Expense Payment Amount:
Organizational Expense: ________________________________
Offering Expense: _____________________________________
Management Fee: _____________________________________
Incentive Fee: ________________________________________
Other: ______________________________________________
Total: _______________________________________________
All Expense Payments are subject to reimbursement pursuant to the terms of the Agreement.
☐ Reimbursement Payment
Reimbursement Payment Effective Date:________________________
Reimbursement Payment Amount:
Organizational Expense:________________________________
Offering Expense: _____________________________________
Management Fee: _____________________________________
Incentive Fee: ________________________________________
Other: ______________________________________________
Total: ______________________________________________
5
Exhibit 10.12
APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
MULTIPLE CLASS PLAN
October 29, 2021
This Multiple Class Plan (this “Plan”) is adopted pursuant to Rule 18f-3(d) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), by Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Fund”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Fund is a closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company;
WHEREAS, the Fund intends to rely on exemptive relief from the Securities and Exchange Commission that permits it to issue multiple classes of shares, and one of the conditions of this relief is that the Fund must comply with the provisions of Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act as though such rule applied to closed-end investment companies;
WHEREAS, the shares of beneficial interest of the Fund (the “Shares”) are divided into one or more separate classes;
WHEREAS, the Fund desires to adopt this Plan in order that the Fund may issue multiple classes of Shares (each, a “Class”); and
WHEREAS, the Board of Trustees of the Fund (the “Board”, and each member, a “Trustee”), including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined by the 1940 Act) of the Fund (the “Independent Trustees”), in considering whether the Fund should adopt and implement this Plan, has evaluated such information and considered such pertinent factors as it deemed necessary to undertake an informed evaluation of this Plan and determination as to whether this Plan should be adopted and implemented, and has determined that the adoption and implementation of this Plan, including the expense allocation contemplated herein, are in the best interests of each Class individually, as well as the best interests of the Fund;
NOW THEREFORE, the Fund adopts this Plan pursuant to Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act, on the following terms and conditions:
EXHIBIT A
Classes as of October 29, 2021
Class |
Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee (calculated per annum as a percent of the aggregate NAV as of the beginning of the first calendar day of each applicable month)
|
Class I |
N/A |
Class S |
0.85% |
Class D |
0.25% |
Exhibit 10.13
DISTRIBUTION REINVESTMENT PLAN
Effective January 7, 2022
This Distribution Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”) is adopted by Apollo Debt Solutions BDC (the “Fund”).
1
2
Exhibit 14.1
APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
Code of Ethics
Section I. Statement of General Fiduciary Principles
This Code of Ethics (the “Code”) has been adopted by Apollo Debt Solutions BDC (the “Company”) in compliance with Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Act”). The purpose of the Code is to establish standards and procedures for the detection and prevention of activities by which persons having knowledge of the investments and investment intentions of the Company may abuse their fiduciary duty to the Company, and otherwise to deal with the types of conflict of interest situations to which Rule 17j-1 is addressed.
The Code is based on the principle that the trustees and officers of the Company, and the managers, partners, officers and employees of Apollo Credit Management, LLC (the “Adviser”), who provide services to the Company, owe a fiduciary duty to the Company to conduct their personal securities transactions in a manner that does not interfere with the Company’s transactions or otherwise take unfair advantage of their relationship with the Company. All Access Persons (as defined below) are expected to adhere to this general principle as well as to comply with all of the specific provisions of this Code that are applicable to them. With the exception of the Independent Trustees of the Company, Access Persons of the Company are also subject to the Adviser’s Code of Ethics as Covered Persons of the Adviser (as defined in the Adviser’s Code of Ethics), and must comply with all applicable provisions of that Code of Ethics in addition to the provisions of this Code. The Company also has adopted the Stock Trading Policy for Independent Trustees, which governs transactions in stock of the Company by the Independent Trustees.
Technical compliance with the Code will not automatically insulate any Access Person from scrutiny of transactions that show a pattern of compromise or abuse of the individual’s fiduciary duty to the Company. Accordingly, all Access Persons must seek to avoid any actual or potential conflicts between their personal interests and the interests of the Company and its shareholders. In sum, all Access Persons shall place the interests of the Company before their own personal interests.
All Access Persons must read and retain this Code of Ethics.
Section II. Definitions
1
Except that “Covered Security” does not include: (i) direct obligations of the Government of the United States; (ii) bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; and (iii) shares issued by open-end investment companies registered under the Act. References to a Covered Security in this Code (e.g., a prohibition or requirement applicable to the purchase or sale of a Covered Security) shall be deemed to refer to and to include any warrant for, option in, or security immediately convertible into that Covered Security, and shall also include any instrument that has an investment return or value that is based, in whole or in part, on that Covered Security (collectively, “Derivatives”). Therefore, except as otherwise specifically provided by this Code: (i) any prohibition or requirement of this Code applicable to the purchase or sale of a Covered Security shall also be applicable to the purchase or sale of a Derivative relating to that Covered Security; and (ii) any prohibition or requirement of this Code applicable to the purchase or sale of a Derivative shall also be applicable to the purchase or sale of a Covered Security relating to that Derivative.
2
Section III. Objective and General Prohibitions
An Access Person may not engage in any investment transaction under circumstances in which the Access Person benefits from or interferes with the purchase or sale of investments by the Company. In addition, Access Persons may not use information concerning the investments or investment intentions of the Company, or their ability to influence such investment intentions, for personal gain or in a manner detrimental to the interests of the Company.
Access Persons may not engage in conduct that is deceitful, fraudulent or manipulative, or that involves false or misleading statements, in connection with the purchase or sale of investments by the Company. In this regard, Access Persons should recognize that Rule 17j-1 makes it unlawful for any affiliated person of the Company, or any affiliated person of an investment adviser for the Company, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by the person of a Security Held or to be Acquired by the Company to:
Access Persons should also recognize that a violation of this Code or of Rule 17j-1 may result in the imposition of: (1) sanctions as provided by Section VIII below; or (2) administrative, civil and, in certain cases, criminal fines, sanctions or penalties.
Section IV. Prohibited Transactions
3
Section V. Reports by Access Persons
Except as otherwise hereinafter provided, all Access Persons shall within 5 days of the date on which they become Access Persons, and thereafter, within 45 days after the end of each calendar year, disclose the title, number of shares and principal amount of all Covered Securities in which they have a direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership as of the date the person became an Access Person, in the case of such person’s initial report, and as of the last day of the year, as to annual reports. A form of such report, which is hereinafter called a “Personal Securities Holdings Report,” shall be provided by the Chief Compliance Officer to any Access Person required to submit such report hereunder. Each Personal Securities Holdings Report must also disclose the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the date the person became an Access Person or as of the last day of the year, as the case may be. Each Personal Securities Holdings Report shall state the date it is being submitted and all information contained therein shall be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person in the case of an initial report and prior to the date of submission in the case of an annual report.
Except as otherwise hereinafter provided, within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, each Access Person shall make a written report to the Chief Compliance Officer of all transactions occurring in the quarter in a Covered Security in which he or she had any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership. A form of such report, which is hereinafter called a “Quarterly Securities Transaction Report,” shall be provided by the Chief Compliance Officer to any Access Person required to submit such report hereunder.
A Quarterly Securities Transaction Report must contain the following information with respect to each reportable transaction:
4
Notwithstanding the reporting requirements set forth in this Section V, an Independent Trustee who would be required to make a report under this Section V solely by reason of being a trustee of the Company is not required to file a Personal Securities Holding Report upon becoming a trustee of the Company or an annual Personal Securities Holding Report. Such an Independent Trustee also need not file a Quarterly Securities Transaction Report unless such trustee knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a trustee of the Company, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction in a Covered Security by the trustee such Covered Security is or was purchased or sold by the Company, or the Company or the Adviser considered purchasing or selling such Covered Security.
Access Persons
An Access Person need not make any report under Section V with respect to transactions effected for, and Covered Securities held in, any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or Control.
An Access Person need not make a Quarterly Transaction Report with respect to transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan.
Covered Persons of the Adviser
Notwithstanding the reporting requirements set forth in this Section V, an Access Person who is a Covered Person of the Adviser (as defined in the Adviser’s Code of Ethics) need not make a Personal Securities Holdings Report or a Quarterly Transaction Report if all of the information in the report was provided pursuant to the Adviser’s Code of Ethics and would duplicate information required to be recorded pursuant to Rule 204-2(a)(13) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.
Access Persons, except Independent Trustees and Covered Persons of the Adviser (as defined in the Adviser’s Code of Ethics) who are separately reporting under the Adviser’s Code of Ethics, shall:
(1) within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, identify the name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established an account in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person and identify any new account(s) and the date the account(s) were established. This information shall be included on the appropriate Quarterly Securities Transaction Report.
5
A Quarterly Securities Transaction Report may consist of broker statements or other statements that provide a list of all personal Covered Securities holdings and transactions in the time period covered by the report and contain the information required in a Quarterly Securities Transaction Report.
It is the responsibility of each Access Person to take the initiative to comply with the requirements of this Section V. Any effort by the Company, or by the Adviser and its affiliates, to facilitate the reporting process does not change or alter that responsibility. A person need not make a report hereunder with respect to transactions effected for, and Covered Securities held in, any account over which the person has no direct or indirect influence or control.
All Quarterly Securities Transaction Reports and Personal Securities Holdings Reports must be filed with the Chief Compliance Officer.
Any report required by this Section V may contain a statement that the report will not be construed as an admission that the person making the report has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership in the Covered Security to which the report relates.
Section VI. Additional Prohibitions
These prohibitions apply only to Access Persons who are not Covered Persons under the Adviser’s Code of Ethics, which addresses similar issues:
(A) Confidentiality of the Company’s Transactions
Until disclosed in a public report to shareholders or to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in the normal course, all information concerning the securities “being considered for purchase or sale” by the Company shall be kept confidential by all Access Persons and disclosed by them only on a “need to know” basis. It shall be the responsibility of the Chief Compliance Officer to report any inadequacy found in this regard to the trustees of the Company.
Access Persons may not engage in any outside business activities that may give rise to conflicts of interest or jeopardize the integrity or reputation of the Company. Similarly, no such outside business activities may be inconsistent with the interests of the Company. All directorships of public or private companies held by Access Persons shall be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer.
Access Persons shall not, directly or indirectly, take, accept or receive gifts or other consideration in merchandise, services or otherwise of more than nominal value from any person, firm, corporation, association or other entity other than such person’s employer that does business, or proposes to do business, with the Company.
Section VII. Certification
6
Access Persons who are trustees, managers, officers or employees of the Company or the Adviser shall be required to certify initially and annually that they have read this Code and that they understand it and recognize that they are subject to it and have complied with its terms. Furthermore, each time an amendment to this Code is made, Access Persons shall be required to submit a written acknowledgement that they have received, read and understand the amendments to this Code and agree to comply with its terms.
No less frequently than annually, the Company must furnish to the Company’s board of trustees, and the board must consider, a written report that: (A) describes any issues arising under this Code of Ethics or procedures since the last report to the board, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to material violations; and (B) certifies that the Company has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code.
Section VIII. Sanctions
Any violation of this Code shall be subject to the imposition of such sanctions by the Company as may be deemed appropriate under the circumstances to achieve the purposes of Rule 17j-1 and this Code. The sanctions to be imposed shall be determined by the board of trustees, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, provided, however, that with respect to violations by persons who are trustees, managers, officers or employees of the Adviser (or of a company that controls the Adviser), the sanctions to be imposed shall be determined by the Adviser (or the controlling person thereof). Sanctions may include, but are not limited to, suspension or termination of employment, a letter of censure and/or restitution of an amount equal to the difference between the price paid or received by the Company and the more advantageous price paid or received by the offending person.
Section IX. Administration and Construction
(A) The administration of this Code shall be the responsibility of the Chief Compliance Officer, except insofar as it relates to the Independent Trustees. Administration of this Code with respect to the Independent Trustees shall be the responsibility of the Company Chief Compliance Officer.
(B) The duties of the Compliance Officer (or Company Chief Compliance Officer to the extent set out in Section IX(A)) are as follows:
7
(C) The Company shall maintain and cause to be maintained in an easily accessible place at the principal place of business of the Company, the following records, which shall be available to the SEC or any representative of the SEC at any time and from time to time for reasonable, periodic, special or other examination:
(D) This Code may not be materially amended or modified except in a written form that is approved by majority vote of the Independent Trustees. The board, including a majority of Independent Trustees, must base its approval of any material changes to the Code on a determination that the Code contains provisions reasonably designed to prevent Access Persons from engaging in any unlawful actions described in subparagraph (b) of Rule 17j-1. Any material changes to the Code must be approved no later than six (6) months after the adoption of such changes.
This Code of Ethics was adopted and approved by the board of trustees of the Company, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, at a meeting on July 22, 2021.
8
Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF APOLLO DEBT SOLUTIONS BDC
Name |
Jurisdiction |
CARDINAL FUNDING LLC |
DELAWARE |
MALLARD FUNDING LLC |
DELAWARE |
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Earl Hunt, Chief Executive Officer of Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, certify that:
Dated: March 30, 2022
By: |
/s/ Earl Hunt |
|
Earl Hunt |
|
Chief Executive Officer |
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Amit Joshi, Chief Financial Officer of Apollo Debt Solutions BDC, certify that:
Dated: March 30, 2022
By: |
/s/ Amit Joshi |
|
Amit Joshi |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned, as Chief Executive Officer of Apollo Debt Solutions BDC (the “Company”), does hereby certify that to the undersigned’s knowledge:
Dated: March 30, 2022
By: |
/s/ Earl Hunt |
|
Earl Hunt |
|
Chief Executive Officer |
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned, as Chief Financial Officer of Apollo Debt Solutions BDC (the “Company”), does hereby certify that to the undersigned’s knowledge:
Dated: March 30, 2022
By: |
/s/ Amit Joshi |
|
Amit Joshi |
|
Chief Financial Officer |